BHAVNAGAR MUNICIPAL

CORPORATION

DRAFT TENDER PAPER

NAME OF WORK: CONSTRUCTION OF BOX CULVERT
ACROSS MALESHREE RIVER AND NEW JUNCTION
DEVELOPMENT AT ADHEWADA, BHAVNAGAR, GUJARAT.

Municipal Commissioner
BMC
 NOTICE
INVITING ON-LINE TENDER

Page-1
 TECHNICAL BID
NOTICE INVITING ON-LINE TENDER

BMC
invites Online Tenders

For

CONSTRUCTION OF BOX CULVERT ACROSS MALESHREE RIVER

AND NEW JUNCTION DEVELOPMENT AT ADHEWADA,
BHAVNAGAR, GUJARAT.
from
“AA” Class & Special Category-I for Road work Contractors

1 Department Name Bhavnagar Municipal Corporation

2 Division Address Bhavnagar Mahanagar Seva Sadan, Sir Mangal Sinhji Road, Near
Kalanala, Bhavnagar, Gujarat - 364001.
3 Tender Notice No
4 Name of Project: Construction of Box Culvert across Maleshree River and
New Junction Development at Adhewada, Bhavnagar,
Gujarat.
5 Name of Work Construction of Box Culvert across Maleshree River and
New Junction Development at Adhewada, Bhavnagar,
Gujarat.
6 Estimate Contract Value (INR) Rs. 6,60,81,000 (Excluding GST)
7(a) Period Of Completion (in Months) 11 Months (Excluding Monsoon)

7(b) Defect Liability Period Five (05) years after successful commissioning of all works
8 Bidding Type Open
9 Bid Call (Nos) 1
10 Tender Currency Type Indian Rupee (INR)
11 Tender Currency Settings Single
12 Joint Venture Not Applicable
13 Rebate Applicable
Amount Details
14 Bid Document Fee : Rs.12000.00
15 Bid Document Fee Payable To : Municipal Commissioner, BMC
16 Bid Security/EMD (INR) : Rs. 6,60,900/-
17 Bid Security/EMD In Favour Of : Municipal Commissioner, BMC
Tender Dates Note:
All Dates are in dd/mm/yyyy, hr: min as per Indian Standard Time
(IST)
18 Bid Document Downloading Start 26/08/25 at 18:00
Date
19 Pre Bid Meeting 02/09/25 at 12:00pm
Address for pre bid meeting Bhavnagar Mahanagar Seva Sadan, Sir Mangal Sinhji Road, Near
Kalanala, Bhavnagar, Gujarat - 364001.
20 Bid Document Downloading End 18/09/25 at 18:00
Date
21 Last Date & Time for Receipt of 18/09/25 at 18:00
Bids
22 Bid opening Date Preliminary Opening: //
Technical Opening : On confirmation of receipt of hard copy of
Tender Fees & EMD
23 Physical Submission of EMD and 24/09/25 at 18:00
Page-2
 Tender fees last Date & Time
24 Bid Validity Period 180 Days from last date of Downloading of the tender
25 Physical submission of Tender Instrument of tender fee & EMD shall be submitted in electronic
Fee and Earnest Money Deposit format only through online (By scanning while uploading the bid).
This submission shall mean that Tender Fee and EMD are received
for purpose of opening the bid. Accordingly offer of only those
shall be opened whose tender fee and EMD is received
electronically. However, for the purpose of realization of
instrument of tender fee & EMD, bidder shall send the same in
original through RPAD/SPEED POST so as to reach to
“Municipal Commissioner, BMC”, up to last date of physical
submission during office hours (in case of physical submission,
beyond that the technical bid of the bidder shall not be opened).
For not submitting DD in original, bidder shall be banned to
participate in any tender of the BMC for period of 3 years as a
penal action. Any document in supporting to tender bid shall be
submitted in electronic format only through online (by scanning
etc.) and submission in hard copy (except tender fees and EMD)
will not be accepted.
26 Payments details 1. Tender fee, Earnest money deposit, PAN Card shall be
uploaded online only.
2. Tender Fee (Document fee) amounting to (as per R&B GR)
Rs.12,000.00 in favor of" Municipal Commissioner, BMC " in
form of Demand Draft shall be issued by any nationalized bank or
as per list mentioned in latest GR of. Finance Department.
Earnest Money Deposit
Rs. 6,60,900/- in form of DD in favour of " Municipal
Commissioner, BMC " valid up to 28 days from the date of
closure of the bid validity period of 180 days i.e.(Total of
180+28=208 days), shall be issued by any nationalized bank or as
per list mentioned in Latest GR of Finance Department
Other Details
27 Officer Inviting Bids : Municipal Commissioner, BMC
28 Bid Opening Authority : Municipal Commissioner, BMC
29 Address : Bhavnagar Mahanagar Seva Sadan, Sir Mangal Sinhji Road, Near
Kalanala, Bhavnagar, Gujarat - 364001.
30 Contact Details of Officer Inviting
Phone : 9978400823
Bid :
31 Submission of tender The following documents shall be uploaded while submitting the
BID online:
• Scanned copy of Demand Draft as tender fee
• Scanned copy of DD as EMD
• Scanned copy of contractor’s registration certificate 'AA'
Class and Sp. Category I for Road work in Govt. of Gujarat
(R&B), of state government).
• Scanned copy of Bidder’s solvency certificate. (20% of
ECV of Calendar Year 2025 or dated up to last date of
online bid submission)
• Scanned copy of PAN card
• Scanned copies of Experience certificates showing
successful completion of work (with certificate)
• Scan copies of financial documents.
In addition to the documents mentioned above, the documents
required as per attached Forms & Annexure are also to be
uploaded. Bidder shall submit their offer i.e. Technical bid as well
as price bid in Electronic format on stipulated website& date as
mentioned in the tender document. No offer in physical form will
be accepted.

Page-3
 As Per Tender Document
32 General Terms & Conditions
For any clarification the bidder may contact:
Municipal Commissioner, BMC

Eligibility :
Further Details of this tender are as per under :

1.0 Construction of Box Culvert across Maleshree River and New Junction
Development at Adhewada, Bhavnagar, Gujarat.

2.0 Down loading Tender Document :

2.1 Bid documents will be available on web site up to Date shown above.

2.2 Agency wishes to participate in this tender will have to register on web site
[Link]

3.0 Digital Certificate :

3.1 Agency who wish to participate in online tenders will have to procure / should have
legally valid Digital Certificate (Class II) as per Information Technology Act-2000 using
which they can sign their electronic bids. Agency can procure the same from any of the
license certifying authority of India or can contact (n) code solutions – a division of
GNFC Ltd, who are licensed Certifying Authority by Govt. of India.

3.2 All bids should be digitally signed, for details regarding digital signature certificate and
related training involved the below mentioned address should be contacted :

(n) Code Solutions A Division of GNFC Ltd.

301, GNFC Infotower, Bodakdev,
Ahmedabad – 380 054 (India)
Tel : +91 26857816/17/18
Fax : +91 79 26857321
E-mail : nprocure@[Link]
Mobile : 93270 84190, 98985 89652

3.3 Agency who already have a valid Digital certificate need not procure a new Digital
certificate.

4.0 Online Submission of Tender

4.1 Agency can prepared and edit their offers number of times before tender submission date
and time. After tender submission date and time, Agency can not edit their submitted
offer in any case. No written or on line request in this regard shall be granted.

4.2 Tenderer shall submit their of Tenders in electronic format on above mentioned web site
and date shown above after Digitally Signing the same

4.3 Offers submitted without Digitally signature shall not be accepted.

4.4 Offers in physical form shall not be accepted.

Page-4
5.0 Submission of Tender Fees, Bid Security:
As per Notice Inviting Tender (NIT).
6.0 Tender Fee Rs.12,000.00 by Demand Draft in favour of “Municipal Commissioner, BMC”,
payable at BMC from any Nationalized / as per list mentioned in latest GR of Finance
Department. Demand Draft issued after the last date of submission of Bids will not be
considered or accepted.
6.1 EMD: Rs. 6,60,900/- in the form of DD in favour of “Municipal Commissioner, BMC” BMC
from any Nationalized / as per list mentioned in latest GR of Finance Department.

6.2 Other Documents required to be submitted: Online in Electronic Format through Scanning.
(a) Valid Registration Certificate of “AA” Class & Special Category-I for Road work
[Registration Renewal Slip will not be acceptable in any Circumstances]
As per G R no. TNC/ 10/ 2016/ (FA/ 591/ 16) 02/ C Dt.3-9-2016
(b) Valid Bank Solvency Certificate 20% of Estimated Cost of any Nationalized as per
list mentioned in latest GR of Finance Department (Calendar Year 2024 or dated up to
last date of online bid submission)
(c) Valid Demand Draft for Tender Fees.
(d) Valid EMD (DD)
(e) Valid Plant Certificate
(f) Valid Experience certificates showing successful completion of work from the client
equivalent to not below the rank of Executive Engineer
Before online bid submission as per schedule, Bidder is required to recheck
that the uploaded scanned copies of documents by bidder are opened
properly as during bid opening, any documents not openable shall not be
considered for evaluation
6.3 Agency shall have to submit DD for Tender fee, DD against EMD and Documents as
mentioned above Physical from so as to reach BMC office on Date shown above during
office hours at the Municipal Commissioner, BMC, by RPAD only. Tender Fee, EMD
documents received early or later than the time specified shall not be accepted in any case
and the tender of that Tenderer shall be considered Non-responsive.
6.4 Tender has to submit the documents as said in 6.3 above and no other condition in any form
shall be considered at all, at the time of evaluation of the tender i.e. the Tender shall have to
submit unconditional offer without differing from any of the tender condition.
7.0 Opening of Tender :
7.1 Tenders will be open on Date & time shown in office of the Municipal Commissioner, BMC
7.2 Intending Agency or their representative who wish to remain present at BMC premises at the
time of tender opening can do so.

Page-5
8.0 Contacting Officer :

8.1 Further details / clarification of any requirement shall be available from Municipal
Commissioner, BMC , 0278 2424801-10

8.2 In case Tenderer needs any clarification / assistance or if training required for
participating in online tender, they can contact at following office.
(n) Code solutions A Division of GNFC Ltd.
301, GNFC Infotower, Bodakdev,
Ahmedabad – 380 054 (India)
Tel : +91 26857816/17/18
Fax : +91 79 26857321
E-mail : nprocure@[Link]
Mobile : 93270 84190, 98985 89652
9.0 SPECIFIC INSTRUCTIONS TO APPLICANTS :
9.1 The major items related to Road Works

9.2 The Contract will be Item Rate Contract

9.3 The completed documents along with tender documents completed in all respect should
be submitted on above mentioned web site from Date and Time as mentioned in NIT.
CONSTRUCTION OF BOX CULVERT ACROSS MALESHREE RIVER
AND NEW JUNCTION DEVELOPMENT AT ADHEWADA,
BHAVNAGAR, GUJARAT.
The name & mailing address of the applicants shall be clearly marked on the bid.

9.4 The language for submission of prequalification documents along with the tender
documents shall be ENGLISH. If information is provided in another language, it shall be
accompanied by a translation of its pertinent parts into ENGLISH. This translation will
govern and be used for interpreting the information.

9.5 The cost incurred by the contractor for this offer for clarification or attending discussion,
conferences or site visits will not be reimbursed by the Employer or Engineer-in-Charge.

9.6 Applications shall be submitted through online in Electronic Format through scanning.
(a) Current Registration Certificate in “AA” Class & Special Category-I for road work and
above with Roads And Building department of Government of Gujarat.
(b) Solvency Certificate for the current calendar year from a Nationalised Bank/ as per list
mentioned in latest GR of Finance Department. Minimum 20% of ECV
(c) Valid Partnership deed if necessary
(d) Valid power of attorney if necessary.

9.7 The enclosed schedules should be filled in completely and, if any

10.0 General Instruction :

10.1 The fees for on line tender document will not be refunded under any circumstances.

10.2 EMD in the form specified in tender document only shall be accepted.

10.3 Tenders without Tender document fees, Earnest Money Deposit (EMD) and which do not
Page-6
 fulfill all or any of the condition or submitted incomplete in any respect will be rejected.

10.4 Conditional tender shall not be accepted.

10.5 The tender notice shall form a part of tender document.

10.6 The tenderers are advised to read carefully the “Instruction for Tenderer “

10.7 The Internet site address for E-Tender is [Link] and that of corporate
web site is [Link]

10.8 Free training camp for Agency will be organized on every Saturday between 1.00 to 5.00
P.M. at (n) Code solutions, A division of GNFC, 301, GNFC Infotower, Bodakdev,
Ahmedabad – 380 054 (India). Agency are requested to take benefit of the same.

10.9 The BMC reserves the rights to reject any or all tenders without assigning any reason
thereof.

11.0 For any amendment/corrigendum will be upload on ([Link]

Bidders will bound to follow all amendment/corrigendum and requested to check
([Link] Regular basis before the date and time of submission the
tender.
The rates quoted shall be exclusive of GST, but inclusive of all other taxes and cess or
12.0
levies or duties which shall not be paid extra. While GST will be paid for admissible part
of actual work done at the approved tender rates and tender conditions of price variation.
GST shall be paid as per prevailing rates at the time of payment. The TDS shall be
deducted at source as per provision of IT rules.
The rates should be quoted exclusive of GST but inclusive of all other taxes as per Form
B2, Clause No. 47
13.0 If found necessary contractor will be intimated for negotiation. He will be intimated
maximum three times within validity period for negotiation. If contactor does not respond
in time, his Earnest Money will be forfeited, and his tender will be rejected. Penaltative
action will be taken on such contractor.

14.0 For Tender cost more than RS.2.50lacs , 2% (TWO Percent) Tax Deduction at source
shall be made (which include 1% (one percent) for CGST and 1% (one percent) for
SGST) as per Govt. of Gujarat, Finance Dept. Circular No: GST/1017/GST Cell, Dated:
15/09/2018 & Above Circular Details to Follows.

15.0 The rates to be quoted by the contractor must be exclusive of GST but inclusive of all
other taxes and applicable Cess, levies on such taxes. GST shall be paid extra on the
admissible payment as per the approved tender rates and condition of price variation;
GST shall be paid as per prevailing rates at the time of payment

Signature of Contractor Municipal Commissioner,

BMC

Page-7
ADDITIONAL
INSTRUCTIONS
TO
TENDERERS

Page No. 7
 CHAPTER - 1
Tender documents consist of plans, specifications, Schedule (s) of quantities of the
various classes of works to be done, the conditions of contract etc. New Conditions / Para ;
The Contractor shall not be permitted to tender for the work in which his near
relative is working in as an Engineer-in-Charge, Deputy Engineer-in-Charge, Assistant
Engineer, Additional Assistant Engineer, Overseer, Divisional Accountant. Store Keeper.
Manager of Atithi / Vishram Gruha on the day on which the tender is submitted. On the
particular day, the City Engineer controlling that Division should not also be his near
relative.
(1) By the term "Near Relative" it is meant wife. Husband, parents, grand parents
children, brothers, sisters, uncles, aunts and cousins.

To,
Municipal Commissioner
BMC
Details regarding my/our/partners Directors of our Company (in the case of limited
company) names address (es) Telephone number(s), Income - Tax office etc. are as under:

Sr No. Name(s) of Full Telephone Residential Telephone Full address

person / address of No. (s) address(es) No. (s) of income
partner/ the place of Office Residence tax office /
company business ward where
with pin income tax
code returns are
filed

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

(2) We hereby agree to intimate to you about changes. if any of the above mentioned
address, areas(es) and Telephone Nos.(s) within fifteen days of its occurrence till
my/our deposit for the said work paid by me/us is not refunded to me/us.

Signature of Contractor
with stamp

For and on behalf of Governor

of the State of Gujarat

Place: Signature
Date: Designation

Municipal Commissioner
BMC

Page No. 8
 Name of work :
CONSTRUCTION OF BOX CULVERT ACROSS MALESHREE
RIVER AND NEW JUNCTION DEVELOPMENT AT ADHEWADA,
BHAVNAGAR, GUJARAT.

(1) I have visited the site and fully acquainted myself with the local situation regarding
materials. labour and other factors pertaining the work before submitting this
tender.

(2) I have carefully studied the conditions of the Contract, Specifications and other
documents of this work and I agree to execute the same accordingly.

(3) I, solemnly pledge that I shall be sincere in my duties as discharging reasonable

contractors and complete the work within the prescribed time limit. I shall submit
detailed construction programme with target dates for various items and stages of
work keeping in view the time limit and shall accordingly arrange for labourers,
materials and equipments etc. punctually. In case there are deviations from the
construction programme. I shall abide by the decision of the BMC for revision of
the programme and shall arrange for labour, materials equipments etc. accordingly

Signature of the Contractor

Page No. 9
 CHAPTER - 3
3.1 All petty items occurring in the, work and as found necessary in actual execution
shall be carried out as per general specification in BMC Hand-Book Volume No. I
& II (Latest) Edition.

3.2 The contractor shall construct temporary shed for storing cement properly and also
temporary building with a covered area 20' X 12' with necessary camp, furniture for
the use of the Government Officers as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge, BMC
for which no payment will be made.

3.3 The contractor shall provide all labour and pegs, strings and other materials as
required for lining and marking all the work and measurements without any
payment from Government

3.4 The contractor shall give to the municipal, police and other authority notices etc.
that may be required as per rules. He will also construct enclosures and fences for
the protection and convenience of the working people, and the public during the
progress of the work and permanent residence and adjoining ground property etc.
and clear the site on completion of work.

3.5 Whenever shoring may be deemed necessary by the Engineer-in-Charge, the

contractor shall perform the same in the best possible manner with the best possible
materials and to the satisfaction of the Engineer-in-Charge. The contractor shall
provide such kind of shoring as Engineer-in-Charge may consider necessary.

3.6 If the trenches near houses or other buildings are required involving shoring and
strutting the contractor shall carry out the same at his own cost. Such precautions to
safe guard existing structures with utmost care as necessary shall be taken. After
the work is completed near such building the contractor may remove shores and
make good cutting or holes or any other damage done to the private properties.

3.7 All water pipes, gas pipes existing drains or any other works which may be met
within or about the excavation shall if Engineer-in-Charge deem it practicable, be
properly maintained by the contractor by means of shoring, strutting and planking
over otherwise as the Engineer-in-Charge may direct. They shall be protected by
the contractors from damage during the progress of work or if damaged shall be
made good by him at his own cost. If however, Engineer-in-Charge consider that
the contractor should maintain any such pipe drains or works and that the existing
work, is necessary by breaking down or removal of such obstructions as the
Engineer-in-Charge may direct the same shall be done by contractor.

3.8 Non-withstanding that all proper precautions may have been taken by the
contractor at all times during the progress of the work the contractor shall be held
responsible for all damages whether to the work under execution or to any other
property or to the persons during the progress of work and the period of
maintenance.

3.9 The site of the work after the completion of the work shall be given in charge to the
Department in a neat and clear: condition after removing all the rubbish and filling
all pits and hollows and leveling the ground in good conditions.

3.10 Explosives and Inflammable Materials:

If explosives or inflammable materials are to be used for the execution of works,

the contractor shall at his own expense, obtain such licenses as may be required for
storing and using explosive and/or inflammable materials and locate, construct and
maintain magazines if such are required for storage in accordance with the
requirements of the appropriate Government Rules in force.

Page No. 10
 Such magazines shall be clearly marked "Dangerous Explosives" in the care of
competent watchman all the time. The contractor shall exercise utmost care while
using explosive and/or inflammable materials so as not to endanger life or property
and shall be solely responsible for any and all damages resulting from their storage
and use and shall identify absolutely Govt. and its officers and employees against
any claim, liability arising out of any accident or violation to any law, rules, orders
etc.

3.11 Damage by Flood, Rains or Accidents:

'The contractor shall take all precautions against damage by flood or rains, or from
accidents. No compensation be allowed to the contractor for his plant or materials
lost in/ or damaged by flood or rains or from other causes. The contractor shall be
liable to make good any plant or materials of every description belonging to
Government which is in charge of the contractor or earth work or C.D. works lost
or damaged by floods or rains or from any other cause.

3.12 Compliance of Laws:

The contractor shall keep himself fully informed of all acts and laws of the Central
& State Governments, all local by laws, ordinances rules and regulations and all
orders and direction of bodies or tribunals having any jurisdiction or authority,
which in any manner affect the conduct of the workers. He shall at all times
observe and comply with all such laws, ordinances, rules and regulations. orders
and direction and shall give all notices and pay fee or charges to which he may be
liable. He shall protect and indemnify the Government and its officers and
employees against any claim or liability arising from or based on the violation of
any such law, ordinance, regulations orders or direction whether by himself or by
his employees.

3.13 Treasure Trove:

In the event of the discovery by the contractor or his employees during the progress
of the work any treasure, coins, antiques, precious minerals or other articles or
things of value or interest, whether geological. Archaeological or any other such
treasure, this shall be deemed to be absolute property of Governments between
Government and the Contractor.

3.14 Convenience of Traffic:

The contractor shall notify in writing to the Engineer in charge of the starting of
any construction or other operations that may in any way cause inconvenience or
endanger traffic at the earliest possible time and sufficiently in advance to enable
the Engineer-in-charge to take action as per rules. Under no circumstances, the
contractor shall close any road to traffic without the written permission of the
Engineer-in-charge. Whenever necessary, temporary detours or diversions shall be
made and maintained for traffic. Such diversions shall have a width of not less than
20'-0" through out and shall be provided with necessary road signs clearly visible
form a distance by day or night. These shall be preliminary warning by read flags
by day and red lamps by night at a distance of 500 ft. from the diversion. All
diversions shall be clearly market by white washed stones or other such means.

All operations necessary for the execution of works and for the construction of any
temporary works shall so tar as concerned with the requirements of the contract
permits be carried out so as not interfere and unnecessarily or improperly cause
public inconvenience and with the occupation of public or private road and foot-
paths and the least possible obstruction shall be caused to the traffic.

Page No. 11
3.15 Change in Price: Wages etc. subsequent to Acceptance of Tender:
The contractor shall not be entitled to claim any compensation on the grounds that
subsequent to the acceptance of the tender there was -
(a) Increase in the price of materials or goods whether controlled by Government or
not OR
(b) An increase in the wages. Allowances, or amenities to labour, whether on account
of any legislation or law passed by Government or for any other reasons.
--- OR ---
(c) An increases in the traffic freight charges and fare or any other charges or railway,
road sea or air.
--- OR ---
(d) Increase in the rates or quarry fees. Sales Tax, Octroi, Royalties or any other taxes,
Fees or charges.
--- OR ---
(e) An increase of any similar nature. Exception will be to the extent of Price
Adjustment clause.

3.16 Residential accommodation and sanitary and medical arrangements to be

provided to the labour employed by the contractor.
(a) Before opening of labour camp, the contractor shall obtain and follow the advice of
concerned Assistant Director of Public Health regarding the camp, site
accommodation, water and food supply, sanitary arrangements etc.
(b) The contractor shall build sufficient number of the hunts for the labourers on a
suitable plot of land according to the following specifications.
(1) A good site shall be selected. High ground removed from jungle, but well provided
with tress shall be chosen wherever it is available. The neighborhood of rank jungle
grass or weeds should be particularly avoided. Camps should not be established
close to large cuttings or earth work. When a good natural site cannot be procured
attention should be given to drainage.
(2) The lines of huts shall have open space of at least 10 meters between rows.
(3) Huts of Bamboos and grass may be constructed.
(4) There should be no overcrowding. Floor space on a scale of 2.8 sq. m per head
should be provided.
(5) The contractor must find his own land. If no Govt. waste land is available, he
should apply for it and pay assessment for it.

(c) The contractor shall provide an adequate supply of pure and potable water for the
labourers at a rate of not less than ten gallons per head per day. No provision need
be made if there is a suitable nalla, river well or adequate tap water arrangements
within 0.4 km, of the camp.
(d) The contractor shall construct trench or semi permanent latrines for the labourers
on scale of not less than five for every 100 persons or part there of. Separate
latrines shall be provided for men and women. The labourers may at three options
be allowed to use either the trench system or the latrines systems.
(e) The contractor shall construct.
(1) Screened bathing placing on a scale of not less than one for every 20 persons or
part thereof Separate bathing place shall be provided for men and women.
(2) Washing place for washing clothes on a scale of not less than one for every 30
persons of part thereof.

Page No. 12
(3) An efficient drainage arrangement for removing sewage water from bathing and
washing places and for its disposal without causing nuisance.
(f) The contractor shall provide the necessary staff for effecting conservancy, Sanita-
tions and cleanliness to the satisfaction of the Engineer-in-charge. Sweepers shall
be employed on scale of not less than one sweeper for every 200 persons or part
thereof.
(g) If there is no Government or satisfactory private dispensary within 1.6 K.M. of a
labour camp containing 500 persons or more, the contractor shall engage a regis-
tered medical practitioner with a traveling dispensary. Within 8 Kilometers of
labour camp.
(h) The contractor shall arrange for all anti malarial measures for the laborer employed
on the work as directed by the Assistant Director of Public Health.
(i) The contractor shall take suitable measures for fire prevention and control to the
satisfaction of Engineer-in-charge.

3.17 PREVENTION OF NUISANCE AND POLLUTION:

The contractor shall take all necessary prevention of any nuisance or inconvenience
to nearby owners, tenants or occupies of adjacent properties and to the public
generally and to prevent any damage to such properties by any pollution of steam
and water ways. He shall make good at his own expenses and to the satisfaction of
the Engineer-in-Charge and damage to roads, paths, cross drainage works of public
or private properties whatsoever caused by the execution of the work of by traffic
brought thereon by the contractor. All waste or superfluous materials shall be
cleaned away by the contractor.

3.18 TRESS PASS:

The contractor shall at all times be responsible for any damages or trespass
committed by his agents and working people in carrying out the work unless such
damages or trespass is authorized by the Engineer-in-charge.

3.19 INDEMNIFY:
The contractor shall indemnify and save the Government officers and employees
against all action suits, claims, demands of any character in respect of any matter or
things done or omitted to done by the contractor in the execution of or in
connection with the works of this contract and against and loss or damage to
Government in consequence for any action or suit being brought against the
contractor for any thing or omitted to be consequence for any action or suit being
brought against the contractor for any thing or omitted to be done in the execution
of the contract.
The government shall not be liable to the contractor for damages or delay
resulting from work by third parties or by injunctions or other restraining orders
obtained by third parties.

3.20 NO WAVING OF LEGAL RIGHTS AND POWERS:

The BMC shall not be precluded or stopped by any measurements, estimates or
certificates made either before or after the completion and acceptance or the work
and payment there of from showing the true amount and character of the work
performed and materials furnished by the contractor and from showing that any
such measurement, estimates or certificates. I were not in a true or incorrect BMC

Page No. 13
 shall not be precluded or stopped from recovering from the contractor such
damages as it may sustain by reasons of his failure to comply with terms of the
contract.
Neither the acceptance by the BMC or any representative of the BMC nor any
consent for acceptance of the whole or any part of the work not any extension of
time .-1or any possession taken by the F.W.D. shall operate as a waiver any portion
of the contract or any power herein reserved or of any right to damages.
A waives of any breach of the contract shall not be held waiver of any other or
subsequent breach.

3.21 POLICE PROTECTION:

If police is called for by the contractor for special protection of his camp or work
the BMC will arrange for such protection so far as possible with authorities
concerned and full cost of such protection shall be debited to the contractor and
recovered from his bills.

3.22 Excess use of Materials Supplied by the BMC

Deleted

3.23 The contractor shall comply with the following regulations as regards the
hoisting appliances to be used by him.
(a) Hoisting machine and tackle including their attachment anchorages, supports shall
(1) Be of good mechanical construction sound materials and of adequate strength and
free patient defect and.
(2) Be kept in good repair and in good working order.
(b) Every rope used in hoisting or lowering materials or as a means of suspension shall
be of suitable quality and adequate strength and free from patent defect.
(c) Hoisting machines and tackles shall be examined adequately tested after erction of
the site and before the use and be re-examined in position at intervals to be
prescribed by Government.
(d) Every chain, ring, hook chackle, shovel and pulley used in hoisting or lowering
material as mean of suspension shall be periodically examined.
(e) Every crane driver or hoisting appliance operator shall be properly qualified.
(f) No person who is below the age 14 years shall be in control of any hoisting ma-
chine including any scaffolds which may give signals to the operator.
(g) Hook shakle, shival and pulley block used in hoisting or lowering or as mean of
suspension the safe working load shall be ascertained by adequate means.
(h) Every hoisting machine and all gears referred to in the proceeding regulations shall
be plainly marked with the safe working load.
(i) In the case of hoisting machine having a verbal safe working load each safe work-
ing load and the condition under which it is applicable shall be -clearly indicated.
(j) No part of hoisting machine or gear referred to in regulation in regulation "g"
above, shall be loaded beyond the safe working load except for the purpose of test-
ing.
(k) Motors, gearing, Transmission, electric wiring and other dangerous parts of hoist-
ing appliances shall be covered with efficient safe guards.
(1) Hoisting appliances shall be provided with such means as will reduce to minimum
the risk of the accidental decent of the load.

Page No. 14
(m) Adequate precautions shall be taken to reduce to minimum the risk of any part of a
suspended load becoming accidentally displaced.
3.24 The contractor as far as possible contains his requirements of labour skilled or
unskilled through the nearest Employment Exchange.
3.25 All the rates quoted by the contractor are inclusive of Sales-Tax and the contractor
will pay the same himself.
3.26 Contractor shall follow prevailing COVID-19 regulations and guidelines at the site,
camps, offices and at all the area concerning to the project.

Page No. 15
 CHAPTER - 4
4.1 Deleted.
4.2 Deleted
4.3 The contractor shall also give a list of machinery in his possession which he
proposes to use on the works.
4.4 The rate for the item in schedule "B" shall be given in words and figures.
Amount of each item shall be also entered in the proper column and grand
total of the amount shall be given by the tenderer. The amount shown against
each item in tender shall tally with the rate and quantity on the basis of unit as
given and that in case of any error, tenderer shall be bound by the offer on the
basis, of rate only.
4.5 If the tender is taken in favour of company power of attorney in favour of
person, who may have been authorized by the company shall accompany the
tender.
4.6 Copies of certificates are regards the previous experience, if any, shall be
enclosed with the tender.
4.7 Declaration showing that all work in hand with the contractor and value of
work that remains to be executed in each case shall be enclosed with the
tender.
4.8 While receiving the tenders availability of sufficient machinery in possession
with the contractor will be point for consideration.

Page No. 16
 CHAPTER - 5
SPECIFICATION FOR COLLECTION OF MATERIALS
REQUIRED FOR ROAD WORK ROAD MATERIALS
5.0 The materials required for road work are mainly as under:
(a) Road materials
(b) Cement
(c) Aggregates
(d) Coarse Aggregate
(e) Fine Aggregate
5.1 The contractor shall make his own arrangements to obtain the materials from
an existing or a new quarry in Government waste land, private land, or ;and
belonging to other state or taluka dars etc. after opening out the quarry and
before starting collection the quarry shall be got approved by the Engineer -in-
charge. The contractor or worker shall pay all royalty charges, compensation
etc. as per rules in force from time to total. No claim or responsibility on
account of any obstructions caused to the prosecution of the work by
difficulties arising out of the private owner of land will be entertained.
5.2 The rate in the tender includes all incidental charges such as opening out a
new quarry, opening out a new portion in an existing quarry, removing the soil
and other unsuitable materials, dewatering quarry, cost of blasting powder and
fuse, road repairs to exiting cart track making new cart tracks, Octroi charges,
Central Government, State or municipality taxes, local boards dues etc.
5.3 The rate in the tender are for the delivery of approved materials on road side
property stacked at the places specified by the Engineer-in-charge and are
inclusive of conveyance charges irrespective of the lead. No claim on account
of charges in any land will be entertained.
5.4 Materials delivered to the works shall be equal to the approved samples and
delivered sufficiently in advance of constructional requirements to enable
further samples to be selected and tested by the Engineer-in-charge before
using materials in the work.

5.5 LAYOUT OF MATERIALS STACKS:

The contractor shall deposit materials for the purpose of the works on such
parts only of the site as may be approved by the Engineer-in-charge
The contractors shall submit before starting a work, details sites survey
clearly indicating position and areas where the materials for the work shall be
stacked and sheds, submits to the Engineer-in-charge for approval. The
contractor shall deposit materials only on the approved parts of the site.
5.6 Deleted
5.7 Deleted.
5.8 Deleted.
5.9 Deleted.

5.10 Aggregate:
General: Aggregates shall be obtained when possible from sources which normally
produce aggregate satisfactorily for concrete, if so, directed by the Engineer-in-
charge. The aggregate whether coarse or fine shall be got tested at the Engineering
Research Institute, Vadodara for their suitability for use in concrete.

Page No. 17
5:11 Storage: It is essential to prevent the aggregate from getting unclear by dust or
mixing with soil, vegetable matter or unnecessary re-handling. Therefore the
aggregates shall be:
(1) Stacked adjacent to mixer site and so disposed around as to require minimum re-
handling and labour when being moved to mixer.
(2) The aggregate shall be placed on a dry hard patch of ground as available, otherwise a
platform of G.I. sheet or alternatively on floor of dry bricks of a thin layer of lean
concrete facilitating shoveling and prevent earth and dirt from being shoveled up
with aggregates. Space of not less than 3 feet all-round shall be kept between the
walls and the pipes.
(3) The stacks piles shall be as large in area as possible but low and fairly uniform in
height preferably 4 to 5.
(4) Piles of different sizes of aggregate shall be kept carefully separate from each other
to prevent premature mixing.

5.12 Coarse aggregate:

5.12.1 Coarse aggregate shall normally consist of crushed stone materials, gravel or a
combination of any of those three and shall be chemically inert, hard, strong, durable
or limited porosity free from adhered coating and clean and without grass or powder
surface. In the case of crushed rock substantially all faces shall have resulted from
crushing operation. Gravel shall not be used for the wearing coat.
5.12.2 The amount of deleterious substances shall not exceed the standard of maximum
percentage by weight when tested according to the relevant Indian Standard method
of test.

5.12.3 Size and Grading:

The maximum size of coarse aggregate to be used for a particular item of work shall
be as stated in the detailed specification of the item concerned. The grading may be
such as to produce dense concrete of the specified properties and consistency that
will work readily into position without segregation without adding excessive water.
5.12.4 The coarse aggregate shall be delivered to the site in specified size unless otherwise
authorised by the Engineer in charge.

Page No. 18
5.13 Fine Aggregate:
5.13.1 The fine aggregate shall be of natural sand or sand produced from crushing suitable
hard or natural gravel. It shall contain only hard strong dense durable uncoated
particles.
5.13.2 The amount of deleterious substances shall not exceed the standard as mentioned on
page No.5 of revised manual regarding standard specification for bridges. Maximum
percentages, by weight when tested according to the relevant Indian Standard
Methods of test to fulfill or conform to the requirements as specified in details above.
5.13.3 Grading: No more than 5 % shall exceed 3/16 inch in size and not more than 3 %
shall pass 1. S. sieve No. 15 of B.S.A.S.T.M. sieve No. 100.
5.14.1 All items in schedule 'B' are for complete jobs and shall include all labour, materials,
construction plant and temporary works unless stated to contrary.
5.14.2 All item in schedule 'B' shall include all lifts and leads unless stated to the contrary.
5.14.3 Before starting the work the site shall be cleared as necessary as per items 2 on page
2 of P.W.D.H.B. after completion of the work but before its acceptance the site shall
be cleared of all scaffolding surplus materials rubbish etc. as per clause 7 of the
printed tender form. No extra payment shall be made for site clearance required at
any stage.
5.14.4 Whenever any mention is made of I.R.C. code, it shall refer to the Indian Road
Congress publication, Standard Specification & Code of Practice for Road Bridges
Section I General features …………………..….. 1960
Section II Roads & stresses …………………... 1968
Draft Sect. III Reinforced concrete Spt. ………... 1980
5.15 Any Reference to the Public Work Department Hand Book in the specifications shall
be to the ninth edition.
5.16 Materials - General:
5.16.1 The materials used in the work shall be of the best qualities and kinds specified and
no materials shall be used in the work until approved.
5.16.2 Samples of coarse and fine aggregate and of such other materials as may be specified
or directed shall be deposited free of cost with the Engineer in charge as soon as
possible after issue of orders to start the work and get approved sufficiently in time
before the delivery of the materials represented there by.
5.16.3 If during the course of work the source and type of any material is changed further
samples shall be deposited. If any materials is unauthorized obtained the contractor
will have to make good the damage and pay such compensation in addition as may be
directed by the Engineer-in-Charge.
5.16.4 Any materials that falls on any BMC Road from the carts etc. during conveyance
shall be immediately picked up and removed by the contractor failing which it will be
got removed departmentally at his cost. The contractor shall be liable for any claim of
road use on account of such negligence etc.
5.16.5 The materials causing obstruction or danger etc. will be got removed by the
Department at his cost and no claim for any loss or damage shall be entertained. The
contractor shall be responsible for any damage to track in charge of the BMC and
shall attend to any complaints which may be raised.
5.16.6 The materials shall not be stacked in a place where it is liable to be damaged or lost
due to traffic passing over it, to be washed away by rain or floods, to be burried under
and lands side etc. or to slip down at embankment or bank side etc. No claim for any
loss due to these or any similar cause will be entertained.

Page No. 19
5.16.7 Before stacking, the materials shall be free from all earth rubbish vegetable matter
and other extraneous substances and in the case of metal screened to gauge if so
directed. When ready it shall be stacked entirely near of the roadway on ground
which has been cleared of vegetation and leveled on the banks of roads etc. when it
may be practicable to stack it entirely clear of the roadways. It may be stacked with
the permission of the Engineer in charge on borrow area in such away as to cause
minimum danger and obstruction to the traffic.
5.16.8 Deleted
5.16.9 Deleted
5.16.10 Unless otherwise directed, the materials shall be collected in the following orders, if
approved in the tender ( t) Rubble (2) Metal (3) Soft murrum (4) Hard Murrun.
5.16.11 Metal collected for petty repairs shall be stacked on the side opposite to where
material for resurfacing is stacked. Where metal for two layers collected it shall be
stacked as in the case of new road metal for each layer shall be stacked on the
opposite of side of the road. All road materials shall be examined and measured
before it is spread. The labour for measurement (and check measurements whatever
necessary to be carried out) shall be supplied by the contractor immediately after the
measurements are recorded. The stacks shall be marked by the contractor by white
wash or otherwise as may be directed by the Engineer-in-Charge to prevent any
possibility of the same materials being measured and recorded over again and to
prevent unauthorized tempering with the stacks. If the contractor fails to attend the
measurements of materials after receiving due notice from the sub-Divisional officer
or his sub-ordinate-stating the date and time of the measurement the same shall be
recorded ex-partee and will be binding to the contractor.
5.16.12 The work shall be measured nevertheless if the labour or materials required at the
time of measurements or check measurements after the notice have been given to him
are not supplied by the contractor, the expense incurred on account of employing any
departmental labour or materials etc shall be charged against his account.
5.16.13 No deduction shall be made for voids for rolling and metalling.
5.16.14 The contractor will be allowed to use approved rubble and metal available from the
cutting materials on payment of charges that may be fixed by the department
provided the same are considered surplus by the department.

Page No. 20
 CHAPTER - 6
6.1 Acceptance:
Intimation of acceptance of tender shall be given by registered post to the address
given below the signature of the tenderer in the tender.
6.2 Details of works:
The tenderer shall state in his tender the name of the contractor in case the agency
shall be other than him self from whomever he purposes to obtain the centering. He
shall also state by what method he purposes to effect the same. The designs of
centering with type shall be got approved by the Engineer-in-Charge before its
erection.
6.3 Examination of plants and Locations:
Statements as the condition under which work is to be performed includes plants
surveys, relevant dimensions calculations estimates bearing etc. are made to furnish a
basis for comparison of tenders and the Government do not guarantee or represent
that they are even very approximately correct. The contractor shall satisfy himself by
all conditions affecting the work to be and done and labour materials needed and
shall make his bid in sole reliance thereon.
6.4 The work included in this contract shall be carried out in accordance with the
specification rules and regulation as laid down in the books mentioned below in order
of the priority (1) BMC Hand Book vol. 1 & 2 1949 edition if the reference quoted
above fall short for the items in schedule Of contract, reference shall be made to
Indian specifications for the latest edition. If any of the items of this contract are not
covered by the reference books quoted above, details and specification as directed by
the Chief Engineer, BMC Gujarat shall be final. This shall depend upon the standard
specifications allowed in different countries of the work for the items concerned
Programme ; The Engineer-in-Charge may at any time give direction as to the order
and manner in which the several part of the work shall be carried out and the
contractor shall strictly, observe such direction.
6.5 Method of carrying out the work:
The contractor shall furnish for the approval of the Engineer-in-Charge a schedule
giving the programme of the work giving details of the method of execution proposed
to be adapted. No work shall be carried out by other method except the one approved
by the Engineer-in-Charge. The Engineer-in-Charge may suggest suitable
modification in the programme and method prepared by the contractor. Adoption of
any such changes shall not entitle the contractor for claiming any extra rates.
6.6 Relation with public Authorities:
The contractor shall comply with all powers and legal orders and directions given
from time to time by any local or public authorities and shall pay out of his own
money, the fees or charges to which he shall be liable.
6.7 The contractor shall at his own expense obtain such license as may be necessary for
storing and using explosives. the BMC shall incur no responsibility whatsoever in
connection with the storage of explosive on the site or any accident or occurrence
whatsoever in connection there with. All operations of the contractor on which
explosives are employed being at the risk of the contractor and upon his sole.
responsibility and the contractor hereby given to the BMC an absolute indemnity in
respect thereof.

Page No. 21
6.8 RETURNS:
The contractor shall furnish the Engineer-in- Charge every day during the progress of
the works classified weekly return of the number of people employed on the work
during the week the report of skilled and unskilled labour shall be given in prescribed
form. The contractor if directed by the Engineer- in- Charge shall increase or
decrease the strength of the labour both skilled and unskilled. The contractor shall
also furnish the following returns:
A weekly medical report showing the health of the contractor's camp and the number
of persons ill.
--- OR ---
2.A report of any accident which may have occurred within 24 hours of its occurrence
6.9 OCCUPATION OF ADDITIONAL LANDS:
In case when it becomes necessary for the fulfillment of the contract for the
contractor to occupy land outside the BMC Limits, the contractor shall make his own
arrangement with the land owners and pay such rents as may be mutually agreed
between them.
The Public Works Department shall afford to the contractor all possible assistances to
enable him to obtain land for such purpose
6.10 CONTROLLED MATERIALS:
As regards controlled materials, BMC will help to arrange for the permits as far as
possible and help the contractor himself, though the Public Works Department will
help to arrange for the permits as far as possible in obtaining the materials it shall not
accept any responsibility for any delay or loss on account of delay caused. Contractor
shall submit the monthly return in the prescribed forms for the receipts and actual use
of the controlled materials during the month to the Engineer-in-Charge on close of
every calendar month.
The contractor shall permit the Engineer-in-Charge or his representatives to inspect
the stock of the controlled materials stored by him at any time whenever engineer or
his representative desires.
6.11 Permit and Licenses:
The contractor shall procure at his sole expenses all permits and licenses and pay all
charges and fees for lawful execution of the work.
6.12 Permit devices Materials and processes
Whenever the contractor desires to use any design devices materials or process
covered by the letters patent or copy right permission for such use shall be secured by
suitable legal agreement with the patentee or owner arid copy of agreement shall be
filed with Engineer-in-Charge.
6.13 Temporary Quarters:
The contractor will be required to make his own arrangement for housing of all his
staff and working people during the execution of the work. The contractor shall
maintain at his own expenses efficient staff as may be required by the Engineer-in-
Charge. Suitable fire preventive measures to the satisfaction of the Engineer-in-
Charge shall be taken by the contractor.
6.14 Plant :
The Contractor shall with his own expenses supply sound plant for the whole of the
works sufficient to perform the work within the time agreed upon in the contract and
keep the same in good condition. He shall also at his own expenses, repair or improve
it when required by written request of the Engineer-in-Charge or his representative.
All unused materials and a!! plants and equipment not removed by the contractor
within two months of the completion date of the works or any extension granted
thereof by the Engineer-in-Charge shall become the property of the Public Works
department and contractor shall not be entitled to any payment or compensation
whatsoever in respect thereof.

Page No. 22
 Conditions regarding Medical and sanitary arrangements to be provided for labour
employed in. the construction by the contractor:
(a) The contractor shall follow rules regarding public Health and sanitary arrangements
to be provided in labour camp as per paragraph 258 of Gujarat BMC Manual Volume
1 and appendix in that regard.
(b) The contractor shall make arrangements for men material measures to be provided
for the labour employed on the work. The men material measures shall be as directed
by the Assistant Director of Public Health.
6.15 Subletting of work
The contractor will not be permitted to sublet any of the works without permission of
the Engineer-in-charge. If he gives permission for any part of the work to sublet, the
main contractor shall take full responsibility for the quality of work. Before ordering
subletting of the work the contractor shall submit the names of the subcontractors
proposed for the approval for Engineer-in-charge and shall afterward send the two
copies of the order of the work proposed to be sublet. When submitting the names of
the sub contractors for the approval it must be stated as to whether the firms proposed
are the actual manufacturers of makes, if not the names of the makes shall also be
submitted. The sublet orders shall contain all necessary information given in the
specification to enable the sub contractor or supplier to work in accordance therewith.
The sublet order shall also contain the time in which the delivery of the materials will
be given for the completion of the work. The contractor shall be held responsible for
non delivery or non completion in stipulated time given in his tender for the
completion of the whole contract.
6.16 Foreman, Watchman and workers:
Competent foreman and watchman shall be employed by the contractor. The BMC
shall be at all times have the right to remove from the work any foreman, watchman
or man who gives irresponsible response of misbehaves or misconducts.
6.17 Co-ordination of specifications, plant and special provisions the standard
specifications the plans and all supplementary documents are essential parts of the
contract and requirement occurring in one shall be as binding as though occurring in
all the various documents. Specification and special provisions shall over side both
the plans and the standard specifications. Figured dimensions shall prevail over
scaled dimensions if any. Other variations shall be decided by the Superintending
Engineer.
6.18 Inspection of work and materials:
1. For Resident Engineer, Agent and Employees on the work, the contractor shall
provide safe and proper facilities for inspection.
2. The inspection of the work shall not relieve the contractor of his obligations to
fulfill the terms of the contract as herein prescribed by the plans and
specifications.
3. The contractor shall furnish written information to the Executive stating the
original sources of supply and dates of manufacturing of all materials brought
or manufactured away from the actual site of the work.
4. The contractor shall furnish the Engineer-in-Charge every facility and
assistance for ascertaining whether the work performed is in accordance with
the requirements and instructions of the plans and estimates and the
specifications. !f so, directed the contractor at any time shall comply and after
acceptance of the work remove or uncover any portions of the finished work
considered necessary for fresh inspection at his own cost.
5. In order to ensure a proper time sequence for required inspection and approval,
the information shall be furnished at least two weeks or (otherwise) as directed
by the Engineer-in-Charge in advance of the use or incorporation in the work
of any such materials and this shall be given in writing by the contractor.

Page No. 23
 6. The contractor shall obtain from BMC a statement of the places where it is
permitted for him to deposit the materials excavated. The contractor shall
accept the entire site as he finds it and any work that may be necessary to carry
out contract shall be provided for in his contract price.
6.19 Setting out:
The contractor shall be responsible for the true and proper setting out of the works
and for the correctness of the position levels, dimensions and alignment of all parts of
the works and for the provisions of all necessary instruments applicable and labour in
connection there with. If at any time during the progress of the works any error shall
appear or arise in the positions, levels, dimensions or alignments or any part of the
works, the contractor is required to discuss with the Engineer and rectify such errors
to the satisfaction of the Engineer-in-Charge. Unless such error is based on incorrect
data supplied in writing by the Engineer-in-Charge in which case the expenses of
rectifying the same shall be borne by the Govt. Otherwise the rectification shall be
done at the cost of the contractor. The checking of any setting out or of any line or
level by the Engineer-in-Charge or his representative shall not relieve to the
contractor of responsibilities for the correctness thereof.
6.20 No quarrying or blasting operations shall be permitted in the river bed in the
proximity of the bridge for the purpose of taking out materials required for the work
except where the sites are demarcated by the Engineer-in-Charge for this purpose.
The contractor shall be personally responsible for any damage or accident caused by
such operations.
6.21 An order book shall be provided and maintained by the contractor on the work and
the contractor shall sign the order given by the Department and shall carry out them.
Work Order Book is the property of the Govt. Supervisory staff on site. The
compliance shall be carried out promptly and approved by the Engineer-in-Charge in
short time so that works can be checked.
6.22 No materials should be stacked any where on the entire formation width of the road
while carrying out the work. These materials should be stacked on the open ground
area of the land width on both sides of the road. Only in exceptional circumstances,
with only written permission of the Engineer-in-Charge such materials can be stacked
on shoulders of the road surface.
6.23 During the working period, day and night all weather diversion shall have to be
provided by the contractor without extra cost of Govt. The diversion shall be
maintained in good conditions as directed by the Engineer-in-charge until completion
of work. During the -night time for the safety of traffic, red lamps, boards, etc. shall
be provided without any extra cost.
6.24 Deleted

Dated Signature of Municipal Commissioner

Contractor BMC

Page No. 24
 ANNUEXURE-1
GOVERNMENT CIRCULAR No. MON-108313329
(244) H/Technical Requirement of

Hot Mix Plant to be used on Contact Works

COMPOSITION OF PLANTS

The Hot mix plant shall confirm generally to I: S specification No.I.S.3065/1965 as

amended from time to time and shall be required with the following arrangements:
(1) COLD AGGREGATE FEEDER
The cold aggregate feeder shall have minimum three independent bins compartments,
each provided with accurate mechanical means for feeding the aggregate at uniform
and predetermined rate to the cold elevator or to some intermediate conveyer or
directly into the dryer. The feeder shall be provided for the adjustment of total
proportional feed and shall be capable of being locked in any-setting.
(2) DRYER:
At the discharge end of the dryer or any other suitable location, means shall be
provided for ascertaining the temperature of the heated aggregate.
(3) MIXER UNIT:
The plant shall include a continuous mixer of an approved twin shaft pug mill type
capable of producing a uniform mix. If not enclosed, the mixer box shall be equipped
with a dust hood to prevent dust.
There should be independent arrangement to feed mineral directly in the pug mill.
The Hooper bin for mineral filler shall provide for the adjustment to proportionate the
feed and shall be capable of being locked in any setting.
(4) SCREEING UNIT AND GRADUATION CONTROL:
The dried aggregate shall be screened into less than three sizes. The plant shall
include means for accurately proportioning each bin shall have an accurately
controlled individual gate to form an orifice for proportioning the material drawn
from each respective bin compartment. The orifice shall Clave positive mechanical
adjustment and provided with a lock. Indicators shall be provided on each gate to
show the gate opening in centimeters.
(5) BITUMEN HEATING:
A circulating system for the bitumen shall be provided of adequate capacity to
provide for proper and continuous circulation between storage tank and proportioning
units during the entire operating period, suitable arrangement shall be provided for
recording the temperature at the tank and in the circulating system.
(6) SYNCHRONIZATION:
Synchronization of Aggregate and Bitumen Feed : Satisfactory means shall be
provided to afford positive inter locking control between the flow of aggregate from
the tank to pug mil with mechanism of socket wheel which allows a fixed quantity of
bitumen for a particular setting of the wheel.

Dated Signature of Municipal Commissioner

Contractor BMC

Page No. 25
 QUESTIONAIRE FOR THE TENDERER

1. The location of Paver plant and Concrete Batching plant at present.

2. No of Paver work and total tonnage of asphalt work done to date

3. The remaining tonnage of asphalt work to be completed still on (date of tendering)

4. Period required to complete remaining tonnage of asphalt work on hand present.

5. Period required to shift the Paver plant at site of the work under reference.

6. Probable date to start actual - asphalt work for the work under reference.

7. Details of machineries required for Paver plant available with the tenderer.

8. Whether the hot mix Paver plant - conform to the composition and Technical

requirement indicated in Annexure?

________________________
Signature of Tenderer

Page No. 26
 ;ZSFZGF 5+ S|DF\S 8LPV[GP;LP !)(!q &q;L TFZLB

5lZ5+ lA0F6 o sVf

CM8DL1F %,Fg8 DF8[GL 9[S[NFZ 5F;[GL DXLGZLGL lJUTM

VPG\P
DXLGZLGL lJUT S[5[;L8L ;\bIF 5lZl:YlT
S!f sZf s#f s$f s5f

Page No. 27
 ;ZSFZGF 5+ S|DF\S 8LPV[GP;LP !)(!q &q;L TFZLB

5lZ5+ lA0F6 o sAf

CM8DL1F %,Fg8YL H[ SFDM 9[S[NFZG[ D/[, CMI T[GL lJUT

8[g0ZDF\
VPG\P JS¶VM0¶Z 0FDZ AFSL ZC[,
lJEFULI 8[g0ZGL ;DI
SFDG]\ GFD VF%IF SFDGL ZSD SFDGL
SR[ZLG]\ GFD ZSD DIF¶NF
TFZLB VG[ S], ZSD
SFDGL ZSD
! Z # $ 5 & * (

Page No. 28
 ;ZSFZGF 5+ S|DF\S 8LPV[GP;LP !)(!q &q;L TFZLB

5lZ5+ lA0F6 o sSf

CM8DL1F %,Fg8YL SZJFGF SFDMGF H[ 8[g0Z EZ[,F K[ T[GL lJUTM

VPG\P 8[g0Z D/JFGL
lJEFULI 8[g0Z EIF¶
SFDG]\ GFD 8[g0ZGL ZSD XSITF K[ S[ S[D
SR[ZLG]\ GFD TFZLB
m
s!f sZf s#f s$f s5f s&f

Page No. 29
 SPECIAL CONDITIONS FOR BITUMINOUS SURFACE WORK
WITH HOT MIX PLANT AND FINISHER

1. The hot mix plant and accessories to be used for the work shall be in conformity with
specifications prescribed vide Govt. of India Ministry of Transport circular No.
RW/RMP/1613783 dated 9-11987. The plant shall be equipped with all units and
accessories as per latest I.S.3066, 1965 as amended from time to time. The
contractors will have to modify their plants suitably within a period of six months
from the date of issue of latest I.S. specification or codes.
2. The work of laying aggregate mixed with bitumen shall start on site of work only
after 8.00 hours in the morning and continue up to 17.00 hours in winter season and
up to 18.30 hours in summer. No work shall be done except during the period
mentioned above and also on Sundays and National holidays viz. 26th January, 15th
August and 2nd October.
3. Quantity of bituminous aggregate mix to be laid shall be restricted to 250 tons per
day for 30/40 capacity plant and may be more or less depending upon the rated
capacity of the plant.
4. The works of laying asphalt mix shall start latest within 60 days from the date of
issue of work order and will be completed as per time limit. Reasons far delay in
starting of work after 50 days shall result into sufficient cause for levying
compensation for disproportionate progress.
However, the period from 15th June to 15th October being monsoon shall not be
counted for the purpose of disproportionate progress and consequent cause for Levy
of compensation. The contractors shall commence the work of laying Pavement on or
before the last date of the period mentioned above failing which he shall pay
compensation not less than Rs. 500/- per day for every day that he shall delay the
commencement of the work as above in accordance with clause-2 of the contract.
4. The contractor shall invariably get the job mix formula for the mix approved by the
Engineer-in-charge before starting the work.

G.R. No. SSR/1087/205/21-C-/Dt. 27-9-1089

After starting the work within 60 day by the contractor, he should keep the work
continued failing which he is liable to pay compensation at Rs. 600/- per day from
the date he keeps the work closed & restart the work except in the following cases :
(1) If in case machineries break down and for that short period, work is closed
(2) During the period of break down of machinery Paver plant is not shifted from the
work or from the site and no work is done on other site through the Paver plant
during the period of break down of machinery.

Signature of the Contractor Municipal Commissioner,

BMC

Page No. 30
 ANNEXURE-2

8[g0Z VF.8DMGF EFJM EZTL JBT[ U6TZLDF\ ,LW[, DH}ZL TYF :5[XLOLS[XG DF\ H6FjIF D]HA
DF,;FDFG V\U[GF SFDGF :Y/GF 50TZ EFJM sNZf V\U[GL lJUT
sVF lJUT #_ ,FB SZTF\ p5ZGF SFDDF\ EZL ZH] SZJL OZHLIFT K[f

sVf DH}ZLGF N{lGS NZ s!f S0LIF4 ;]YFZ4 %,dAZ :SL<0 SFZLUZMGF NZ ~FP
sZf EL:TL4 C[<5Z JU[Z[ ;[DL :SL<0 SFZLUZMGF NZ ~FP
s#f DH}ZM4 s :+Lv 5]~QF f VG:SL<0 DH]ZMGF NZ ~FP

s!f DSFGM
VPG\P 8[g0Z VF.8D DF,;FDFGGL lJUT I]lG8 NZ
G\AZ
!P .\8M !___ G\U ~FP
ZP 5yYZ R6TZGF 3PDLP ~FP
BF6 ,L0
S5RL !Z DLPDLPYLP
Z_ DLPDLP
BF6 3PDLP ~FP
$P ,L0 SLPDLP ~FP
Z[TL 5|Fl%T :YFG ,L0 SLPDLP
5P ,FS0] ;FUL v S8 ;F.h
s ;Z[ZFX IFNL DF8[ f
sVf AFZL 3PDLP ~FP
sAf AFZ6F 3PDLP ~FP
&P O,MZL\U 8F.<; RF[PDLP ~FP
*P 5M,L; SM8F:8MG HF0F. DLPDLP RMPDLP ~FP
(P U[<JGF.h 5F.5
sVf Z5 DLPDLP NZ DLP ~FP
sAf !Z DLPDLP NZ DLP ~FP

sZf sZ:TFVM f SFDGF :Y/ p5ZGF EFJ

VPG\P 8[g0Z VPG\P DF,;FDFGGL lJUT BF6 5|Fl%T:YFGG]\ GFD ,L0 I]GL8 NZ ~FP
S;Z[ZFXf SLPDLP
! D]ZD 3PDLP
Z CF0¶ D]ZD 3PDLP
# Z[TL 3PDLP
$ D[8, 3PDLP
5 S5RL 3PDLP
!Z DLPDLP YL Z_ 3PDLP
& DLPDLP 3PDLP
5yYZ 5LRL\U DF8[

s#f CM8 DL1FGF SFDM DF8[ SFDGF :Y/ p5ZGF 50TZGF EFJ
VPG\P 8[g0Z VPG\P lJUT I]lG8 NZ ZLDFS¶;
! S5RL 3PDLP BF6
Z U|L8 3PDLP BF6
# A<S VF:OF<8 D[P8G
$ 0FDZ SFDGF DH}ZL D[P8G

Page No. 31
s$f 5],MGF SFDM o SFDGF :Y/ p5ZGF EFJ
VPG\P 8[g0Z VPG\P DF,;FDFGGL lJUT BF6 5|Fl%T ,L0 SLPDLP I]lG8 NZ ~FP
:YFG s ;Z[ZFX f I]lG8
DXLG S:0 D[8, 3PDLP
S5RL 3PDLP
U|L8 3PDLP
Z[TL 3PDLP
CF.8[g;F., JFIZ 3PDLP

Page No. 32
 Name of Work:

CONSTRUCTION OF BOX CULVERT ACROSS MALESHREE RIVER

AND NEW JUNCTION DEVELOPMENT AT ADHEWADA,
BHAVNAGAR, GUJARAT.

WORK PROGRAMME

Time limit: 11 (Eleven) Months [Excluding Monsoon]

Sr.
Time Portion Work Portion
No.
1. 2. 3.
1.
¼ Portion of Time-limit 10% of work
2.
½ Portion of Time-limit 40% of work
3.
¾ Portion of Time-limit 80% of work
4.
Full Time-limit 100% of work

Signature of Contractor Municipal Commissioner,

BMC

Page No. 33
 1

FORM B-2
OF[D"” BvZ
BHAVNAGAR MUNICIPAL CORPORATION

ITEM RATE TENDER AND CONTRACT FOR WORKS

SFDF[ DF8[G]\ AFAT NZJF/]\ 8[g0Z SF[g8=FS8

Division - lJEFU o BMC

Name of Work :-
Construction of Box Culvert across Maleshree River and New Junction
Development at Adhewada, Bhavnagar, Gujarat.
SFD G]\ GFD

Municipal Commissioner
BMC
 2
INDEX

1. NOTICE INVITING TENDERS

2. SECTION – 1 INFORMATION & INSTRUCTIONS FOR TENDERERS
3. DECLARATION FORM
4. DECLARATION CERTIFICATE
5. SECTION – 2 TENDER FOR WORKS
6. MEMORANDUM
7. TERMS & CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT
Clause 1 Security deposit
Clause 2 Liquidated damages for delay
Clause 3 Default by contractor
Clause 4 Action when the progress of any particular portion of the work is unsatisfactory
Clause 5 Non exercise of powers under clause 3 not a waiver
Clause 5-A Powers to seize tools, plants, machineries, materials and stores of the contractor on invocation
of clause 3
Clause 6 Extension of Time limit
Clause 7 Final Measurements and Final bill on completion of work
Clause 8 Intermediate and Final payments
Clause 9 Payment at reduced rates
Clause 10 Bills to be submitted monthly
Clause 11 Bills and rates payable
Clause 12 Materials to be supplied by the Department
Clause 12-A Consumption and return of materials supplied by the Department
Clause 12-B Safe custody of materials supplied by the Department
Clause 13 Drawings, Designs, Instructions of the Engineer-in-charge and specifications, order of
precedence in case of discrepancies
Clause 14 Excess over Tender Quantities, Extra Items and Variations
Clause 15 No claim to any payment or compensation for alterations or for restrictions of work
Clause 15-A No claim for delay in supply of materials by the Government
Clause 16 Claims under the contract
Clause 17 Remedies for inferior or bad work, material or workmanship and maintenance clause
Clause 17-A Defect liability clause
Clause 18 Work to be open for inspection-Contractor's responsible agent to be present
Clause 19 Notice to be given before work is covered up
Clause 20 Damage to contract work-in-progress and damages to surrounding properties
Clause 20-A Damages due to acts of God and unprecedented floods
Clause 21 Contractor to supply plant, ladders, scaffolding etc. and is liable for damage arising from non
provision of lights, fencing etc.
Clause 21-A Regulations for scaffolds, working platforms, gangways and stairways
Clause 21-B Regulations for hoisting appliances
Clause 22 Measures for prevention of fire
Clause 23 Liabilities to contractors for any damages done in or outside work
Clause 24 Compaction of layers of works above Rs. One Crores
Clause 25 Deleted
Clause 26 Work not to be sublet, consequences for unauthorized subletting, bringing and becoming insolvent.
Clause 27 Sums payable by way of compensation to be considered as reasonable compensation without
reference to actual loss
Clause 28 Changes in the constitution of firm to be notified
Clause 29 Works to be under directions of Superintending Engineer
Clause 30 Settlement of Disputes and Arbitration
Clause 31 Deleted
Clause 32 Lump sums in estimates
Clause 33 Action where no specifications
Clause 34 Definitions of work
Clause 35 Royalties
Clause 36 Compensation under the Workmen's Compensation Act
Clause 37 Liability of the contractor in case of accidents
Clause 37-A Arrangements for personal safety requirements and first aid
Clause 37-B Quantities in the tender to be considered approximate and they are subject to variations
 3
Clause 38 Employment of famine or other labour
Clause 39 Claim for compensation for delay in starting the work
Clause 40 Claim for compensation for delay in the execution of work
Clause 41 Entering upon or commencing any portion of work
Clause 42 Minimum age of persons employed
Clause 42 (i)(a) The payment of fair wages etc
Clause 43 Method of payment
Clause 43-A Set off clause
Clause 44 Deleted
Clause 45 Employment of Scarcity labour
Clause 46 Deleted
Clause 47 Rates inclusive of Sales Tax
Clause 48 Employment through Employment Exchange and local labour
Clause 49 Fair wages
Clause 50 Deleted
Clause 51 List of Machinery
Clause 52 Liabilities of contractor for idleness of Road Rollers deployed by the Department on contract work
Clause 53 Local labour on normal rates
Clause 54 Land on Hire and rental charges
Clause 55 Vaccination to labourers
Clause 56 Camp facilities to workers
Clause 57 Gun boots, hand gloves, masks etc., to labourers
Clause 58 No distinction between Harijans and other workers
Clause 59 Price Escalation clause
Clause 60 Fencing and Lighting
Clause 61 Liabilities for accidents to persons
Clause 62 Access to site and work on site
Clause 63 Reports Regarding Labour.
Clause 64 Treasure trove
Clause 65 Indemnity
Clause 66 Insurance of labourers
Clause 67 Setting out
Clause 68 Cement Register
Clause 69 Materials and work Test Register and Core Cutting Machine
Clause 70 Progress Schedule
Clause 71 Secured Advance
Clause 72 Advance Payment
Clause 73 Advance against machineries
Clause 74 Mobilization Advance
Clause 75 License for contract labour
Clause 76 Recovery of Testing charges and handing over empty cement bags
Clause 77 Recovery of sales tax
Clause 78 Recovery of Workers Welfare Cess..........
Annexure-1 Declaration regarding Income Tax , Addresses etc.
Annexure-2 Basic rates considered by the contractor
Annexure-3 Performance bond
Annexure-4 List of work already completed by the tenderer
Annexure-5 List of plant and Machinery
Annexure-6 Declaration regarding works on hand
Schedule 'A' Materials to be supplied from P.W. Store
Schedule 'B' Memorandum showing items of work to be carried out
Schedule 'C' Time Schedule of completion
 4
NOTICE INVITING TENDERS
1. Tenders are invited for Construction of Box Culvert across Maleshree River and New Junction
Development at Adhewada, Bhavnagar, Gujarat.. (The work is estimated to cost of Rs. 6,60,81,000 This
estimate however, is given as a rough guide.
2. The work are required to be completed within 11 (Eleven) Months [Excluding Monsoon] as per the terms of
the contract conditions.
3. The Contractors Registered in Spl. Cat-I (Road) with "AA" Class & Above with Roads and Building Dept.
of Govt. of Gujarat and above will be permitted to tender. Not more than one tender shall be submitted by a
contractor or by a firm of contractors. No two or more concerns in which an individual is interested as a
proprietor and/ or a partner shall tender for the execution of the same work. If they do so, all such tender shall
be liable to be rejected.
4. Bid document can be downloaded & submitted in Electronic Format on online web site
[Link] from the date mentioned in NIT
5. Tender documents consisting of condition, specification, Schedule(s) of quantities of the various classes of
work to be done, the conditions of contract etc. will be shown on above website
6. Copies of other drawings and documents pertain to tender and signed for the purpose of identification by the
Accepting Officer or his accredited representative will be open for inspection by tender at the following offices
during working hours between the dates mentioned in clause 4 above.
(a) BMC
7. Tenderer are advised to visit the site sufficiently in advance of the date fixed for submission of the tender. A
tenderer shall be deemed to have full knowledge of all the relevant documents samples, site etc. whether he
inspects them or not.
8. Submission of a tender by tenderer implies that he has read this notice and all other contract documents and has
made himself aware of the scope and specification of the work to be done and of conditions and rates at which
stores, tool and plant etc. will be issued to him, by Government and local conditions and other factors bearing
on the execution of the works.
9. The bidder should quote his bid premium or rebate at the end of Schedule B. If he do not wish to quote premium
or rebate, he should indicate “at par” in blank space preceding “% above / below” in Schedule B. thereafter he
should work out and indicate the offered bid amount both in words and figures in Schedule B.
10. All rates shall be quoted on the tender form.
11. The tender for the works shall not be witnessed by a contractor or contractors who himself / themselves
has/have tendered or who may and has/have tender for the same works. Failure to observe this condition shall
render the tender of the contractor tendering, as well as of those witnessing the tender, liable to rejection.
12 The electronically offered bids will be opened as per NIT in the presence of bidders who may choose to remain
present in the office of the Bid opening Authority Specified in bid documents.
13 Demand Draft for EMD & Tender fee shall be submitted in electronic format only through online (by scanning)
while uploading the bid. This submission shall mean that EMD & Tender fee are received for purpose of
opening the bid. Accordingly offer of those shall be opened whose EMD & Tender fee is received
electronically. However for the purpose of realization of D.D. bidder shall send the D.D. in original to
Municipal Commissioner, BMC at the time of opening or send the same through R.P.A.D. So as to reach
Municipal Commissioner, BMC within 7 days from last date of online submission of Tender. Penaltative
action for not submitting D.D. in original to Municipal Commissioner, BMC by bidder shall be initiated.
14. The Governor of the State of Gujarat does not bind himself to accept the lowest or any tender or to give any
reasons for the decision.
15. This notice of tender shall form part of the contract documents.
For and behalf of Governor for the state of Gujarat

Date :_____________________ Signature :____________________

Designation :__________________
 5
BHAVNAGAR MUNICIPAL CORPORATION
Contract for Works
SECTION - 1
INFORMATION & INSTRUCTIONS FOR TENDERERS
1. Mode of Submitting tender:
The tenders shall be submitted in Electronic format only on online Web-site [Link] till
the date & time shown in Page No. 2.
Offer in physical form will not be accepted in any case.
Bidders who wish to participate in online tenders will have to procure / should have legally Valid Digital
Certificate (Clause-III) as per Information Technology Act – 2000 using which they can sign their electronic
bids. Bidders can procure the same from any of the license certifying Authority of India are as mentioned
under:
Sr. No. Name of Certifying Agency Website Address
1. (n) Code solution (G.N.F.C.) [Link]
2. Safecrypt [Link]
3. TCS [Link].-[Link]
4. MTNL [Link]

2. Competency of Tenderer: No contract will be awarded except to responsible bidders capable of performing
the class of works completed. Before the award of the contract, any bidder may be required to show that he
has the necessary facilities, experience, ability and financial resources to perform the work in satisfactory
manner within in the time stipulated. Tenderer may be required to furnish the tender inviting authority with
the statement as to their experience and their financial status. Tenderer shall be a registered contractor in
appropriate class of the Roads & Buildings Department or Water Resources Department of Govt. of Gujarat.
3. Tenderer to inform Himself: tenderer will be deemed to have inspected the site and to have satisfied as to
the nature of all works, all existing roads, water-way and other means of communication and access to and
from the site and work and the building that may be required for temporary purpose in connection with the
construction, completion and maintenance of the works and must make his own inquiries as to work, yard
sites and depot, and dumps and as to acquisition of such additional sites and areas as may be necessary for
temporary purpose for constructing, completing and maintaining the works and availability of water for
construction activities, power, quarries and labour.
4. Payment of Tender Fee and Earnest Money Deposit: As per NIT
5. Payment: The tender must understand clearly that the rates quoted are for completed works and include all
costs due to labour, scaffolding plant, supervision, service works, power, royalties and octroi etc., and to
include all extras to cover the cost of night work if and when required and no claim for additional payment
beyond the price/rates quoted will be entertained and the tenderer will not be entitled subsequently to make
any claim on the ground of misrepresentation or on the ground that he was supplied with information given
by any person (whether the member is the employee of Public Works Department or not ) . Any failure on his
part to obtain all necessary information for the purpose of making his tender and filling the several prices and
rates therein shall not relieve him from any risks or liabilities arising out of or consequent upon the
submission of the tender.

Signature of Contractor Signature of Municipal Commissioner

 6
6. Tender Forms: This form will state work to be carried out as well as the date of submitting and opening
tenders and the time allowed for carrying out the work, also the amount of earnest money to be deposited with
the tender and the amount of the security deposit be paid by the successful tenderer and percentage, if any, to
be deducted from bill. It will also state whether a refund of quarry fees, royalties, Octroi dues and ground
rents will be granted. Copies of the specifications, designs and drawing and estimated rates, and any other
documents required in connection with work which shall be signed by the Municipal Commissioner for the
purpose of identification shall also be open for inspection by Contractor at the office of the Municipal
Commissioner during office hours. However Every 'blank' in the form of the e-tender and in the Schedule and
Annexure must be filed up by the tenderer and must be submitted online.
7. Quoting of Rates: The Tenderer shall quote the rate per' unit for all items listed in Schedule B in figures as
well as in words. Thereafter the system will work out the total amount of each item in Column No.7 of
Schedule B and sum-up the total at the end of Column No.7 on each page and on last page of Schedule B.
After striking the total of all items, he may give rebate if he desires on the total amount so worked out and
thereafter express in the figures, as the net amount of his offer which will be termed as "Tendered Amount".
The following rule shall apply only to the works having estimated cost above Rs. 100 lacs (Rupees One
Hundred lacs). (G.R. R & B. D No. TNC - 1777 - 281-C, dated 30-7-2092 may be referred to)
(a) Tenderers are normally not permitted to suggest any alteration in the works specified in the tender form or in
the time allowed for carrying out the work or any other conditions of any sort. However, if it is felt necessary
by the tenderer to have any conditions, he shall have to clearly mention the same in very clear terms in the
appropriate section of technical bid. The tenderer will have to fill in necessary details online in 'technical bid'
and 'price-bid' separately. No such tender shall include more than one work but contractors who wish to
tender for two or more works shall submit a separate tender for each work online.
(b) If price-bid contains any conditions, the same shall be rejected outright.
(c) It should be very clearly understood by all the tenderers that the technical bid should be restricted only to
technical matters and conditions / stipulations having financial implications. The Technical and Price' bids
shall contain adequate cross reference wherever necessary to ensure clear and proper correlation of them with
two bids without any ambiguity whatsoever. The price bid of main tender should not be disclosed in the
technical bid.
(d) The technical bid will be opened first online on as per NIT or any other suitable time thereafter by the
competent tender opening authority of the Government. Bidders who wish may remain present. The technical
bid shall be evaluated first and wanting details, if any, and clarifications in respect of conditions if any will be
called from the tenderers. In such case, the contractor will be required to submit clarification / details
(including with respect to conditions if any) within the stipulated time allowed for the purpose. If the
contractor does not furnish the wanting details / clarification in time, his tender would be liable for rejection.
(e) The conditions specified in technical-bid should invariably be accompanied by proper financial evaluation
with mode of calculation specifying assumptions, quantities, rate and ceiling amounts for each condition and
shall also accompany the information in the form stating (a) Sr. No. (b) Description of the condition (c)
Financial evaluation. ( Vide R & B.D.G.R. No. /TNC / 7777 / 281-C, dated 30-9-92) (d) Ceiling amount to be
added in price-bid, in case condition is not accepted.
(f) Ceiling amounts shall be binding on the contractors and are liable to be added to the tender amount.
(g) The evaluation as given by the contractor as modified by tender opening authority with the ceiling limit will
then be intimated to all the bidders. No further opportunity shall be given to modify / withdraw conditions at
that stage. After completion of evaluation of the technical bid in all respects the competent authority will
decide about date of opening of price-bid and the same will be intimated to the bidders. After opening of
price-bid and their evaluation the tender inviting authority reserves the right to negotiate about the tender (s)
further with any or all the contractors.
8. Earnest Money:
As per NIT

Signature of Contractor Signature of Municipal Commissioner

 7

If the contractor does not remit the tender fee & the earnest money within the specified time his registration
will be held in abeyance for one year & his tendering code will be cancelled for one year.
If the contractor does not turn up to pay the Security Deposit and execute contract agreement within specified
(or extended) time after intimation to him about acceptance of his offer, the earnest money paid for this work
will be forfeited according to Clause-1 of this tender form tenderer's tender shall be rejected and then
according to aforesaid provision of tender, action to blacklist the Contractor will be initiated without Delay.
(Vide R & B. D G.R. No. Misc.1097 -90-1091/97 –Z/C dated 4-10-97 & Parach-102008-5-C-Partfile dated 27-11-08)
Bank Guarantee is permissible only when the estimated cost of work is more than Rs. 50 lacs.

BANK GUARANTEE
Where as M/s. __________________________________________________(hereinafter called the Tenderer)
is desirous and preferred to tender for works in accordance with the terms and conditions of tender for the
work of __________ and where as We, Bank, agree to give the tenderer a guarantee for the Earnest Money.
1. Therefore, we hereby affirm that we are guarantors on behalf of the Tenderer up to total rupees
_______________________________in words) Rs. _____________________________( in figures) and we
undertake to pay to BMC _______________________________________________up to his first written
demand, without demur, without delay and without the necessity of a previous notice of judicial or
administrative procedures and without the necessity to prove to the Bank the defects or shortcomings or
debits of the contractor any sum within the limit of Rs. _________________.
2. We further agree that the Guarantee herein contained, shall remain in full force and effect during the period
that would be taken for the acceptance offender.
However, unless a demand of claim under this guarantee is made on us in writing on or before the
_____________________ (Date to be specified - will not be less than 180 days from the stipulated date of
receiving the tender) we shall be discharged form all liabilities under this guarantee thereafter.
3. We undertake not to revoke the guarantee during it currency except with the previous consent of the
Municipal Commissioner (P) in writing.
4. We lastly undertake not to revoke the guarantee for any charge in constitution of the Tenderer or of the Bank.

Date Signature & Seal of Guarantor ________________________

Bank Address ______________________________________

8.2 The Earnest Money submitted in the form of Deposit-At-call receipt shall need minimum validity of six
months from the last date of online submission of tender. Tender not supported with tender fee, Earnest
Money & documents and not submitted in electronic format (by scanning) while uploading the bid shall be
rejected as NON Responsive. If the tenderer modifies or withdraws his tender, the Earnest Money (in case of
EMD exemption certificate, proportionate amount equivalent to EMD of a particular tender) shall be forfeited
and the tenderer may be disqualified from tendering for future works under the Government.
8.3 The Earnest Money will be returned to the unsuccessful tenderers. The Earnest Money will be returned to the
successful tenderer after he furnishes security deposit and duly enters into the contract.
8.4 Within Ten days or within such time as maybe decided by the Tender Inviting Authority from date of receipt
of the Letter accepting his tender, the successful tenderer shall furnish the required security deposit and attend
the office of the Tender Inviting Authority for execution of the contract documents. If he fails to furnish the
security deposit or execute the contract document, his Earnest Money (in case of EMD exemption certificate
equivalent amount there from) shall be forfeited and action to blacklist the contractor will be initiated without
delay (Vide R & B.D. G. R. No. Misc. 1097-90-1091-97 -ZJC dated 4-10-97)

Signature of Contractor Signature of Municipal Commissioner

 8
9.0 Accompaniments of Tender: (to be submitted in electronic format only through on line (by
scanning) as duly certified true copies)
The contractor shall have to furnish:
(i) Demand Draft of Tender fee and Earnest Money.
(ii) Copy of Partnership Deed or Memorandum as well as Articles of Association in case of the company and
intimate permanent addresses of his partners/ Directors of Company. All copies submitted shall be duly
attested.
(iii) Copies of certificate regarding previous experience as required.
(iv) Declaration showing all works completed during preceding 5years and works on hand with the Contractor
and the value of works that remained to be executed in each case.
(v) A certificate of Registration as approved contractor of prescribed category from authorities stipulated in
Notice Inviting Tenders.
(vi) PAN issued by Income-Tax Department.
(vii) Copy of Provident Fund Registration - Code no.
(viii) Duly filled in and digitally signed declaration form as provided after as last item of section-1 &
Memorandum duly filled in & digitally signed as given in section-2.
(ix) Bank Solvency certificate issued by any nationalized bank or bank specified in latest GR of Finance Department
(x) Required Annexure duly filled in when prequalification in involved.
Required documents are to be submitted in electronic format only as part of tender
document, failing which the tender will be rejected outright and will be considered as
NON-RESPONSIVE.
10.0 Tender liable to be Invalid:
It may please be noted that the tender is liable to be considered invalid especially, if the requirements as per
Instruction No. (i) to (ix) above are not complied with.
11.0 Right of rejection of tenders.
(i) Right is reserved by the Tender Inviting Authority to reject any or all tender(s) without assigning any reason
thereof. In addition to the above, the tender will also be liable to be rejected outright if:
(a) The tenderer proposes any alteration in the work specified or in the time allowed for carrying out the
work or in any condition.
(b) The tenderer or in the case of a firm, each partner or the person holding the power of attorney thereof
does not digitally sign section-2 or signatures is/are not attested by a witness.
(c) Any person who submits a tender shall fill forms online including the rates of items put to tender. No
single tender shall include more than one work but contractors who wish to tender for two or more
works shall submit a separate tender for each work online.
12.0 Method of Tendering: -
12.1 If the tender is made by an individual, it shall be digitally signed by the individual above his full name and
current address.
12.2 If the tender is made by a proprietary firm, it shall be digitally signed by the proprietor above his full name
and the full name of his firm with its current address.
12.3 If the tender is made by a firm of partnership, it shall be digitally signed by a partner of the firm holding the
power of attorney and digital certificate for the firm. A certified copy of the power of attorney shall be
provided in physical form along with other documents. A certified copy of the partnership deed, full name
and current address of the firm and full names and the current addresses of all the partners of the firm shall
also be provided alongwith other documents.
12.4 If the tender is made by a limited company or a limited corporation, it shall be digitally signed by a duly
authorized person holding digital certificate for the company /corporation and power of attorney for signing
the tender in which case a certified copy of the power of attorney shall be provided separately in physical
form along with other documents. Such limited Company or Corporation may be required to furnish
satisfactory evidence of its existence before the contract is awarded.
12.5 All digital signatures in the tender document shall be dated.

Signature of Contractor Signature of Municipal Commissioner

 9
13.0 Eligibility and qualification requirement.
To establish acceptability of the offer to the satisfaction of Tender Inviting Authority the tenderer shall
provide the following:
13.1 Details of plant and machinery immediately available with tenderer for use on the works.
13.2 Details of plant and machinery proposed to be procured for the works
13.3 Details of technical, supervisory and administrative personnel already employed by the tenderer that he
proposes to utilize for this work and such other personnel he proposes to employ further for this work
13.4 Copies of registration certificate and PAN allotted by income Tax Office.
13.5 Separate notes in sufficient details on each of the following:
(i) Method and technique of construction
(ii) Sequence of execution of various important components of the work;
(iii) Cash-flow arrangement
14.0 Deviation or modifications In Tender Documents:
14.1 All tenderers are cautioned that tender containing any condition and/or deviation from the contractual terms
and conditions, specifications, quoting / offering rates/prices in different manner than specified in the tender
and/or any other requirements of tender shall make the tender liable for outright rejection and shall be
considered as non-responsive for all practical purposes. The decision of the Tender inviting authority in this
regard shall be final and binding to the tenderer.
14.2 Alternative tenders are not acceptable.
15.0 Submission of tender
15.1 Tender shall be submitted in an online manner only on website [Link]
Last date & time of online submission ________________________________
15.2 Tender fee, EMD and other documents should be submitted as per NIT
16.0 Evaluation of Tenders
16.1 Technical evaluation will be made of the tenderer's proposed method and technique of construction,
construction programme, sequence of components of the work, proposed resources assigned to do the work to
determine the acceptability, adequacy and reasonability of rates, his past performance and present
resourcefulness.
16.2 To assist in the examination, evaluation and comparison of tender, the tender inviting authority may ask
tenderer individually for clarification of their tenders including breakdown of unit rates. The request for
clarification and response shall be in writing but no change in substance of the tender shall be sought, offered
or permitted at that stage.
16.3 Award may be made to the tenderer whose responsive tender is determined to be the lowest evaluated tender
and who meets the appropriate standards of capacity and financial resources.
17.0 Receipt of Payments:
Receipt of payment made on account of any work, when executed by a firm shall be signed by all the partners
except where the contractors are described in their tender as firm in which case the receipt shall be signed in
the name of the firm by one of the partners or by some other person having authority to give effectual receipts
for the firm.
18.0 Opening of tenders:
The Authorized Officer Municipal Commissioner, BMC at competent authority shall open tender online on
website [Link] on ________________at __________hrs. or any other suitable time
thereafter, in his office in the presence of intending Tenderers or their representative who wish to remain
present at that time. He will enter the amount of the tenders in a comparative statement in a suitable form. In
the event of a tender being accepted, the contractor shall thereupon for the purpose of identification, sign
copies of the specifications and other documents mentioned in his tender.

Signature of Contractor Signature of Municipal Commissioner

 10
19.0 General rules and directions:
19.1 No receipt for any payment made by a Contractor will be entertained by the Government in regard to any
matter relating to this tender or the contract shall be valid and binding on the Employer unless it is signed by
the Authorized staff members of the Government.
19.2 All works shall be measured net by standard measure and according to the rules and customs of the R&B
Water Resources Department or any other method approved by the R&B / Water Resources Department
without reference to any local custom. The measurements of work will be taken according to the usual
method in use in the Roads & Buildings Department and no proposal to adopt alternative method will be
accepted. The Municipal Commissioner’s decision as to what is the usual method in use in the Roads &
Building department will be final.
19.3 Under no circumstance shall any Contractor be entitled to claim enhanced rate for any item in this contract
except as provided in contract conditions.
19.4 The contractor shall not be permitted to tender for the work in which his near relative is working as the
officer in the sphere of his jurisdiction in the Tender inviting authority.
Note. By term "near relative" is meant wife, husband, parents, children, brothers, sisters, uncles, aunts,
cousins, and in-laws.
19.5 The contractor should compulsorily furnish his latest addressees) including the latest address of his partners
and the place(s) of filing his/their income-tax returns alongwith the tender. Any changes, in such addresses,
during the tenure of contract should invariably and forthwith be intimated by the Contractor to the Municipal
Commissioner.
20.0 Submission of additional information / documents:
In addition to various specified documents and information required to 'be submitted along with tender, the
bidder-may be required to provide any other document / relevant information as considered necessary by the
tender inviting authority and the tenderer shall be required to provide the same as per the requirement of the
tender inviting authority. Even the successful bidder may be required to provide the same as and when
required by the authority during subsistence of the contract.
21.0 Bank:
Wherever the word "Bank" is used in this document, it would mean Nationalized Bank or as per list
mentioned in latest GR of Finance Department only.
22.0 Tender validity period:
The tender for the work shall remain open for a period of 180 days counted from the stipulated last date of
receiving of the tenders online for this work.
23.0 The successful contractor shall exhibit the board in prominent place of worksite showing the brief details of
project! work under execution, financier, cost of work and broad details of inputs specifications and targeted
goals. (R&B. D. GRs Nos. TNC-1 090-24-C dated 18-11-2091, 17-8-02 and 25-10-02). As per latest
circular No. TNC-1090-24-S-Part file Dtd. 05/03/2011 attached separately.
24.0 The contractor will not use the premises of project / work under construction for his staff, labourers or for any
other purpose. If he do so, market rent for such unauthorized used will be recovered. The marker rent will be
decided by the Engineer-in-charge.
25.0 All statutory Taxes deductible at source under various acts and notifications by Government shall be deducted
while making payment for which T.D.S. certificate shall be issued.

Signature of Contractor Signature of Municipal Commissioner

 11

26.0 Declarations:
The tenderer will have to make declaration enlisted in the form attached herewith and shall affix his signature
to the form in token of correctness of declarations made therein, (G.R, R&B D. No. TNC-IIB-22 (10)-C,
dated 24-5-90 should be referred to).
DECLARATION FORM
(i) I/We hereby declare that I/we have visited the site and fully acquainted myself ourselves with the local
situations regarding materials, labour and other factors pertaining to the work before submitting this tender.
(ii) I/We hereby declare that I/We have carefully studied the conditions of contract, specifications and other
documents of this work and agree for executing the same accordingly,
(iii) We agree to receive payments, if delay is due to late receipt of grant -in-aid from Government for Panchayat
works. (Applicable to Panchayat works only)
DECLARATION CERTIFICATE (G.R. dtd. 4-2-89 as revised by [Link]-1083/6681/4/C,dated 31-
8-2094)
(iv) I/We hereby declare that my/our near relative are not working in this Division or in its sub-division as an Ex.
Engineer, Deputy Executive Engineer, Assistant Engineer, Additional Assistant Engineer, overseer,
Divisional Accountant, Store Keeper, Manager of Atithi / Vishram Gruha and in the circle as a
Superintending Engineer in addition for Panchayat works not working nor having posting as chairman of
P.W. committee or as incumbent in Jilla Panchayat at today.

27.0 Additional Instruction regarding Security Deposit (Clause-I): Deleted

Project Implementing Agency:

The "Bhavnagar Municipal Corporation " shall be the project- implementing

agency. This contract shall be administered and managed by the " Municipal
Commissioner, Project, Bhavnagar Municipal Corporation, The Municipal
Commissioner, Bhavnagar Mahanagar Seva Sadan, Sir Mangal Sinhji Road, Near
Kalanala, Bhavnagar, Gujarat" for and on behalf of Bhavnagar Municipal
Corporation and shall act as the "Engineer In-charge.

ENGINEER-IN-CHARGE:

Means the Engineer-in-Charge of the works, or in-charge of specified parts of the

works under the contract or such other assistants or sub-ordinates to whom the
Engineer-in Charge may have delegated certain duties, acting separately within the
scope of the particular duties entrusted to them.

Signature of Contractor Signature of Municipal Commissioner

 12
SECTION - 2
TERMS & CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT
CLAUSE 1 : Security Deposit : Security Deposit is required to be furnished by the contractor as guarantee money
for performance of the contract and observance of contract Conditions.
The person/persons whose tender is accepted (hereinafter called the" Contractor "which expression shall, unless
excluded by, or repugnant to the context include his Legal heirs, executors, administrators and assignees) shall pay
the total amount of Security Deposit:
Within ten days from the date of issue of the letter accepting his Tender, the successful Bidder shall furnish the
required Security Deposit for performance and attend the office of the Engineer In-Charge for execution of the
Contract documents. If he fails to furnish the Security Deposit for performance or to execute the Contract for the
work offered to him, his EMD shall be forfeited and the Bidder may be disqualified from tendering for further
works.

The successful bidder shall have to pay initial performance security deposit in the form of an unequivocal bank
guarantee /FDR equivalent to 5% of the contract value issued by any nationalized bank or as per list mentioned in
latest GR of. Finance Department. Further amount equivalent to 5% shall be deducted from the running bill as
retention money so that total performance security deposit turns out to be 10% of the contract value.

The contractor will be permitted to give an unequivocal composite bank guarantee from any nationalized bank or as
per list mentioned in latest GR of. Finance Department, to cover the performance security and the retention money.
In case if the contractor does not give a composite bank guarantee, and if he so desires, the employer shall allow
conversion of the money recovered from running bills towards retention money into an unequivocal bank guarantee
from any nationalized bank or as per list mentioned in latest GR of. Finance Department.

Without limitation to the provisions of the preceding paragraph, whenever the Employer’s representative determines
an addition to the Contract price as a result of a change in cost and/or legislation or as a result of variation
amounting to more than 25 percent of the portion of the Contract Price payable in a specific currency, the
Contractor, at the Employer’s representative’s written request, shall promptly increase the value of the performance
security in that currency by an equal percentage.

The performance security for the works shall be valid beyond 30 days from the date of issue of the Taking-over-
certificate at the end of defect liability period.

5% performance security and 5% retention money recovered from each running bills till successful completion of
the work (Total 10% of contract value) shall be released as mentioned below:

(i) 50% of total security amount shall be released after 30 days from the date of successful commissioning.

(ii) Remaining 50% of total security deposit shall be released after 30 days from the date of successful
completion of the defect liability period and free maintenance guarantee period i.e. 5 years from the date of
successful completion.
Prior to making any claim under the performance security, the Employer shall, in every case, notify the Contractor
stating the nature of the default for which the claim is to be made.
CLAUSE 2 : Liquidated damages for delay :-
(i) If the Contractor fails to complete the work under contract by the stipulated date, he shall pay liquidated damages
of at the rate of 0.1 percentage of the contract value per day from the date of delaying the said work up to the date of
completion and handing over to the Government.
(ii) However also if the contractor fails to complete any part of the work as designed in Schedule (c) by the time
indicated against such part, he shall pay Liquidated damages per day from the date of delaying the said part of the
 13
work up to the date of completion of the said designated part at the rates shown in the said schedule of the contract
value of such part for such failure till the said designated part is completed.
(iii) The aggregate maximum of liquidated damages payable under clause No.2 Shall not exceed 0.10 Percentage of
contract value per day and shall be subject to the maximum amount of ten percentage of the estimated amount put to
tender.
(iv) Delays requiring payment of ten percentage liquidated damages of the amount put to tender for performance shall be
sufficient causes for termination of contract and for forfeiture of security deposit including amount of performance bond
in respect of works estimated to cost more than Rs.15 lacs, for. Performance and registration of the contractor shall also
be kept in abeyance for three years from the date as fixed in all cases. (See Schedule (C) on Page No 48)
CLAUSE 3: Default by Contractor:
If the Contractor shall neglect on fail to proceed with the work with due diligence or if he violates any of the provision of
the Contract, the Engineer – in –charge small give the Contractor a notice, identifying deficiencies in performance and
demanding corrective action. Such notice shall clearly state that it is given under the provision of this clause. After
service of such notice, the contractor shall not remove any plant, equipment and material from the site. The Government
shall have a lien on all such plant, equipment and material from the date of such notice till the said deficiencies have been
corrected as mentioned in the said notice.
If the contractor fails to take satisfactory corrective action within ten days after receipt of such notice, the Engineer-in-
charge on behalf of Governor of Gujarat shall terminate the contract in whole. In case the entire contract is terminated,
the amount of security deposit and performance bond if any together with the value of the work done but not paid for,
shall stand forfeited to the Government. The plants, equipment and materials, held under this clause shall then be at the
disposal of the Government to recover the amount equivalent to the liquidated damages and registration of the contractor
shall be kept in abeyance for three years from the date as fixed in all such cases.
The Engineer-in –charge if necessary shall direct that a part or the whole of such plant, equipment and material be
removed from the site within a stipulated period. If the Contractor fails to do so, the Engineer-in-Charge shall cause them
or any part of them to be sold holding the net proceeds of such sale to the credit of the Contractor. After settlement of
accounts, the lien by the Government of the contractor’s remaining plant equipment and balances of materials shall be
released.
Termination of the contract in whole shall be an adequate authority for the Engineer-in-charge to demand discharge of the
obligations from the guarantor s of the security for the performance.
CLAUSE 4:
If the progress of any particular portion of the work under Contract is unsatisfactory, the Engineer-in-charge shall,
notwithstanding that the general progress of the work is satisfactory, in accordance with Clause 2 be entitled to take
necessary action under Clause 3 after giving the Contractor ten day’s notice in writing and the contractor shall have no
claim whatsoever for any compensation for any loss caused to him due to such action.
(Clause 1, 2, 3 and 4 are substituted vide GR NO. TNC –1091/IB-10/(11)-C , dated 15-10-91& modified by GR
dated 29-10-91 & G.R. No TNC – 1088/IB/18(13) – C dtd 31/8/94 and no TNC-10/2002-14-C dated 28/4/03 and 10-
9-03)
CLAUSE 5:
In any case in which any of powers conferred upon the Engineer-in-charge by clause-3 hereof shall have become
exercisable and the same shall not have been exercised, the non-exercise thereof shall not constitute a waiver of any of
the conditions hereof and such powers shall not with standing be exercisable at any future date.
CLAUSE 5 A:
In the event of the Engineer-in –charge taking action under clause 3, he may if so desire take possession of all or any
tools, plants, machineries materials and stores in or upon the work or the site there of or belonging to the contractor or
procured by him and intended to be used for the execution of the work or any part thereof, by paying or allowing for the
same in account at the contract rate or in case of contract rates not being applicable at such reasonable rate, as may be
comparable to current market rates where ascertainable of similar articles and comparable condition, to be certified by the
Engineer-in-charge. In the alternative the Engineer-in-charge may by notice in writing to the contractor or his clerk of the
works foreman or other authorized agent require him to remove such tools, plants, machineries, materials or stores from
the premises within a time to be specified in such notice and in the event of the contractor failing to comply with any
such requisition , the Engineer-in-charge may remove them at the contractor’s expenses or shall remove them by auction
or private sale at the risk and cost of the contractor in all respects, and the certificate of the Engineer-in-charge as to the
expenses of any such removal and the amount of the proceeds and expenses of any such removal shall be final and
conclusive against the contractor.

Signature of Contractor Signature of Municipal Commissioner

 14
CLAUSE 6: Extension of time:
If the contractor shall desire an extension of the time for completion of the work on the ground of his having been
unavoidably hindered in its execution or any other ground he shall apply in writing to the Engineer-in-charge before the
expiration of the period stipulated in the tender or before the expiration of 30 days from the date on which he was
hindered whichever is earlier and the Engineer-in-charge may, if in his opinion, believe that there are reasonable grounds
for granting an extension, grant such extension as he thinks necessary or proper. The decision of the Engineer-in-charge
in this matter shall be final
B\0 & o D]NTDF\ JWFZF[ o
SFD SZJFDF\ SM. VlGJFI" V\TZFI pEM YJFGF ALHFM SM. SFZ6;Z SFD 5]~ SZJF DF8[ SMg8=FS8Z D]NT JWFZM D[/JJF DFUTF CMI4 TM 8[g0ZDF\ H6FJ[,L D]NT 5]ZL YFI
T[ 5C[,F VFU/ H6FjIF D]HA T[ TFZLB[ T[G[ SM. V\TZFI G0IF[ CMI T[ TFZLB VUZTM D]NT ,\AFJL VF5JF DF8[GL DFU6L SZJFG]\ SFZ6 p5l:YT YI]\ CMI T[ TFZLB A[
DF\YL H[ JC[,L CMI T[ TFZLB #_ lNJ; 5]ZF YTF\ 5C[,F T[6[ SFDGF CJF,FGF .HG[ZG[ ,[lBT VZHL SZJFGL ZC[X[ VG[ SFDGF CJF,FGF .HG[ZGM VlE5|FI V[JM YTM
CMI S[4 D]NT JWFZJF JFHAL SFZ6 K[ TM T[DG[ CJF,FGF .HG[ZG[ ,[lBT VZHL SZJFGL ZC[X[ VG[ SFDGF CJF,FGF .HG[ZGM VlE5|FI V[JM YTM CMI S[4 D]NT JWFZJF
JFHAL SFZ6 K[ TM T[DG[ H~ZL S[ IMuI H6FI T[ D]HA JWFZL VF5X[P VF AFATDF\ SFDGF CJF,FGF .HG[ZGM lG6"I VFBZL U6FX[P
CLAUSE 7: As soon as the work is completed the contractor shall give a notice of such completion to the Engineer-in-
charge and on receipt of such notice the Engineer-in-charge shall inspect the work and if he is satisfied that the work is
completed in all respect then:-
(i) For all works costing uptoRs.50 lakhs (amount put to tender) the final measurements shall be recorded within 45 days
from the date of physical completion of the work and the final bill shall be prepared within 45 days from the date of
recording final measurement. The completion certificate shall be issued within one month from the date of final
measurement subject to the contractor fulfilling his obligation as provided in the contract and subject to the work being
complete in all respects.
(ii) In respect of works costing more than Rs.50 lakhs (amount put on tender), the final measurements shall be recorded
within 75 days from the date of physical completion of the work and the final bill shall be prepared within 75 days from
the date of recording final measurements subject to the contractor fulfilling his obligations as provided in the contract and
subject to the work being complete in all respects.
When separate period of completion have been specified for items or groups of items, the Engineer-in-charge shall issue
separate completion certificate for such items or groups of items.
No certificate of completion shall be issued nor shall the work be considered to be complete till the contractor shall have
removed from the premises, on which the work has been executed, all scaffolding, sheds and surplus materials, except
such as are required for rectification of defects; rubbish and all huts and sanitary arrangements required for his workmen
on the site in connection with the execution of the work, as shall have been erected by the contractor for the workmen and
cleared all dirt form all parts of building(s) in, upon or around which the work has been executed or of which he may
have possession for the purpose of the execution thereof and cleared floors, gutters and drains, cased doors and sashes,
oiled locks and fastenings labeled keys clearly and handed them over to the Engineer-in-charge or his representative and
made the whole premises fit for immediate occupation or use to the satisfaction of the Engineer-in-charge . if the
contractor shall fail to comply with any of the requirements of these conditions as aforesaid, on or before the date of
completion of the works, the Engineer-in-charge may , at the expenses of the contractor, fulfill such requirements and
dispose of the scaffolding, or surplus materials and rubbish etc. as he thinks fit and the contractor shall have no claim in
respect of any such scaffolding or surplus materials except for any sum actually released by the sale thereof less the Cost
of fulfilling the requirements and any other amount that may be due from the contractor. If the expenses of fulfilling such
requirements is more than the amount realized such disposal as aforesaid the contractor shall forthwith, on demand, pay
such excess. The Engineer-in-charge shall also have the rights to adjust the amount of excess against any amounts that
may be payable to the contractor.
CLAUSE 8: No payment shall be made for any work, estimated to cost less than rupees one thousand till after the
whole of the said work shall have been completed and a certificate of completion given. But in the case of works
estimated to cost more than rupees one thousand, the contractor shall on submitting a monthly bill therefore, be
entitled to receive payment proportionate to the part of the work then approved and passed by the Engineer-in-
charge, whose certificate of such approval and passing of the sum so payable shall be final and conclusive against
the contractor., All such intermediate payments hall be regarded as payments by way of advance against the final
payments only and not as payments for work actually done and completed and shall not preclude the Engineer-in-
charge from requiring gad, unsound, imperfect or unskilled work to be removed and taken away and reconstructed
or re-erected, nor shall any such payment be considered as an admission of the due performance of the contractor or

Signature of Contractor Signature of Municipal Commissioner

 15
any part therefore in any respect or the accruing of any claims, nor shall it conclude, determine, or affect in any way
the power of the Engineer-in-charge as to the final settlement and adjustment of the accounts or otherwise or in any
other way vary or effect the contract. The final bill shall be submitted by the contractor within one month of the
completion of the work, otherwise the Engineer-in-charges certificate of the measurements and of the total amount
payable for the work shall be final and binding on all parties.
CLAUSE 9:
The rates for items of works shall be valid only when the items concerned is accepted as having been competed
fully in accordance with the sectional specifications. In cases where the items of work are accepted as not so
completed, the Engineer-in-charge may make payment on account of such items at such reduced rates as he may
consider reasonable in preparation of final or on account bill.
CLAUSE 10 : Bills to be submitted monthly :
A bill shall be submitted by the contractor each month on or before the date fixed by the Engineer-in-charge for all
works executed in the previous month and Engineer-in-charge shall take or cause to be taken the requisite
measurements for the purpose of having the same verified and the claim, so far as it is admissible, shall be adjusted,
if possible, within ten days from the presentation of the bill. If the contractor does not submit the bill within the time
fixed as aforesaid, the Engineer-in-charge may depute a subordinate to measure up the said work in the presence of
the contractor or his duly authorized agent whose countersignature to the measurement list shall be sufficient
warrant and the Engineer-in-charge may prepare a bill from such list which shall be binding on the contractor in all
respects.
B\0 !_ o lA, NZ DCLG[ ZH] SZJF AFAT o
VFU,F DF;DF\ SZL VF5[,F AWF SFD DF8[ CJF,FGF .HG[Z[ GSSL SZL CMI T[ TFZLB[ VYJF T[ 5C[,F NZ DCLG[ SMg8=FS8Z[ AL, ZH] SZJFG]\ ZC[X[ VG[ V[ SFDGL BZF.
SZJFGF p¡[XYL CJF,FGF .HG[Z H~ZL DF5 ,[X[ VYJF ,[J0FJX[ VG[ XSI CX[ TM AL, ZH] YIFGF N; lNJ;GL V\NZ D/JF5F+ ZSDGM lC;FAD[/ SZJFDF\ VFJX[P
p5Z H6FjIF D]HAGF lGIT ;DIGL V\NZ SMg8=FS8Z AL, ZH] GCL SZ[ TM CJF,FGF .HG[Z 5FTFGF TFAFGF SM. 56 VlWSFZLG[ SMg8=FS8Z[ VlWS'T SZ[, V[Hg8GL
CFHZLDF\ pST SFDG]\ DF5 ,[JF DMS,X[ VG[ T[JL DF5IFNL 5ZGL SMg8=FS8ZGL S[ T[GF V[Hg8GL ;CL4 T[GF VG]DMNG DF8[ 5]ZTL U6FX[ VG[ CJF,FGF .HG[Z VFJL
IFNLDF\YL AL, AGFJX[4 H[ SMg8=FS8ZG[ AWL AFATDF\ A\WGSTF" ZC[X[P
CLAUSE 11: The contractor shall submit all the bills on the printed forms to be had on application at the office of
the Engineer-in-charge. The charges to be made in the bills shall always be entered at the rates specified in the
agreement or at the partly reduced rates subject to the approval by the Engineer-in-charge in the case of items not
completed/executed as per agreements or in the case of any extra work ordered in pursuance of these conditions and
not mentioned or provided for in the tender, at the rate here in after provided for such work.
CLAUSE 12: If the specification of the work provides for the use of any special description of materials to be supplied
from the Departmental Store or if it is required that the contractor shall use certain stores to be provided by the Engineer-
in-charge (such materials and stores and the prices to be charged therefore as here in after mentioned being so far as
practicable for the convenience of the contractor but not so as in any way to control the meaning or effect of this contract
specified in the schedule or memorandum here to annexed) the contractor shall be supplied with materials and stores as
may be required from time to time to be used by him for the purpose of the contract only, and the value of the full
quantity of materials and stores so supplied shall be set off or deducted from any sum then deposit, or the proceeds of sale
thereof, if the deposit is held in govt. Securities , the same or a sufficient portion thereof shall, in that case be sold for the
purpose . All materials supplied to the contractor shall remain the absolute property of Govt. and shall on no account be
removed from the site of the work, and shall at all time, be open to inspection by the Engineer-in-chare. Any such
materials, unused and in perfectly good condition at the time of completion or termination of the contract , shall be
returned to the Departmental store if the Engineer-in-charge so requires by a notice in writing given under his hand, but
the contractor shall not be entitled to return any such materials except with the consent in writing of the Engineer-in-
charge and he shall have no claim for compensation on account of any such material supplied to him as aforesaid but
remaining unused by him or for any wastage in or damage thereto.
For materials provided in schedule-A and consumed in excess quantities, the rates provided in Schedule A shall be
increased/executed corresponding to the increased/decrease in the new rate payable for excess quantity as compared to
the tender-rates. The rate for materials provident in extra items will be the issue rates plus storage charge ruling on the
date of issue of such quantity of materials.
CLAUSE 12-A: The contractor shall be entitled to use the materials supplied by the Department only to the extent of
quantities of such materials required for execution of the work as per theoretical calculations. The Engineer-in-charge
may however, on being satisfied that a large quantity of such materials is required for the execution of the work, permit
the contractor to use such large quantity of the materials; such permission shall be given in writing.

Signature of Contractor Signature of Municipal Commissioner

 16
The contractor is bound to return in good condition such materials issued in excess of the requirements so worked
out or in excess of the quantities so permitted to be used by the Engineer-in-charge if the contractor fails to return
such extra materials within a period of 15 days from the date of the demand in writing of such materials being made
by the Engineer-in-charge , he shall be charged for the excess materials at double the issue-rates for such materials
specified in Schedule A of the contract Agreement.
CLAUSE 12-B: All stores and materials such as cement, if the consumption of which exceeds 25 tons and steel etc.
supplied to the contractor by Government shall be kept by the contractor in separate godown provided with a double
lock. The key of one of the lock shall remain with the Engineer-in-charge or his agent. The godown shall be
accessible to the Engineer-in-charge or his agent at all times. No materials shall be allowed to be removed from the
site of the work and any material required for the execution of the work shall be taken out from the godown only in
the presence of a duly authorized agent of the Engineer-in-charge.
CLAUSE 13:
(1) The contractor shall execute the whole and every part of the work in the most substantial and workman-like
manner and both as regards materials and in other respects in strict accordance with specifications.
The contractor shall also confirm exactly, fully and faithfully to the design, drawings and instructions in writing for
the work signed by the Engineer-in-charge the design and the drawings shall we lodged in the office of the site
Engineer-in-charge to which the contractor shall be entitled to have access for the purpose of inspection at such
office during office hours.
Where the instructions referred to above are not contained in separate letters addressed to the contractor the same
shall be recorded in the work-order book, which shall be maintained and kept on the site of the work. The contractor
shall be required to sign such entries in the work-order book in token of having noted the instructions. However, if
the contractor fails to sing the work-order book for any reason whatsoever, the entry of the instructions in the work-
order book shall be deemed to be the due notice to him of the said instructions. The work-order book shall be open
for inspections to the contractor on the site of the work during office hours.
(2) The contractor will be entitled to receive one copy of the accepted tender along with the work order free of cost
and will also be entitled to receive three sets of contract and working drawings according to the progress of work as
and when needed, free of cost.
(3) The several documents forming the contract are essential parts of the contract and requirements occurring in one
are binding as through occurring in all. They are intended to be mutually explanatory and complimentary and to
describe and provide for a complete work.
In the event of any discrepancy in the several documents forming the contract or in any one document, the
following order of precedence should apply.
(a) Dimension and quantities : (i) Drawings (ii) Schedule-B of the Tender form (iii) specifications.
On drawings, figures dimensions, unless obviously incorrect, will be followed in preference to scaled dimensions.
(b) Description: (i) Schedule-B of the Tender form: - (ii) Drawings (iii) Specifications.
In the case of defective description or ambiguity, the Engineer-in-charge is entitled to issue further instructions
directing in what manner the work is to be carried out. The contractor cannot take any advantage of any apparent
error or omission in drawings or specifications and the Engineer-in-charge shall be entitled to make corrections and
interpretations as necessary to fulfill the plans and specifications.
CLAUSE 14.1: The Engineer-in-charge shall have power to make any alterations in or addition to the original
specifications, drawings, designs and instructions that may appear to him to be necessary or advisable during the
progress of the work and the contractor shall be bound to carry out the work in accordance with any instructions in
this connection which may be given to him in writing signed by the Engineer-in-charge and such alternation shall
not invalidate the contract and additional work which the contractor may be directed to do in the manner above
specified as part of the work shall be carried out by the contractor on the same conditions in all respects on which he
agreed to do the main work and at the same rate as out by the contractor on the same conditions in all respects on
which he agreed to do the main work and at the same rate as are specified in the tender for the main work.
14.2. Except that when the quantity of any item exceeds the quantity as in the tender by more than 10% the
contractor will be paid for the quantity in excess of 10% at the rate entered in the S.O.R. of the year during which
the excess in quantity is first executed or tender rate whichever is less.

14.3. If the additional or altered work includes any class of work for which no rate is specified in this contract,
then such class of work shall be carried out.
(i) At the rate derived from the item within the contract which is comparable to the one involving additional or
altered class of work, where there are more than one comparable items, the item of the contract which is nearest in
comparison with regard to class or classes of the work involved shall be selected and the decision of the
Superintending Engineer as to the nearest comparable item shall be final and binding on the contractor.
 17
(ii) If the rate cannot be derived in accordance with (I) above, such class of works shall be carried out at the rate
entered in the Schedule of Rates of the Division for the year in which the tender was received, increased or
decreased by the percentage by which the tender amount is more or less as compared to the amount arrived at the
rates in the “Schedule or Rates” of the Division in the year in which the tender was received. if the Schedule of rates
of the Division does not contain all the items the percentage increase or decrease of the tender shall be calculated
considering such items which were included in the “Schedule of Rates “of the Division for the year and for
materials consumed on such item the rate to be charged would be the basic rate taken into account for fixing the rate
in S.O.R. referred to above instead of the rate. Stipulated in schedule ‘A’.
(iii) If it is not possible to arrive at the rate from (i) and (ii) above, such class of work shall be carried out at the rate
decided by the competent authorities on the basis of detailed rate analysis after hearing the contractor before a
Committee of two superintending Engineers stationed at the same place or the nearest place.
14.4 If the additional or altered work, for which no rate is entered in the “Schedule of Rates” of the Division is
ordered to be carried out before the rate is agreed upon, then the contractor shall within seven days of the date of
receipt by him of the order to carry out the work, inform the Engineer-in-charge of the rate, which it is his intention
to charge for such class of work and if the Engineer in charge does not agree to this rages, he shall by notice in
writing be at liberty to cancel his order to carry out such class of work and arrange to carry it out in such manner as
he may consider it advisable, provided always that if the contractor shall commence work or incur any expenditure
in regard thereof before the rates shall have been determined as lastly herein before mentioned, then in such cases
he shall only be entitled to be paid in respect of the work carried out or expenditure incurred by him prior to the date
of the determination of the rate as aforesaid according to such rate or rates as shall be fixed by the Engineer-in-
charge. In the event of the dispute, the decision of the Superintending Engineer of the Circle shall be final.
Where, however, the work is to be executed according to the designs, drawings and specifications recommended by
the contractor and accepted by the competent authority, the alternation above referred to shall be within the scope of
such designs, drawings and specifications appended to the tenders.
The time limit for the completion of the work shall be extended in the proportion that the increase in the cost
occasioned by alternations bears to the cost of the original contract work and the certificate of the Engineer–in-
charge as to such proportion shall be final and conclusive.
14.5 For excess in item of well sinking the rates for sinking in depth beyond the designed depth shall be as per
the rate quoted by the contractor in the statement of variation, if no rates of variation in sinking are quoted the rate
payable shall be the tender rate for sinking at designed level increased by the difference of schedule of rate for
sinking at designed depth and sinking at final depth.
CLAUSE 15: No claim for any payment of compensation for change or restriction of work
If at any time after the execution of the contract documents the Engineer-in-charge shall for any reason whatsoever,
require the whole or part of the work, as specified in the tender, be stopped for any period or shall not require the whole
or part of the work to be carried out at all or to be carried out by the contractor, he shall give notice in writing, stating the
fact to the Contractor who shall thereupon suspend or stop the work totally or partially, as the case may be. In any such
case , except as provided hereunder, the Contractor shall have no claim to any payment or compensation whatsoever
except as provided hereunder on account of any profit or advantage which he might have derived from the execution of
the work in full but which he did not so derive in consequence of the full amount of the work not having been carried out,
or on account of any loss that he may be put to on account of materials purchased or agreed to be purchased or for
unemployment of labour required by him. He shall not have also any claim for compensation by reason of any alteration
having been made in the original specifications, drawings, designs and instructions which may involve any curtailment of
the work as originally contemplated.
(1) However, the contractor will be entitled for compensation for loss, if any on the date of notice, for the purchased
materials or for the contract executed for the material to be purchased for such work. Such compensation will be
paid only for actual loss for materials, if such materials so purchased or agreed to purchase is of required
quantity/quality and was purchased/ contracted to be purchased only for the same work.

But no compensation shall be granted to contractor on material for which advance has been given to contractor
by Government. The amount of loss for such claim will be decided by in charge Engineer-in-charge.
(2) The contractor also will be entitled for compensation of unemployed labour for 7 days from the date of notice
provided that in that opinion of Engineer-in-charge such labour working for 7 days prior to the notice and would not be in
a position to get employment elsewhere within 7 days from the date of such notice. The contractor should try to employ
such unemployed labour at other places from the date of such notice.
In case the Contractor does not agree with the decision of Municipal Commissioner regarding the amount of
compensation or loss; it will be open for the contractor to appeal to Superintending Engineer-in –charge within one
month form the date of knowledge of such decision. In such case the decision of Superintending Engineer will be final
and binding to the Contractor.
 18
The Contractor shall not be entitled for loss of any expected profit of such work.
(Vide G.R. NO. SSR/1090/IB/247(2) /C, dtd 28-06-2093 as amended by GR of even number dated 11/02/1999)

B\0 !5 o SFDGF O[ZOFZ S[ lGI\+6 DF8[ SM. R]SJ6L S[ J/TZ V\U[ SM. CSNFJM D\H]Z G SZJF AFATP
5|EFZL .HG[ZG[ SZFZGF N:TFJ[HM SIF" 5KL SM.56 ;DI[4 SFZ6;Z 8[g0ZDF\ BF; p<,[B SIF" D]HAGF ;\5]6" S[ V\XTo AF\WSFDG[ SM.56 D]NT ;]WL
A\W SZJ] H~ZL H6FI VYJF ;\5]6" S[ V\XTo SFD 5]Z] SZJFGL H~ZLIFT H G H6FI VYJF SMg8=FS8Z wJFZF SZJFGF SFDGL H~ZLIFT G H6FI TM T[JF
SMg8=FS8ZG[ CSLST NXF"JTL ,[lBT GM8L; VF5X[ VG[ SMg8=FS8Z VF GM8L; D?IF AFN TZTH VF SFDG[ IYF 5|;\U ;\5]6" S[ V\XTo :YlUT SZX[ S[ A\W
SZX[P
VFJF S[;DF\ VCL GLR[ SZ[, HMUJF. l;JFI SMg8=FS8Z T[6[ SFD 5]~ SI]¶ CMI TM H[ GOM S[ OFINM T[G[ D/T4 5Z\T] SFD 5]~ G YJFGF 5ZL6FD[ T[ G D?IFYL
YI[, G]SXFG VYJF T[6[ BZLNL CMI V[JL S[ H[ BZLNJF T[ ;CDT YIM CMI V[JL DF,;FDU|LGL AFATDF\ YI[, G]SXFG VYJF T[G[ T[GF SFD DF8[ G[
DH]ZMGL H~Z CTLT[ DH]ZMG[ SFD G VF5L XSJFG[ SFZ6[ YI[, G]SXFG V\U[ SM. R]SJ6L S[ J/TZGM CSNFJM SZL XSX[ GCLP D]/ lJUT J6"G 4 VF,[BG4
GSXF VG[ ;]RGFVMDF\ SZJFDF\ VFJ[, SM. O[ZOFZG[ SFZ6[ D]/E]T ZLT[ lJRFZFI[, SFDDF\ SM. SF5 VFJ[ TM 56 V[JF SFZ6;Z T[ SM. J/TZ DF8[
CSNFJM SZL XSX[ GCLP
!f VFD KTF\ VFJF SFD DF8[ BZLN[,L DF,;FDU|LG[ SFZ6[ S[ DF,;FDU|L BZLNJF DF8[ SZ[, SMg8=FS8 G[ SFZ6[ HM SMg8=FS8ZG[ GM8L;GL TFZLB ;]WLDF\
SM. G]SXFG YI]\ CMI TM T[GF DF8[ J/TZ D[/JJF T[ CSNFZ AGX[P HM VFJL ZLT[ BZLN[, VYJF BZLNJF ;DH]TL YI[, DF,;FDU|L DF\uIF 5|DF6[ GF
HyYFDF\ VG[ U]6JtTFI]ST CMI VG[ T[ OST V[H SFD DF8[ BZLNFI[,L CMI S[ BZLNJF SZFZ YI[, CMI TM T[JL DF,;FDU|L V\U[ BZ[BZ G]SXFG DF8[ H
VFJ]\ J/TZ R]SJJFDF\ VFJX[P 5Z\T] H[ DF,;FDU|LGL BZLNL V\U[ ;ZSFZzL TZOYL .HFZNFZGL V[0JFg; VF5JFDF\ VFJ[, CMI T[ DF,;FDU|L p5Z
SM.56 HFTGF G]SXFGG]\ J/TZ R]SJJFDF\ VFJX[ GCLP VFJ CSNFJF DF8[ G]SXFGGL ZSD 5|EFZL SFI"5F,S .HG[Z wJFZF GSSL SZJFDF\ VFJX[P
Zf GM8L;GL TFZLBYL ;FT lNJ; DF8[ SFD[ G ZFBL XSFI[, DH]ZMGL AFATDF\ 56 SMg8=FS8Z J/TZ D[/JJF DF8[ CSNFZ AGX[P 5Z\T] VF DF8[ 5|EFZL
SFI"5F,S .HG[ZGM V[JM VlE5|FI CMJM HM.V[ S[ VFJF DH]ZM GMl8;GF ;FT lNJ; 5C[,F\ SFD SZTF CTF VG[ pST GMl8;GL TFZLBYL ;FT lNJ;GL
V\NZ VgI+ ZMHDNFZ D[/JJFGL l:YlTDF\ G CTFP SMg8=FS8Z[ VFJL GMl8;GL TFZLBYL ;FT lNJ;TL V\NZ VgI+ ZMHUFZ D[/JJFGL l:YlTDF\ G CTFP
SMg8=FS8Z VFJLGMl8;GL TFZLBYL VFJ SFD[ G ZFBL XSFI[, CMI T[JF DH]ZMG[ VgI :Y/[ SFD[ ZFBJFGM 5|ItG SZJM HM.V[P
G]SXFGGF J/TZGL ZSD AFATDF\ SFI"5F,S .HG[ZGF lG6"I ;FY[ SMg8=FS8Z ;\DT G CMI T[JF S[;DF4 VFJF lG6"IGL HF6 YIFGL TFZLBYL V[S
DCLGFGL V\NZ 5|EFZL VlW1FS .HG[ZG[ V5L, SZJF DF8[SMg8=FS8Z D]ST ZC[X[P VFJF S[;DF\ VWL1FS .HG[ZzLGM lG6"I VFBZL VG[ A\WGSTF" ZC[X[P
VFJF SFDGF SM. V5[l1FT OFINFGL G]SXFGL DF8[ SMg8=FS8Z CSSNFZ AGX[ GlCP

CLAUSE 15A : The contractor shall not be entitled to claim any compensation from Govt. on account of delay by
Government in the supply of materials entered in Schedule ‘A’ where such delay is caused by (i) Non-supply due to short
allotment of quota in case materials available under quota regulations. (ii) Difficulties relating to the supply of railway
wagon (iii) Force majored. (iv) Act of God. (v) Act of the country’s enemies or any other reasonable cause beyond the
control of Government.
In the case of such delay in the supply of materials, Government shall grant such extension of time for the completion of
the works as shall appear to the Engineer-in-charge to be reasonable in accordance with the circumstances of the case.
The decision of the Engineer-in-charge as for the extension of time shall be accepted as final by the contractors. (As
modified Vide R&B D. G.R. No. TNC – 1096 IB – 143 (16) – C dated 11-1-99)

CLAUSE 16: Time limit for unforeseen claims:

The contractor shall not be entitled to any compensation from Government on any account unless where allowed by the
conditions of this contact. In such cases the contractor shall have to submit a claim in writing to the Engineer-in-charge
within one month of the cause of such claim occurring.

CLAUSE 17: Action & compensation in case of bad work:

If at any time before the expire of Defects Liability period as detailed in Clause 17-A. It shall appear to the Engineer-in-
charge or his sub-ordinate in charge of the work that/any work has been executed unsound, imperfect or unskilled
workmanship or with materials of inferior quality or that any materials or articles provided by him for the execution of
the work are unsound , or of a quality inferior to that contracted for or are otherwise not in accordance with the contract,
it shall be lawful for the Engineer-in-charge to intimate this fact in writing to the contractor and then notwithstanding the
fact that the work, materials or articles complained for may have been passed, certified and paid for the contractor shall
be bound forthwith to rectify, or remove and reconstruct the work so specified in whole or in part as the case may require,
or if so required, shall remove the materials or articles so specified in whole or in part and provide other proper and
suitable materials or articles at his own charge and cost, and in the event of his failing to do so within a period to be
specified by the Engineer-in-charge in the written intimation aforesaid, the contractor shall be liable to pay compensation
at the rate of one percent on the amount of the estimate of the rectification for every day not exceeding ten days during
which the failure so. Continues and in the event of any such failure as aforesaid continuing beyond ten days, the
Engineer-in-Charge may rectify or remove, and re-execute the work or remove and replace the materials complained of
as the case may be at the risk and expense in all respects of the contractor. Should the Engineer-in-chare consider that any
such inferior work or materials as described above may be accepted or made use of, it shall be within his discretion to
accept the same at such reduced rates as he may fix therefore.
 19
However, the contractor shall be responsible for normal maintenance of the work till the final bill for the work is
prepared by the departmental Officer.

Clause 17A: Defect liability period:

The contractor shall be responsible to make good and remedy at his own expenses any defect which may develop or may
be noticed before the period mentioned hereunder from the certified date of completion. The Engineer-in-charge shall
give the contractor a notice in writing about the defects and the contractor shall make good the same within 15 days of
receipt of the notice. In the case of failure on the part of the contractor, the Engineer-in –charge may rectify or remove or
re-execute the work at the risk & cost of the contractor. The Engineer-in-charge shall be entitled to appropriate the whole
or any part of the amount of security deposit towards the expenses, if any, incurred by him in rectification, removal or re-
execution. The Defects Liability period shall be as under (a) for all works costing upto Rs. 50,000 (amount put to tender),
the period shall be 3 months from the certified date of completion.
(b) For all works costing more that Rs. 50,000 and upto Rs. 1 crore (amount put tender) the period shall be 12 months
from the certified date of completion or one monsoon whichever is later.
(c) For major projects costing more than Rs. 1 crore, (Amount put to tender) the period shall be 60 months from the
certified date of completion or five monsoons whichever is later.
(d) For building works, the period specified (a), (b) or (c) above OR elapse of monsoon period following the certified
date of completion, whichever is later. For the purpose of deducting the monsoon period, the 30th September may be
treated as last date.
(e) For original building works the defect liability period shall be one year or elapse of one monsoon period from the
certified date of completion, whichever is later.

For the purpose deciding monsoon period 30th September may be treated as the last date.

(Modified vide R & BD Circular [Link]-11-102008-2076-N 31-08-2009, PRCH-102013(2076) 2759-N Dated 27-05-
2013 and Circular No. TNC/10/2016/Clause 17A (Correction/(1) C Dated 12-05-2016)

Clause 17 B : Free Maintenance Guarantee Period :

The Scope of works also includes three years free Maintenance Guarantee Period from the certified date of the works.
During this period, the contractor shall be responsible to make good and remedy at his own expenses any defect which
may develop or may be noticed for the work carried out by him or due to the reasons attributed to him. The Engineer-in-
charge shall give the contractor a notice in writing about the defects with remedial majors and the contractor shall make
good the same within period specified in the notice. In case of failure on the part of the contractor to carry out the
instructions of Engineer-in-charge, the Engineer-in-charge may rectify or remove of re-execute the works at his risk and
cost of the contractor. The Engineer-in-charge shall be entitled to appropriate the whole or any part of the amount of
security deposit to words the expenses, if any, incurred by him in rectification, removal or re-execution. The contractor
shall immediately recoup the amount so spent such that at any given time the security deposit shall be maintained as laid
down in the clause 1 of the contract. If contractor fails to recoup the amount of security deposit then Engineer-in-charge
shall be entitled to recover the amount spent over the above amount of security deposit. The contractor shall furnish the
Guarantee Bond as directed by Engineer-in-charge on stamp paper of Rs.100/-
( Please see Special Condition of Contract)
(1) The contractor shall have to give three years free maintenance guarantee from the certified date of completion.
During the period contractor shall have to repair the damaged portion of the Road / Bridge and B.T. surface
of road at his risk and cost as per direction of Engineer-in-charge. If B.T. surface during maintenance period
of 3 years is warned out then agency shall have to provide renewal coating as per tender item as directed by
the Engineer-in-charge. If any damage is observed (noticed during maintenance period, Agency has to
repaired as per standard practice of repairing (SP/40). The amount equivalent to 5% of each running bill
shall be deposited and will be released after the free maintenance guarantee period (i.e. 3 years) is over.
However this amount shall be released against fixed deposit or Bank guarantee pledge in the name of
BMC.
(2) If the sealing surface during the period is worn out or degenerates then the contractor will have to provide
renewal coat with wearing coat as originally laid by contractor.
(3) A close monitoring of the following likely deficiencies will maintain the road to its normal position.
 20

TABLE 1 : TYPE OF DEFECTS & LEVEL OF SERVICE

Sr. Type of Defects Level of Service
No.
1 Pot holes shallow & deep Area of each exceeding 25 sq. cm. & 1 cm. depth
2 Cracking –Type, width & extent Over all not to exceed 5 % of surface area.
3 Ruts extent Not exceeding 20mm.( depth of rut measured with 2m. straight
edge with a length of 10m. at a place )
4 Corrugations Not exceeding 25mm.( depth of rut measured with 3m. straight
edge ) Area exceed 1m
5 Reveling Not to exceed [Link] an area
6 Bleeding Not to exceed 5 % of surface area
7 Edge drop Not to exceed 50mm.
8 Broken edge Not to exceed 5 %
9 Patch work Should not exceed 30 % in case, if exceeds surface to be
renewal with wearing coat as originally land by contractor

(A) Maintenance Norms for Road Works

Sr. Distress and service Level Remedy Period to attend for the
No. Contractor
1 Potholes – area of each exceeding 25 sq. cm. Patching / Pothole filling MORT One Month
and 1 cm. in depth irrespective of number & H Specification 3004.1
2 Cracks exceeding 5 % of area in each K.m. MORT & H Specification 3004.1
(a) Width of crack less than 3 mm. Fog seal Clause 518 of MORT& One Month
H
(b) Width of crack more than 3 mm. Slurry seal Clause 516 of One Month
MORT&H
( c) Alligator cracking more than 5 % Full depth patching One Month
( d) Broken edge exceeding 5 % Repair and reconstruct Shoulder One Month
with good quality material
3 Rutting depth of rut exceeding 10 mm. with Full depth patching One Month
a length of 10m. at a place
4 Corrugation area exceeds 1sq. mat a place Full depth patching One Month
and depth / height of corrugation exceeds
25mm.
5 Bleeding over 5 % area Application of hot sand Clause M- One Month
3
6 Patch work area exceeds 30 % Renewal with wearing coat as One Month
originally laid by Contractor
7 Roughness index of pavement exceeding Renewal with wearing coat as One Month
3500 mm/km during guarantee period originally laid by contractor
(Checking of – Roughness index once in a
year and 3 months before date of expiration
of the guarantee period )

Signature of Contractor Signature of Municipal Commissioner

 21
➢ Any defects or breakages / deterioration observed in drainage constructed along the road during
maintenance period specified shall be repairs / rectified as directed by Engineer-in-charge.

(4) The flakiness and elongation index (combined) for coarse aggregates under circumstances shall exceed
the allowable limit set forth in the relevant cl aus e for the material in question.

(5) 2% of the amount eligible for the payment of bituminous items shall be with held till the
miscellaneous items like earthwork in embankment / c u t t i n g for si de shoulders, side gutters,
kilometer / indicator / guard stones, sign boards etc. are completed in all respect by the contractor.
After completion of the miscellaneous items, the above said 2% with held amount shall be released.

(6) Setting up of adequate laboratory & deployment of quality engineer.

The contractor shall have to set up the laboratory with adequate equipment. Till the setting up of
adequate laboratory is completed & reported of this to the engineer (subject to due verification
by engineers representative) by contractor in writing, Rs.2,00,000 shall be withheld. The qualified
quality engineer shall be deployed exclusive for this contract by the contractors. If quality
engineer is not deployed by contractor within one month after the date of work order, the amount
equivalent to Rs.15,000 per month shall be recovered till the actual deployment of quality
engineer. The amount so recovered towards the deployment of q u a l i t y engineer shall not be
refunded.

(7) Asphalt work will have to be cross checked as per G.R. No.: RGN/60/2006/ 35/C, dtd.31/5/07
before final bill is paid.
(8) Third Party testing
Employer shall authorize third party agency / Laboratory for quality testing of samples and materials.
(9) Technical Audit & Quality Assurance :
The Employer shall select a consulting firm to undertake.
Independently the technical audit assurance job for this contract. Contractor shall cooperate & facilitate
such that the T.A. & Q.A. job can be satisfactorily performed by the consultant.
(10) Curves to be improved of this road shall be designed as per IRC by the contractor at his own cost and the
design shall be got approved from the Engineer-in-charge prior to execution of work.

INSPECTION AND IDENTIFICATIONS OF DEFECTS

The condition surveys of various defects occurred as stated above should be inspected and identified as per table
drawn & recommended in manual of maintenance of Roads published by IRC on behalf of MORT & 11 ( IRC :82 )

The contractor should carry out the maintenance job as per the indents issued from time to time. In case of
failure to do maintenance job by the contractor, the department will get the works done through any other
agency after due notification and the same shall be recoverable from the retained performance security and / or
from deposit amount of the Contractor.

➢ Special Condition For Bituminous Work With Use of Drum Mix Plant and Paver Finisher.
(i) The Drum mix plant and accessories to be used for the work shall be conformity with the specifications prescribed vide
Govt. of India, Minister of Transport Circular No. RN/RMP/1161384 dt. 01/01/87. The plant shall be equipped with all units
and accessories as per latest IS 3066/1955 as amended from time to time. The contractors will have to modify their plants
suitably within a period of six months from the date of issue of latest specification or codes.
(ii) The contractor shall invariable get the job mix formula for the mix approved by the Engineer in charge before starting of
work.

Signature of Contractor Signature of Municipal Commissioner

 22
(iii) Use of vibratory roller to be compulsory.
For the work like earth work, water bound macadam and bituminous items the compactions shall be done with vibratory
roller only. The vibratory roller shall be of standard make and suitable to impart desired degree of compaction. The
compaction with the help of static roller shall not be permitted and no clam what so ever shall be entertained on this
account. Wherever use of the road roller is mentioned in specification / clause etc. in this documents shall be treated as
use of vibratory roller.
(iv) Amount to be with held till miscellaneous item are completed.
2% of the amount eligible for the payment of bituminous items only shall be with held till the miscellaneous items like
earthwork in embankment / cutting for side shoulders, side gutters. After completion of all the miscellaneous items, the
above said 2% with held amount shall be released.

CLAUSE 18: (1) For each work costing above Rs. One Crore, the contractor shall have to engage minimum one
graduate Engineer. He will be given Identity Card by the Contractor. The copy of Identity Card shall be furnished
for the office of , Municipal Commissioner and Superintending Engineer. The identified Engineer should remain
present on the site of work. If not found on site, the Engineer-in-charge will give notice of this default to the
contractor. If in spite of this notice, default continues, the action to hold the registration of defaulter contractor for
three years will be initiated. (R&B D. Circular No. SSR-10-2008-18-C dated 13-10-08)

CLAUSE 18: (2) Work to be open to inspections –Contractor or responsible agent to be present. : -
All Works under or in course of execution or executed in pursuance of the contract shall, at all times be open to the
inspection and supervision of the Engineer-in-charge and his subordinates and the Contractor shall, at all times
during the usual working hours, and all other times for which reasonable notice of the intimation of the Engineer-in-
charge or his subordinate to visit the works shall have been given to the contractor , either himself be present to
receive orders and instructions or have a responsible agent duly accredited in writing present for that purpose.
Orders given to the contractor’s duly authorized agent shall be considered to have the same force and effect as if
they had been given to the Contractor himself.

CLAUSE 18-A: Employment of a qualified site Engineer by the Contractor: The Contractor shall employ full-
time technically qualified staff during the execution of this work as under:-
1. Two graduate Civil Engineers and Three Diploma Civil Engineers when cost of the work to be executed is more
than Rs.3 Crore.
2. One graduate & two Diploma, Civil Engineers when the cost of the work to be executed is more than Rs.30
lakhs but less than Rs.1 Crore.
3. Minimum two Diploma Civil Engineer when the cost of work is less than Rs.30 lakhs but more than Rs.10 lacs.
4. Minimum one Diploma Civil Engineers for the work when the cost of work to be executed is less than Rs.10
lakhs.
Within 15 days of issue of work-order the contractor will have to furnish to the Engineer-in-charge of the work, the
Name, Qualifications, Copy of Mark sheet, Colour Photograph and appointment order issued to such Engineers
engaged for this contract work. If 15 days after issue of work-order such designated site Engineer do not resume of
do not remain present on site of work, the recovery at the rate of Rs. 15,000.00 per month per Engineer will be
made from the bills / deposit / dues of the contractor. Such recovery shall be non refundable.
The Engineer so employed for the Government work must have sufficient experience to handle the work
independently. Such an Engineer shall have to stay at the site of work and he shall not be entrusted with other duty
except this work.
In case the contractor or partner of the contractor firm is a Civil Graduate Engineer, Employment of separate
Engineer will not be necessary provided that the Engineer partner himself attends the execution of the work on the
site.
G.R.B. & CD NO. RGN-6090-UO 24 (42)-C, dated 26-11-90.
CLAUSE 19 : Notice to be given before work is covered up : The contractor shall give not less than five day’s
notice in writing to the Engineer-in-chare or his subordinate in charge of the work before covering up or otherwise
placing beyond the reach of measurement any work in order that the same may be measured and correct dimensions
there of taken before the same is so covered up or placed beyond the reach of measurement and if any work shall be
covered up or placed beyond the reach of measurement without such notice having and if any work shall be covered
up or placed beyond the reach of measurement without such notice having been given or consent obtained , the
same shall be uncovered at the contractor’s expenses and in default thereof no payment or allowance shall be made
for such work or for the materials with which the same was executed.

Signature of Contractor Signature of Municipal Commissioner

 23

B\0 !) o SFD R6TZYL VFJZL ,[TF\ 5C[,F GMl8; VF5JF AFAT o

SM. 56 SFDGL R6TZYL VFJZL ,[TF\ 5C[,F S[ DF5 G ,. XSFI T[JL S1FFV[ SFD ,. HTF\ 5C[,F SMg8=FS8Z[ CJF,FGF .HG[ZGM VYJF SFDGM CJF,M ;\EF/TF
T[DGF TFAFGF VlWSFZLG[ 5F\R lNJ;YL VMKL G CMI T[8,L D]NTGL ,[lBT GMl8; VF5JFGL ZC[X[P H[YL T[ SFDG[ R6TZYL VFJZL ,[JFI VYJF DF5 G ,.
XSFI T[JL S1FFV[ SFD ,. HJFI T[ 5C[,F T[GF DF5 ,.G[ T[GF ;FRF 5ZL6FDGL GM\W ,. XSFI VG[ CJF,FGF .HG[Z S[ SFDGM CJF,M ;\EF/TF T[DGF TFAFGF
VlWSFZLGL ,[lBT ;\DlT D[/jIF l;JFI SMg8=FS8Z SM. 56 SFD T[ R6TZYL VFJZL ,[X[ GCL S[ DF5 G ,. XSFI T[JL S1FFV[ ,. HX[ GCL VG[ VFJL GM8L;
l;JFI VYJF ;\DlT D[/jIF l;JFI HM SM. 56 SFDG[ R6TZYL VFJZL ,[JFI]\ CX[ S[ 5CM\RL G XSFI TJL VYJF DF5 G ,. XSFI T[JL S1FFV[ ,. HJFI]\ CX[
TM T[J]\ SFD SMg8=FS8ZGF BR[" B]<,]\ SZFJL GF\BJFDF\ VFJX[ VG[ VF ZLT[ YI[,L S;]Z AN, VFJF SFD DF8[ VYJF VFJ] SFD H[ DF,;FDFGYL YI] CMI T[
DF,;FDFG 5[8[ SM. R]SJ6L SZJFDF\ VFJX[ GCL S[ SM. ZSD DHZ[ VF5JFDF\ VFJX[ GCLP

CLAUSE 20: If the contractor or his workmen, or servants shall break, deface, injure or destroy any part of the building
or the work in a question in/on which they may be working or any building , road, fence, enclosure or grassland or
cultivated ground contiguous to the premises on which the works or any part thereof is being executed or if any damage
shall be done to the work from any causes whatever before damage occurred/caused due to normal flood or rain or if any
imperfections become apparent in it within three months from the grant of a certificate of completion, final or otherwise
by the Engineer-in-charge , the contractor shall make good the same at own expenses or in default, the Engineer-in-
charge may cause the same to be made good by other contractor, and deduct the expenses (of which the certificate of the
Engineer-in-charge shall be final ) from any sums that may thereafter become due to the contractor or from his security
deposit or the proceeds of sale thereof or a sufficient portion thereof.
CLAUSE 20-A: Neither party shall be liable to the other for any loss or damage occasioned by or arising out of God,
such as "Unprecedented flood", volcanic eruption, earthquake or other convulsion of nature and other acts such as but not
restricted to general strike, invasion, the acts of foreign countries, hostilities, or war like operations before or after
declaration of war, rebellion, military or usurped power which prevent performance of the contract and which could not
have been foreseen or avoided by a prudent person.
Note: “Unprecedented flood” means the flood crossing the High Flood Level of the past 10 (Ten) Year(s) which is on the
available record. (Modified Vide R& B D.G.R. No/ TNC – 1096 – IB –143 – (16) – C dated 11-1-99)

CLAUSE 21: Contractor to supply plant, ladders, scaffolding etc. and is liable for damage arising from non-
provision of lights, fencing etc. : The contractor shall supply at his own cost all materials (except such special materials
if any, as may, in accordance with the contract to be supplied from the Public Works Department Stores), plant, tools,
appliances, implements, ladders, cordage, tackle, scaffolding, and any temporary works which may be required for the
proper execution of the work whether in the original, altered or substituted form and whether included in the
specifications, or other documents forming part of the contract or referred to in these conditions or not and which may be
necessary for the purpose of satisfying or complying with requirements of the Engineer-in-charge as to any matter or to
which under these conditions he is entitled to be satisfied or which he is entitled to require together with carriage there for
to and from the work. The contractor shall also supply without charge the requisite number of persons with the means and
materials necessary for the purpose of settings out works and counting , weighing and assisting in the measurement or
examination at any time and from time to time, of the work or the materials, failing this, the same may be provided by the
Engineer-in-charge at the expenses of the Contractor and the expenses may be deducted from any money due to the
Contractor under the contract or from his security deposit, or proceeds of sale thereof or of a sufficient portion thereof.
The contractor shall provide all necessary fencing and lights required to protect the public from accident and shall also be
bound to bear expenses of defense of every suit, action or other legal proceeding, at law that may be brought by any
person for injury sustained. Owing to neglect of the above precautions and to pay any damages and costs which may be
awarded in any such suit, action or proceedings to any such person or which may, with the consent of the Contractor, be
paid in compromising any claim by any such person.

B\0 Z! o %,Fg84 ;L0LVM4 5F,BM lJU[Z[ SMg8=FS8Z[ 5]ZF\ 5F0JF AFATP T[DH NLJFAtTL4 JF0 JU[Z[GL HMUJF. G CMI T[G[ ,LW[ YTF G]SXFG DF8[ SMg8=FS8Z CMJF
AFAT o SMg8=FS8 VG];FZ sAF\WSFD :8MZDF\YL 5]ZM 5F0JFDF\ VFJ[ T[JF DF,;FDFG l;JFIf D]/ S[ O[ZOFZ SZFI[,L S[ GJF :J~5GF VYJF SMg8=FS8ZGM V[S EFU
AGL ZC[TF VUZ TM VF XZTMDF\ H[GM p<,[B SZFI[, CMI T[JL lJUTMDF\ S[ ALHF N:TFJ[HM VG[ VF XZTM VgJI[ H[ SM. AFAT V\U[ CJF,FGF .HG[ZGL H~ZTM
;\TMQFFI VYJF 5F,G YFI T[JM VFU|C ZFBJFGM T[GM CS CMI VG[ H[G[ SFDGF :Y/[ S[ tIF\YL VgI :Y/[ B[\RFD6 ;lCT ZH] SZFJJFGM H[ T[ CS CMI T[JM AWM
DF,;FDFG4 %,Fg84 VMHFZ4 ;FDU|L4 ;FWGM4 ;L0LVM4 UZU0LVM4 5F,BM4 SFD IMuI ZLT[ CFY WZL XSFI T[ ;F~ H~ZL V[JF ALHF SFDR,Fp ;FWGM SMg8=FS8Z[
5FTFGF BR[" 5]ZF 5F0JFGF ZC[X[P SFDM DF8[GL CN GSSL SZJF DF8[ VG[ SFD VYJF DF,;FDFGGL SM.56 JBT[ VG[ JBTMJBT4 U6TZL SZJFDF\ TM, SZJFDF\
VG[ DF56L S[ T5F;6L DF\ DNN~5 YJF DF8[ H~ZL V[JF ;FWGM VG[ DF,;FDFG ;lCT [Link] ;\bIFDF DF6;M4 SM. 56 BR[" SZFJL ,LWF lJGF4 SMg8=FS8Z[ 5]ZF
5F0JFGF ZC[X[P VFD G SZTF V[ V\U[GL HMUJF. CJF,FGF .HG[Z SMg8=FS8ZG[ BR[" SZFJL ,[X[ VG[ T[ lJX[ BR[",L ZSD4 SMg8=FS8 C[9/ SMg8=FS8ZGL ,[6L YTL
SM. ZSDDF\YL S[ T[GL HFDLG VGFDTDF\YL S[ T[GL VGFDTGF VYJF T[GF 5]ZTF EFUGF J[RF6DF\YL p5H[,L ZSDDF\YL SF5L ,[JFDF\ VFJX[P HFC[Z HGTFG[
VS:DFT G YFI T[ DF8[ SMg8=FS8Z[ H~ZL JF0 VG[ NLJFAtTLGL HMUJF. SZJFGL ZC[X[ VG[ p5ZGL ;FJR[TL ZFBJF V\U[GL A[NZSFZLG[ SFZ6[ YI[, .HF V\U[
SF[.56 jIlST4 H[ NFJM DF\0[4 5U,F\ ,[ VYJF ALHL SFG]GL SFI"JFCL SZ[ T[GF AFRFJG]\ BR" VG[ VFJF SM. NFJF45U,F\ VYJF SFI"JFCLDF\ T[JL SM. jIlSTG[ H[
SF\. G]SXFGL S[ BR" VF5JFG]\ R]SFNFDF\ H6FJFI T[ VYJF VFJF SM. jIlSTGF SM. 56 CSNFJFGL SMg8=FS8ZGL ;\DlTYL ;DFWFG YTF\ H[ ZSD R]SJJFDF\ VFJ[
T[G]\ BR" EMUJJF 56 SMg8=FS8Z A\WFI[, ZC[X[P
 24

CLAUSE 21-A: The Contractor shall provide suitable scaffolds and working platforms, gangways and stairways, and
shall comply with the following regulation in connection therewith.
B\0 Z!PSP SMg8=FS8Z[ IMuI 5F,BM VG[ SFRF DF\R0F4 HJFvVFJJF DF8[GF 5Fl8IF VG[ ;L0LGM HMUJF. SZJFGL ZC[X[ VG[ T[ V\U[ GLR[ D]HAGF lGIDMG]\
5F,G SZJFG]\ ZC[X[P
(a) Suitable scaffolds shall be provided for workmen for all works that cannot be safely done from a ladder or by
other means.
sSf ;L0L p5ZYL VYJF ALHF SM. ;FWG wJFZF ;,FDTL5]J"S G SZL XSFI T[JF AWF SFD DF8[ SFDNFZM ;F~ IMuI 5F,BMGL HMUJF. SZJFGL ZC[X[P
(b) A scaffold shall not be constructed, taken down or substantially altered except
(i) Under the supervision of a competent and responsible person.
(ii) appointed by contractor and by competent workers possessing adequate experience in this kind of work.
sBP!f SFI"1FD VG[ HJFANFZ jIlSTGL N[BZ[B C[9/ T[ l;JFI4
sZf SMg8=FS8Z wJFZF lGDFI[, VG[ VG]EJ WZFJTF SFI"1FD SFDNFZM wJFZF YT]\ CMI T[ l;JFI4 SM.56 5F,S AF\WJL GCL\4 pTFZJL GCL\ S[ T[DF\ DCtJGF
O[ZOFZ SZJF GlCP
(c) All scaffolds and appliances connected therewith and all ladders shall
sUf AWL 5F,BM VG[ T[GF ;FY[ ;\S/FI[, ;FDU|L VG[ AWLH ;L0LVM
(i) be of sound material !P DHA]T RLHJ:T]GL AG[,L CMJL HM.V[P
(ii) be of adequate strength having regard to the loads and strains to which they will be subjected and
Zf T[GF 5ZGF VFJGFZF JHG VG[ W;FZFG[ BDL XS[ T[8,L DHA]T CMJL HM.V[ VG[
(iii) be maintained in proper condition #f T[G[ ;FZL l:YlTDF\ ZFBJFGL ZC[X[P
(d) Scaffolds shall be so constructed that no part thereof can be displaced in consequence of normal use.
s3f 5F,BM V[JL AF\WJFGL ZC[X[ S[ ;FDFgI J5ZFXYL T[GM SM.56 EFU K]8M 50L GHFIP
(e) Scaffolds shall not be overloaded and so far as practicable the load shall be evenly distributed.
sRf 5F,BM 5Z JWFZ[ 50T]\ JHG D]SJ] GlC VG[ XSI CMI tIF\ ;]WL T[ JHG ;DU| 5F,B 5Z V[S;ZB]\ JC[RL GF\BJ]\
(f) Before installing the lifting gear on scaffolds, special precaution shall be taken to ensure the strength and stability of
the scaffolds.
sKf 5F,BM 5Z DF, pRSJF DF8[GF lUIZ UM9JTF 5C[,F 5F,BMGL DHA]TF. VG[ 8SFp56FGL BFTZL SZJFGL BF; ;FJR[TL ,[JLP
(g) Scaffolds shall be periodically inspected by a competent person.
sHf SFI"1FD jIlST wJFZF JBTMJBT 5F,BMGL T5F; SZJFGL ZC[X[P
(h) Before allowing a scaffold to be used by his workmen, the Contractor shall, whether the scaffold has been erected by
his workmen or not, take steps to ensure that it complies fully with the regulation herein specified.
shf T[GF SFDNFZMV[ 5F,BM AF\WL CMI S[ G CMI TM 56 5F[TFGF SFDNFZMG[ T[ 5F,BGM p5IMU SZJF N[T\ 5C[,F SMg8=FS8Z[ T[JL 5F,BM VCL\ H6FJ[, lJlGIDM
VG];FZ AZFAZ CMJF AFATGL BFTZL SZJFGL ZC[X[P
( i ) Working platforms, gangways shall –
(i) be so constructed that no part thereof can dug unduly or unequally.
s8f SFRF DF\R0F HJFvVFJJF DF8[GF 5Fl8IF VG[ ;L0LVM AF\WTL JBT[ GLR[GL AFATM bIF,DF\ ZFBJFGL ZC[X[P
!P T[GM SM. 56 EFU JW] 50TM S[ V;DFG ZLT[ h]SL G HJM HM.V[P
(ii) be/so constructed and maintained having regard to the prevailing conditions as to reduce as far as practicable risks of
persons tripling or slipping and
Zf DF6;M UA0L S[ ,5;L 50[ T[J] HMBD AG[ T[8,] VMK]\ ZFBJF DF8[ 5|JT"TF ;\HMUM VG];FZ T[ AF\WJF VG[ HF/JJF4 VG[
(iii) be kept free from any unnecessary obstruction.
#P SM.56 HFTGF lAG H~ZL VJZMWYL D]ST ZFBJFP
( j ) In the case of working platforms, gangways working places and stairways at a height exceeding 2.00 Mtr.(to be
specified)
s9f ZP__ DL8Z YL JW] pRF\.JF/F SFRF DF\R0F4 HJFvVFJJF DF8[ 5Fl8IF SFDGL HuIF VG[ ;L0LVMGL G[R[ D]HAGL HMUJF. ZC[X[P
(i ) every working platform and every gangway shall be closely boarded unless other adequate measures are taken to
ensure safety.
!f ;,FDTLGF ALHF 5]ZTF 5U,F\ G ,[JFIF CMI TM NZ[S SFRM DF\R0M VG[ HJF VFJJF DF8[G]\ NZ[S 5Fl8\I] ,UM,U H0[,]\ CMJ]\ HM.V[P
(ii) every working platform and every gangway shall have adequate width, and

Zf NZ[S SFRF DF\R0F VG[ HJF v VFJJF DF8[GF 5Fl8IF4 5]ZTL 5CM/F. JF/F CMJF HM.V[4 VG[
(iii) every working platform, gangway, working place and stairway shall be suitably fenced.
#f NZ[S SFRF DF\R0F VG[ HJFvVFJJF DF8[GF 5Fl8IF\ SFDGL HuIF VG[ ;L0LVMG[ IMuI S9[ZF CMJF HM.V[P
(k) Every opening in the floor of a building or in a working platform shall, except for the time and to the extent
required to allow the access of person or the transport or shifting of materials be provided with suitable means to
prevent the fall of persons or material.
s0f DF6;M VFJL H. XS[ VYJF DF,;FDFGL C[ZO[Z Y. XS[ S[ V[S :Y/[YL ALH[ :Y/[ ,. H. XSFI T[8,F JBT VG[ T[8,F 5]ZTL DSFGGL OZ; S[ SFRF
DF\R0F 5ZGL 5|tI[S B]<,L HuIF 5Z V[JF IMuI ;FWGM D]SL ZFBJF S[ H[YL SM. DF6; S[ DF,;FDFG 50L G HFIP
 25
(I)When persons are employed on a roof where there danger of falling from a height exceeding 3.00 Mtr.(to be
specified ) meters suitable precaution shall be taken to prevent the fall of persons or material.
s-f HIF\YL 50L HJFGM EI CMI T[JL #P__ sH6FJJLf DL8ZYL JW] p\[Link] KF5ZF\ 5Z DF6;MG[ SFD[ ZFBJFDF\ VFjIF CMI tIF\YL DF6;M S[
DF,;FDFG 50L G HFI T[ DF8[ ;FJR[TLGF IMuI 5U,F\ ,[JFGF ZC[X[P
(m) Suitable precautions shall be taken to prevent persons being struck by articles which might fall from scaffold or
other working places.
sTf 5F,BM S[ SFDSFHGL ALHL HuIFVM 5ZYL 50[ T[JL RLHJ:T]VMYL DF6;G[ .HF G YFI T[DF8[ ;FJR[TLGF\ IMuI 5U,F\ ,[JFP
(n) Safe means of access shall be provided to all working platforms and other working places.
sYf AWF SFRF DF\R0F VG[ SFDGL ALHL HuIFVMV[ ;C[,[Link] HJF DF8[ ;,FDT DFUM"GL HMUJF. SZJFGL ZC[X[P

CLAUSE 21B : The contractor shall comply with the following regulations as regards the hoisting appliances to be
used by him
B\0 Z!P BP SMg8=FS8Z JHG pRSJFGF ;FWGM JF5Z[ T[ ;A\WDF\ T[6[ GLR[GF lGIDMG]\ 5F,G SZJFG]\ ZC[X[P
(a) Hoisting machines and tackle including their attachments, anchorages and supports shall –
sSf JHG pRSJFGF I\+M VG[ UZU0LJF/F I\+4 T[DGL ;FY[GF HM0F6M4 ,\UZ DF8[GF ;FDFG VG[ 8[SF GLR[ D]HAGF CMJF HM.X[ ov
(i) be of good mechanical construction, sound material and adequate strength and free from patent defect, and
s!f ;FZL IF\l+S ZRFGFJF/F\4 DHA]T J:T]GF T[DH 5]ZTL TFSFTJF/F VG[ N[BLTL SM. BFDL lJGFGF VG[
(ii) be kept in good repair and in working order
Zf ;FZL N]Z:T CF,TFD\F VG[ RF,] l:YlTDF\ ZFBJF HM.X[P
(b) Every rope used in hoisting or lowering materials or as a means of suspension shall be of suitable quality and
adequate strength and free from patent defect.
sBf DF,;FDFGG[ p\R[ R0FJJF S[ GLR[ pTFZJF VYJF ,8STM ZFBJFGF ;FWG TZLS[ J5ZFT] NMZ0] \ IMuI HFT]\ VG[ 5]ZTL DHA][Link]\/]\ T[DH N[BLTL ZLT[
BFDL lJGFG]\ CMJ]\ HM.V[P
(c) Hoisting machines and tackles shall be examined and adequately tested after erection on the site and before use
and be re-examined in position at intervals to be prescribed by Engineer-in-charge.
sUf JHG pRSJFGF\ I\+M VG[ UZU0LJF/F I\+G[ SFDGF :Y/[ UM9jIF AFN VG[ p5IMUDF\ ,LWF 5C[,F T5F;L HM.G[ 5]ZTF 5|DF6DF\ RSF;L ,[JFGF
ZC[X[4 T[DH CJF,FGF .HG[Z lGIT SZ[ T[JF\ ;DIF\TZ[4 UM9J[,L l:YTLDF\ T[GL O[Z T5F; SZJFGL ZC[X[P
(d) Every chain, ring, hook, shackle, swivel and pulley block used in hoisting or lowering materials or as a means of
suspension shall be periodically examined.
sWf DF,;FDFG p\R[ R0FJJFGF S[ GLR[ pTFZJFGF S[ ,8STM ZFBJFGF ;FWG TZLS[ J5ZFTF 5|tI[S ;F\S/4 ZL\U4 VF\S0M S0L4 GS]RF VG[ 5],La,MS
JBTMJBT T5F;JFP
(e) Every crane driver or hoisting – appliance operator shall be properly qualified.
sRf 5|tI[S S|[.G v 0=[Link] S[ JHG pRSJFGF I\+GF RF,S IMuI ,FISFTJF/F CMJF HM.V[P
(f) No person who is below age of 15 years shall be in control of any hoisting machine, including any scaffolds, nor
shall give signals to the operator.
sKf !5 JQF"YL GLR[GL SM. 56 jIlSTG[ SM. 5F,S ;lCT JHG pRSJF SM. I\+GF lGI\+S TZLS[ VYJF VM5Z[8ZG[ lGXFGLYL ;]RGF VF5JF4 SFD[ ZFBL
XSFX[ GCLP
(g) In the case of every hoisting machine and of every chain, ring hook, shackle, swivel and pulley block used in
hoisting or lowering or as a means of suspension the safe working load shall be ascertained by adequate means.
sHf JHG pRSJFGF 5|tI[S I\\+ VG[ DF,;FDFG p\R[ R0FJJFGF S[ GLR[ pTFZJFGF S[ ,8SFJL ZFBJFGF ;FWG TZLS[ J5ZFTL 5|tIS[ ;F\S/4 ZL\U4 S0L4 GS]RF
VG[ 5],Lva,MSGL ;,FDT ZLT[ JHG p9FJJFGL XlST S[8,L K[ T[ IMuI ;FWGM J0[ GSSL SZJFG]\ ZC[X[P
(h) Every hoisting machine and all gears referred to in preceding regulation shall be plainly marked with the safe
working load.
shfVFU/GF lJlGDI H[DF\ H6FJ[, JHG pRSJFGF 5|tI[S I\+ VG[ AWFH lUIZ 5Z T[ ;,FDT ZLT[ S[8,]\ JHG p9FJL XS[ T[D K[P T[ RMbB] ,B[,] CMJ]\
HM.V[P
( i ) In the case of hosting machine having a variable safe working load, each safe working load and conditions
under which it is applicable shall be clearly indicated.

Signature of Contractor Signature of Municipal Commissioner

 26
s8f H]NF\ H]NF\ JHG ;,FDT ZLT[ pRSL XSFTF4 pRSJFGF I\+ 5Z4 ;,FDT ZLT[ pRSL XSF\T] 5|tI[S JHG VG[ S. CF,TDF\ I\+G[ T[ ,FU] 50X[ T[ :5Q8
NXF"JJFG]\ ZC[X[P
( j ) No part of any hoisting machine or gear referred to in regulation ‘g’ above shall be loaded beyond the safe
working load except for the purpose of testing.
s9f p5ZGF lJlGID H[DF\ H6FJ[, JHG pRSJFGF SM. 56 I\+ S[ lUIZGF SM. 56 EFU 5Z RSF;6L DF8[ H~ZL CMI T[ l;JFI4 ;,FDT JHG SZTF\
JW] JHG ,FNJ]\ GlCP
(k) Motors, gears, transmissions , electric wiring and other dangerous parts of hoisting appliances shall be provided
with sufficient safeguards.
s0f JHG pRSJFGF ;FWGGL DM8ZM4 lUIZ4 lJW]TJFCS ;FWGM4 JLH/LGF TFZ VG[ HMBDL EFU[ DF8[ 5]ZL ;,FDTLGL HMUJF. SZJFGL ZC[X[P
( l ) Hoisting appliances shall be provided with such means as will reduce to a minimum the risk of the accidental
descent of the load.
s-f SM. JHG VS:DFT GLR[ ;ZSL 50[ T[J]\ HMBD VMKFDF\ VMK]\ ZC[ T[ 5|DFZGL SM.S ;UJ0 JHG pRSJFGF ;FWGDF\ SZJFGL ZC[X[P
(m) Adequate precautions shall be taken to reduce to minimum the risk of any part of a suspended load becoming
accidentally displaced.
sTf ,8STF ZFB[,F JHGDF\YL SM.56 EFU VS:DFT K]8M 50L HJFG]\ HMBD VMKFDF\ VMK]\ ZC[ T[ DF8[ 5]ZTL ;FJR[TL ZFBJFGL ZC[X[P

CLAUSE 22 : Measures for Prevention of Fire :

The contractor shall not set fire to any standing jungle, tree bush wood or grass without a written permit from the
Engineer-in-charge .
When such permit is given, and also in all cases when destroying cut or dug up tree, bush wood, grass etc. by fire,
the contractor shall take necessary measures to prevent such fire spreading to or other-wise damaging surrounding
property. When such permit is given and also in all cases when destroying cut or dug up tress, bush wood, grass etc.
by fire, the contractor shall take necessary measures to prevent such fire spreading to or other-wise damaging
surrounding property.

CLAUSE 23 : Liability of contractors for any damages done in or outside work area :
Compensation for all damage done intentionally or unintentionally by Contractor’s laborers whether in or beyond
limits of Government property including any damage caused by the spreading of fire mentioned in the clause 22,
shall be estimated by the Engineer-in-charge, or such other Officer as he may appoint and the estimates of the
Engineer-in-charge, subject to the decision of the Superintending Engineer, on appeal, shall be final and the
contractor shall be bound to pay the amount of the assessed compensation on demand, failing which the same will
be recovered from the Contractor as damages in the manner prescribed in clause 1 or deducted by the Engineer-in-
charge from any sums that may be due or become due from Government to the contractor under this contract or
otherwise.
B\0 Z#P SFDGF lJ:TFZ VYJF T[GF ACFZ YI[, SM. 56 G]SXFG DF8[SMg8=FS8Z HJFANFZ CMJF AFAT
B\0 ZZ DF\ H6FjIF 5|DF6[ VFU 5|;ZJFYL YI[, SM. 56 G]SXFG ;lCT SMg8=FS8ZGF DH]ZMV[ .ZFNF5]J"S S[ VHF6TF\ ;ZSFZL lD,STGL CNGL V\NZ S[
ACFZ SZ[,F AWFH G]SXFGGF J/TZGM V\NFH CJF,FGF .HG[Z VYJF V[D6[ GLD[,F ALHF SM. VlWSFZL SF-X[ VG[ CJF,FGF .HG[ZGM VF V\NFH4
V5L, YI[4 VlW1FS .HG[ZGF R]SFNFG[ VFlWG4 VFBZL U6FX[ VG[ DFU6L SZTF\ VFSFZFI[,L J/TZGL T[JL ZSD R]SJJF DF8[SMg8=FS8Z A\WFI[, ZC[X[
VG[ T[D SZJFDF\ S;]Z SZX[ TM T[JL ZSD B\0 ! DF\ 9ZFJ[,L ZLT[ G]SXFGL TZLS[SMg8=FS8Z 5F;[YL J;], SZJFDF\ VFJX[ VYJF VF SMg8=FS8 C[9/ VgIYF
;ZSFZ 5F;[ ,[6L YTL S[ CJP 5KL ,[6L YFI T[JL ZSDDF\YL CJF,FGF .HG[Z SF5L ,[X[P
The Contractor shall bear the expenses of defending any action or other legal proceeding that may be brought by
any person for injury sustained by him owing to neglect of precautions to prevent the spread of the fire and he shall
also pay the damages and cost that may be awarded by the court in consequence.
VFU 5|;ZTL V8SFJJF ;F~ ;FJR[TLGF 5U,F\ ,[JFDF\ YI[, A[NZSFZLG[ 5lZ6FD[ SM. jIlSTG[ YI[, .HF DF8[ 5U,F\ ,[ S[ ALHL SFG]GL SFI"JFCL SZ[ TM
T[GL ;FD[GF ARFJG]\ BR" SMg8=FS8Z[ EMUJJFG]\ ZC[X[ VG[ T[JL SFI"JFCLG[ 5ZL6FD[ SM8" TZOYL R]SFNM VF5TF\ T[ G]SXFGL VG[ BR" EZJFG]\ YFI T[ T[D6[
R]SJJFG]\ ZC[X[P
B\0 Z$ o ~l5IF V[S SZF[0YL JW] ZSDGF JF.0GL\U VG[ :8=gWGL\U GF SFDF[ DF\ NZ[S :TZG]\ SF[d5[SXG jIJl:YT ZLT[ YFI T[ DF8[ GLR[GL SFI"JFCL
VG];ZJFGL ZC[X[P
Z$P! Z:TFGL SZJFGL 5CF[/[Link]\ WFZFWF[Z6 D]HA SF[d5[SXG YFI T[ DF8[ A[AL ZF[,Z OZHLIFT ZLT[ ,FJL SF[d5[SXG SZJFG]] \ ZC[X[P
Z$PZ VFJF SFDF[DF\ NZ[S :TZG]\ SF[d5[SXG WFZFWF[Z6 D]HA G]\ YI]\ K[4 T[GL NZ[S ,[IZ[ OZHLIFT56[ 0[g;L8F[ DL8ZYL U|L0 5|DF6[ YIFGL RSF;6L
.HFZNFZ[ SZL T[G]\ ZHL:8Z lGEFJJFG]\ ZC[X[P VFJL RSF;6L ;\A\lWT GFIA SFI"5F,S .HG[ZzL4 VG[ DNNGLX .HG[ZzLV[ 56 SZJFGL ZC[X[P
.HFZNFZ[ SZ[, SFDGL 0[g;L8L 5]Z[5]ZL D?IF AFN H lS,IZg; V5FI VG[ tIFZAFN H ALHF ,[IZGL SFDULZL CFY WZFI T[ HF[JFG]\ ZC[X[P .HFZNFZzL G[
T[D6[ SZ[, SFDULZL V\U[ HIFZ[ 56 AL,GL R]SJ6L SZJFGL YFI tIFZ[ p5ZF[ST ;]RJ[, 5wWlT 5|DF6[ T[ SFD SZJFDF\ VFJ[ K[ S[ S[Dm T[GL BZF.
;\A\lWT VlW1FS .HG[ZzL 5F;[ SZFjIF AFN H AL,G]\ R]SJ6]\ SZJFDF\ VFJX[P sDFP DP lJP 5lZ5+ G\P V[;PV[;PVFZPv!_vZ__(v!(v;L4
TFP!#q!_q_(f
 27

CLAUSE 25 : Deleted

CLAUSE 26 : Work not to be sublet. Contract may be rescinded and security deposit forfeited for subletting
it without approval or for bribing a public officer or if contractor becomes insolvent:
The contract shall not be assigned or sublet without the written approval of the Engineer-in-charge. And if the
contractor shall assign or sublet his contract or attempt to do so or become insolvent or commence any proceeding
to get himself be adjudicated an insolvent or make any compromisation with his creditors, or attempt to do so, the
Engineer-in-charge may, by notice in writing rescind the contract, Also if any bride, gratuity , gift loan, perquisite,
reward or advantage, pecuniary or otherwise, shall either directly or indirectly be given, promised or offered by the
contractor, or any of his servants or agents to any public officer or person in the employ of Government in any way
relating to his office or employment, or if any such officer or person shall become in any way directly or indirectly
interested in contract, the Engineer-in-charge may thereupon by notice in writing rescind the contract. In the event
of contract being rescinded, the security deposit of the contractor shall thereupon stand forfeited and be absolutely
at the disposal of Government and the same consequence shall ensure as if the contract had been rescinded under
clause 3 hereof and in addition the contractor shall not be entitled to recover or be paid for any work therefore
actually performed under contract.
B\0 Z& o AF\WSFD 5[8F EF0[ G VF5JF AFAT 4 D\H]ZL lJGF 5[8F EF0[ VF5JFYL VYJF ;ZSFZL VlWSFZLG[ ,F\R VF5JF DF8[ VYJF SMg8=FS8Z GFNZ YI[YL
SMg8=FS8 ZN YFI VG[ HFDL VGFDT H%T YJF AFAT o
CJF,F .HG[ZGF l,lBT 5ZJFGUL l;JFI SMg8=FS8 SM.G[ V[;F.G SZL XSFX[ S[ 5[8FEF0[ VF5L XSFX[ GCL4 VG[ SMg8=FS8Z T[DGM SMg8=FS8Z V[;F.G SZX[
VYFJ 5[8FEF0[ VF5X[ S[ T[D SZJFGM 5|ItG SZX[ S[ GFNZ AGX[ S[ 5MTFG[ GFNZ SZFJJF DF8[GL SM. SFI"JFCL SZX[ S[ 5FTFGF ,[6JFZM ;FY[ SM. 5TFJ8
SZX[ S[ T[D SZJFGM 5|ItG SZX[ TM CJF,FGF .HG[Z l,lBT GM8L; VF5LG[SMg8=FS8 ZN SZL XSX[P J/L SMg8=FS8Z S[ T[DGF SM. GMSZ S[ V[Hg8 SM.
;ZSFZL VlWSFZLG[ VYJF ;ZSFZL GMSZLDF\C[GF SM. 56 jIlSTG[ T[GF CM¡F S[ HMSZLGL ~V[ SM.56 5|SFZGL ,F\R4 Al1F;4 E[84 VG],FE4 .GFD S[
VFlY"S ALHF SM. 5|SFZGF ,FE 5|tI1F S[ 5ZM1F ZLT[ VF5X[4 VF5JFG]\ JRG VF5X[ S[ VF5JFGL T{IFZL ATFJX[ VYJF VFJF SM. VlWSFZL S[ jIlST
5|tI1F S[ 5ZM1F ZLT[ SMg8=FS8DF\ lCT WZFJTF YX[ TM CJF,FGF .HG[Z l,lBT GM8L; VF5LG[ SMg8=FS8 ZN SZL XSX[P VFJL ZLT[ SMg8=FS8 ZN YTF\
SMg8=FS8ZGL HFDLG VGFDT H%T YI[, U6FX[4 VG[ T[ ;\5]6"56[ ;ZSFZ C:TS ZC[X[ VG[ VF SZFZGF B\0v# C[9/ HF6[ S[SMg8=FS8 ZN SZJFDF\ VFjIM
CMI T[JF H T[GF 5lZ6FDM VFJX[ VG[ JW]DF\ SMg8=FS8 C[9/ BZ[BZ SZ[,F SM. 56 SFD DF8[ SM. ZSD J;], SZJFG[ S[ R]ST[ ,[JFGM SMg8=FS8ZG[ CSS ZC[X[
GlCP

CLAUSE 27: Sums payable by way of compensation to be considered as reasonable compensation without
reference to actual loss:
All sums payable by a contractor by way of compensation under any of these conditions shall be considered as a
reasonable compensation to be applied to the use of Government without reference to the actual loss or damage
sustained and whether any damage has or had not been sustained.
B\0 Z* o BZ[BZ UI[, BM8G[ ,1FDF\ ,LWF l;JFI J/TZ~5[ R]SJJFGL YTL ZSDG[ JFHAL J/TZ U6JF AFAT o
BZ[BZ BM8 S[ G]SXFGG[ ,1FDF\ ,LWF l;JFI VG[ SM. G]SXFG YI]\ CMI S[ G YI]\ CMI TM 56 XZTMDF\GL SM.56 XZT C[9/ SMg8=FS8Z[ J/TZ~5[ R]SJJFGL
YTL TDFD ZSDG[ JFHAL J/TZ U6JFDF\ VFJX[ VG[ T[G[ ;ZSFZ DF8[ p5IMUDF\ ,[JFX[P

CLAUSE 28 : Change in the constitution of firm to be notified :

In the case of a tender by partners, any change in the constitution of a firm shall be forthwith notified by the
Contractor to Engineer-in-charge for his information.
B\0 Z( o 5[-LGF A\WFZ6DF\ SM. O[ZOFZ YI[ T[GL HF6 SZJF AFAT o
EFULNFZMV[ 8[g0Z EI]" CMI T[ S[;DF\ 5[-LGF A\WFZ6DF\ SM. O[ZOFZ YTF\ SMg8=FS8Z[ CJF,FGF .HG[ZG[ T[DGL HF6 VY[" T[JF O[ZOFZ V\U[ TZT DFlCTUFZ
SZJFGF ZC[X[P

CLAUSE 29: Works to be under directions of Superintending Engineer:

All works to be executed under the contract shall be executed under the direction and subject to the approval in all
respects of Superintending Engineer of the Circle for the time being, who shall be entitled to direct at what point or
points and in what manner they are to be commenced and from time to time carried on.
B\0 Z) o VlW1FS .HG[ZGL ;]RGF C[9/ SFD SZJF AFAT o
SMg8=FS8 C[9/ SZJFGF AWFH SFD ;S",GF H[ T[ JBTGF VlW1FS .HG[ZGL ;]RGF VG[ C[9/ TDFD AFATM DF8[ T[DGL D\H]ZLG[ VFWLG ZCLG[ SZJFGF
ZC[X[P VF SFD SIF :Y/[ S[ :Y/MV[ VG[ S[JL ZLT[ X~ SZJF JBTMJBT S[JL ZLT[ VFU/ W5FJJF T[ V\U[ ;]RGF VF5JF VlW1FS .HG[Z CSSNFZ ZC[X[P
 28
CLAUSE 30: (1) Disputes to be referred to Tribunal:
The disputes relating to this contract, so far as they relate to any of the following matters, Whether such disputes
arise during the progress of the work or after the completion or abandonment thereof, shall be referred to the
Arbitration Tribunal, Gujarat State.

(i) The rates of payment under clause 5 for any tools, materials and stores, in or upon the works of the site thereof or
belonging to the contractor or procured by him an intended to be used for execution of the work or any part thereof
possession of which may have been taken by the Engineer-in-charge under the said clause-5
(ii) The Reduction in rates made by the Engineer-in-Charge under clause 9 from the items of works not accepted as
completed fully in accordance with the sanctioned specifications.
(iii) The rate of payment for any class of work which is included in the additional or altered work carried out by the
contractor in accordance with the instructions of the Engineer-in-Charge under clause 14 and the rates for which is
to be determined under the said clause 14.
(iv) The rates of payment for materials already purchased or agreed to be purchased by the contractor before receipt
of notice given by the Engineer-in-Charge under clause 15, and/or the amount of compensation payable to the
contractor under the said clause for loss in respect of such materials.
(v) The amount of compensation which the contractor shall be liable to pay under clause 17 in the event of his
failure to rectify, remove or reconstruct the work within the period specified in the written intimation or the amount
of expenses incurred by the Engineer-in-Charge under the said clause 17 in rectifying, removing or re-executing the
work or in removing and replacing the materials or articles complained of.
(vi) The reduction of rates as may be fixed by the Engineer-in-Charge under clause 17 for the inferior work or
materials as accepted or made use of.
(vii) The amount of compensation payable by the contractor for damages as estimated and assessed under clause 23.
(viii)The amount payable to the contractor for the work carried out under clause 33 in accordance with the
instructions and the requirements of the Engineer-in-Charge in a case where there are no specifications.
(2) The provision of Section-21 of the GPW dispute Arbi. Tribunal Act –92 & order issued by the Govt. in
connection with this Act will now apply for Arbitration (As per Government in N. & W.R.D. letter No.
SUT/1090/2679/K2, dtd. 9/2/94.
(3) The provision of Arbitration Act .,shall in so far as they are inconsistent with the provision of this act cease of to
apply to any dispute arising from a works contract and all arbitration proceedings in relation to such dispute before
an arbitrator, court of authority shall stand transferred to the Tribunal.
(4) The awards declared by the arbitrator should be speaking award, giving reasons and calculations for every item
of claims. The decision will have to be implemented by all the departments of the State Government and Public
Sector Enterprises of Gujarat. (Resolution F. D. No. PB/1088/735/KT/Sachivalaya/Gandhinagar 5th October 1988.)
(5) Incase of dispute leading to the contractor or Government of Gujarat approaching to Court of Law, it shall be
within the jurisdiction where the site of work is situated.
(6) The reference to arbitration proceeding under this clause shall not
(i) affect the right of the Engineer-in-charge under clause 5 to take possession of all or any tools plants materials
and stores in or upon the works of site thereof belonging to the contractor or procured by him and intended to be
used for the execution of the work or any part thereof.
(ii) Preclude the Engineer-in-charge from utilizing the materials purchased by the contractor in any work or from
removing such materials to other places, during the period the work is stopped or suspended in pursuance of notice
given to the contractor under clause 15
(iii) Entitle the contractor to stop the progress of the work or the carrying out the additional or altered work in
accordance with the provisions of clause 14 or as the case may be or clause 33.

CLAUSE 31: Deleted

CLAUSE 32: Lump sum in estimates:
When the estimate on which a tender is made includes lump sum in respect of part of the work, the contractor shall
be entitled to payment in respect of the items of work involved or the part of the work in question at the same rates
as are payable under this contract for such items, or if the part of the work in question is not in the opinion of the
Engineer-in-charge capable of measurement the Engineer-in-charge may , as his discretion, pay the lump sum
amount entered in the estimate and the certificate in writing of the Engineer-in-charge shall be final and conclusive
against the contractor with regard to any sum or sums payable to him, under the provisions of this clause.
B\0 #Z o V\NFHDF\GL prRS ZSDMo
H[ V\NFHGF VFWFZ[ 8[g0Z T{IFZ SZJ]\ CMI T[DF\ HM SFDGF VD]S EFUM V\U[ prRS ZSDGM ;DFJ[X YTM CMI TM VFJL AFATM DF8[ VF SMg8=FS8 C[9/
R]SJJF5F+ CMI T[H NZ[4 YI[, SFDGL AFATM DF8[ pST SFDGF SM. EFU DF8[ R]SJ6L D[/JJF SMg8=FS8Z CSSNFZ ZC[X[4 VYJF CJF,FGF .HG[ZGF DT[
 29
pST SFDGF T[ EFUG]\ DF5 ,. XSFI T[D G CMI4 TM CJF,FGF .HG[Z 5FTFGF :JlJJ[S VG];FZ V\NFHDF\ GM\WFI[,L prRS ZSD R]SJL XSX[ VG[ VF
B\0GL HMUJF. C[9/ SMg8=FS8Z G[ R]SJJF5F+ YTL ZSD S[ ZSDMG[ ,UT]\ CJF,FGF .HG[ZG]\ l,lBT 5|DF65+ T[GF DF8[ VFBZL VG[ lG6F"IS ,[BFX[P

CLAUSE 33: Action where no specifications:

In the case of work for which there is no such specification, such work shall be carried out tin accordance with the
Divisional Specification and in the event of there being no Divisional Specifications, then, in such case the work
shall be carried out in all respects in accordance with the instructions and requirements of the Engineer-in-charge.
B\0 ## o SM. lJUTM G VF5L CMI tIFZ[ ,[JFG\F 5U,F o
SM. lJUTM G CMI T[JF 5|SFZGF SFDGL AFATDF\ T[JL SFD l0lJhGGL lJUTM VG];FZ CFY WZJFG]\ ZC[X[ VG[ l0lJhGGL lJUTM G CMI tIFZ[ T[J]\ SFD
TDFD ZLT[ CJF,F .HG[ZGL ;]RGFVM VG[ H~ZLIFT VG];FZ CFY WZJFG] ZC[X[P

CLAUSE 34: Definition of work:

The expression “work” or “works” where used in these conditions shall, unless, there be something in the subject or
context repugnant to such construction to mean the work, or the works, contracted to be executed under or in virtue
of the contract, whether temporary or permanent and whether original, altered, substituted or additional .
B\0 #$ o SFDGL jIFbIF o
VF XZTMDF\ J5ZFI[, SFD VYJF XaN5|IMU lJQFIGF ;\NE"DF\ SX]\ lJ~wW G CMI TM SFDR,Fp S[ SFIDL VG[ D]/ ;]WFZ[,F4 AN,JFDF\ VFJ[,F S[ JWFZFGF
SMg8=FS8 C[9/ S[ SMg8=FS8ZGL ~V[ SZJFGF YTF\ SFD S[ SFDM V[JM YX[P

CLAUSE 35 : Non refund of quarry fees & Royalties :

The contractor shall pay the royalty to the competent authority / local body as per rules. The contractor shall furnish
quarterly the statement showing quantity of quarried materials, from whom purchased (with full address of the
seller) and copies of bills for purchase to the District Officer of the Mining and Geology Department or authority
competent to levy royalty in the area of work. Contractor shall also furnish such additional information as regard
royalty payment to the royalty authority. The royalty charges paid shall be borne by the Contractor and shall not be
reimbursed by the Municipal Commissioner (Authority: - R & BD Circular No. TNC – 2286 – UO – 39 (19) – C
dated 23-10-2089.)
pnMU4 BF6 VG[ pHF" lJEFUGF p5ZMST lJQFI 5ZtJ[GF TFP !q!q(* GF 9ZFJ S|DF\S V[D;LVFZvZ!&( v &&(5 K DF\ H6FjIF 5|DF6[ SFI"JFCL
SZJFGL ;]RGF ov
!f ~FP ZP__ ,FB sA[ ,FBf YL JW] V\NFHL ZSDGF\ SFDM CMI T[JF SFDM DF8[ SFI"5F,S .HG[ZzL SFDGM JS" VM0"Z VF5[ S[ T]ZT H SFDGF XL0I],vALGL
GS, H[ T[ lJ:TFZGF DNNGLX lGIFDS VYJF ÒHLVM,MHL;L:8 VYJF VF;L:8g8Ò HLVM,MHL;L:8 VYJF E]:TZ VG[ BGLH XFBFGF ÒHL<,F SR[ZLGF
J0F H[VM S,[S8ZzLGL SR[ZLDF\ A[;[ K[ T[DG[ VF5JFGL ZC[X[P
Zf ~FP ZP__ ,FB sA[ ,FBf YL p5ZGF SMg8=FS8ZMV[ T[VMV[ BZLN[, BGLHGM HyYM VG[ T[ SIF\YL BZLN[, K[ T[ J[RGFZGL lJUTM NXF"JTF AL,MGL
GS,M TYF 5+GF ~5DF\ DFCLTL NZ +6 DF; p5Z !P DF\ NXF"J[, VlWSFZLG[ 5]ZL 5F0JFGL ZC[X[P VF AL,MDF\ DF, J[RGFZG]\ GFD4 :Y/4 TFZLB VG[
DF, ,[GFZG]\ GFD VG[ HyYM JU[Z[ NXF"J[,F CMJF HM.V[P
#f H~Z 50I[ H~ZL SL:;FDF\ p5Z s!f DF\ NXF"J[, VlWSFZL|zL TZOYL JW] DFCLTL lJUT DF, S[ AL,GF ;A\WDF\ DF\UJFDF VFJ[ TM T[ H[ T[ SFI"5F,S
.HG[ZzL BGLH BFTFGF VlWSFZLG[ T[ lJUTM SMg8=FS8Z 5F;[YL D[/JJFDF\ DNN SZX[P HM VFJL DFCLTL ;DI;Z VF5JFDF\ GF VFJ[ T[ SM. SFI"5F,S
.HG[ZzL4 TZOYL VF V\U[ ;CSFZ G D/[ TM BGLH lJEFUGF VlWSFZL T]T" H VF AFAT lGIFDSzLGF wIFG p5Z D]SX[P H[VM VF V\U[ pnMU4 BF6 VG[
pHF" lJEFU TYF H[ T[ ;\A\lWT lJEFUGF ;lRJzLGF wIFG 5Z D]SX[ VG[ VFJM 5+ D?I[YL ;A\lWT lJEFUGF ;lRJzL4 H[ T[ SFI"5F,S .HG[ZzLG[
TFtSFl,S DFCLTL 5]ZL 5F0JF ;]RGF VF5X[P VF 5|YF VD,L AGTF\ VF 5lZ5+GL TFZLBYL ;LSIMZL8L 0L5MhL8 5ZT SZJF DF8[ ZMI<8L EIF¶ V\U[GF
5|DF65+GM VFU|C ZFBJFGM ZC[X[ GCLP
ZFHI ;ZSFZGF AF\WSFD DF8[ J5FTF UF{6 BlGHGL ZMI<8L EZJF AFATPPPPP
VF SFDDF\ HIFZ[ ;FNL DF8L sVM0L"GZL S,[f VG[ s;MO8f D]ZD JF5ZJFDF\ VFJ[ T[GF p5Z 56 ZMI<8L R]SJJF 5F+ K[P lJX[QFDF[ UF{6 BGLH AFATDF\ U]P
UF{PVPlGP!)&& VG[ T[GF VG];\WFGDF\ JBTMJBT ACFZ 5F0JFDF\ VFJ[,F 9ZFJM 4 ,FU] 50X[P4 VG[ T[ D]HA ,Lh S[ 5ZDL8 ,[JFG]\ VG[ ZMI<8L EZJFGL
ZC[X[P s pWMU4 BF6 VG[ pHF¶ lJEFU 9ZFJ S|DF\S V[DPV[DPVFZP q !!Z___ q Z_!# q K TFP!v)v_$
!vVP SZFZ C[9/GF OF.G, AL,GL GS, HL<,FGF ;\,uG pWMU VG[ BF6 lJEFUGF HL<,FGF E]:TZ VlWSFZLG[ VF5JFGL ZC[X[P
sDFPDPlJEFUGM 5lZ5+ S|DF\S 8LV[G;L q !_q Z__Z q s!$f q ; TFPZ(v$vZ__# TYF Z*v$vZ__5 f

Clause 36: Compensation under the workmen’s compensation Act:

The contractor shall be responsible for and shall pay compensation to his workman payable under the Workman’s
Compensation Act. 1923 (VIII of 1923) hereinafter called the said Act) for injuries caused to the workman. If such
compensation recoverable by Government as principal under sub-section 12(1) of the said Act on behalf of the
Contractor it shall be recoverable by Government from the contractor under sub section 12(2) of the said section.
Such compensation shall be recovered in the manner laid down in clause 1 above.

B\0 #& o SFDNFZ J/TZ VlWlGID C[9/ J/TZ o

SFDNFZMG[ YI[, .HFVM DF8[ !)Z# GF SFDNFZ J/TZ VlWlGID C[9/ R]SJJF5F+ SM. 56 J/TZ R]SJJF SMg8=FS8Z HJFANZ ZC[X[P pST VlWlGIDGL S,D
!Z GL 5[8F S,D !P C[9/4 SMg8=FS8Z JTL ;ZSFZ[ D]bI 51FSFZ TZLS[ VFJ]\ J/TZ R]SjI]\ CMI TM ;ZSFZ T[ ZSD pST S,DGL 5[8F S,D !P C[9/4 SMg8=FS8Z JTL
 30
;ZSFZ[ D]bI 51FSFZ TZLS[ VFJ]\ J/TZ R]SjI]\ CMI TM ;ZSFZ T[ ZSD pST S,DTL 5[8FvS,D ZP VgJI[ SMg8=FS8Z 5F;[YL J;], SZL XSX[P VFJ]\ J/TZ p5ZGF
B\0 ! DF\ H6FJ[,L ZLT[ J;], SZJFDF\ VFJX[P

CLAUSE 36-A
The Contractor shall be responsible for and shall pay the expenses of providing medical aid to any workmen who may
suffer a bodily injury as a result of an accident. If such expenses are incurred by Government, the same shall be
recoverable from the contractor for with and be deducted, without prejudice to any other remedy of Government from
amount due or that may become due to the Contractor.
B\0 #&PSP
VS:DFTG[ 5ZL6FD[ SM. SFDNFZG[ XFZLZLS .HF YFI TM T[ G[ TALAL ;CFI 5]ZL 5F0JF DF8[ SMg8=FS8Z HJFANZF ZC[X[ VG[ T[ V\U[G]\ BR" T[D6[ R]SJJFG]\ ZC[X[P
VFJ]\ BR" ;ZSFZ[ SI]" CMI TM SMg8=FS8Z 5F;[YL T[ TZTH J;], SZJF 5F+ ZC[X[ VG[ ;ZSFZGF ALHF SM. 5U,FG[ AFW GF VFJ[ T[ ZLT[ SMg8=FS8ZGL ,[6L VYJF
CJ[ 5KL ,[6L YGFZ ZSDDF\YL T[ SF5L ,[JFX[

Clause 36-B:
The contractor shall provide all necessary personal safety equipment and first aid apparatus available for the use of the
person employed on the site and shall maintain the same in suitable condition for immediate use at any time and shall
comply with the following regulations in connection therewith.
(A) The workers shall be required to use the equipment so provide by the Contractor and Contractor shall take adequate
steps to ensure proper use of the equipment by those concerned.
(B) When work is carried on in approximates to any place where there is a risk of drowning all necessary equipment shall
be provided and kept for use and all necessary steps shall be taken for the prompt rescue of any person, in danger.
(C) Adequate provision shall be made for prompt first aid treatment of all injuries to be sustained during the course of the
work.
Clause 37:
The quantities shown in the tender are approximate and no claim shall be entertained for quantities of work executed
being less than those entered in the tender. In the case of increase in the quantities by more than 10% the new rate will be
paid to the contractor for the quantities in excess of 10%. The rates for the increased quantities as aforesaid will be fixed
in the manner specified in clause – 14.

Clause 38: Employment of famine or other labour:

The contractor shall employ any famine, convict or other labour or particular kind or class, if ordered in writing to do so
by the Engineer-in-charge.
B\0 #) o N]QSF/U|:T lJ:TFZGF VYJF ALHF DH]ZMG[ SFD[ ZFBJF AFAT o CJF,FGF .HG[Z V[JM ,[lBT C]SD SZ[ TM N]QSF/YL V;ZU|:T4 U]G[UFZ TZLS[P ;HF
5FD[,F VYJF VD] RMSS; 5|SFZGF JU" S[ JU"GF ALHF DH]ZMG[SMg8=FS8Z SFD[ ZFBJFGF ZC[X[P

Clause 39:
No compensation shall be allowed for any delay caused in the starting of the work on account of delay in making
available the full site of land at a time.

Clause 40:
No claim for compensation shall be allowed for any delays in execution of the work on account of water standing in
borrow pits or compartment. The rates are inclusive of hard or cracked soil, excavation in mud, sub soil water or water
standing in borrow-pits and no claim for an extra rate shall be entertained unless otherwise expressly specified.
B\0 $_ o SFD SZJFDF\ YI[, lJ,\A DF8[ J/TZ V\U[GM CSS NFJM o
RMS0LDF\ VYJF SM. EFUDF\ 5F6L HJFG[ SFZ6[ SFD SZJFDF\ lJ,\A V\U[ SX] J/TZ V5FX[ GlCP VF NZDF\ ;BT VYJF lTZF0JF/L HDLG DF8[GF SFNJ VG[
E]UE" H/JF/F EFUDF\ 5F6L EZF. ZC[T] CMI T[JL RMS0LGL HuIFDF\ BMNSFD DF8[GF NZGM ;DFJ[X YFI K[ VG[ VgIYF :5Q8 H6FjI] CMI T[ l;JFI4 JWFZFGF
NZ DF8[ SM. CS NFJM wIFGDF\ ,[JFX[ GlCP

Clause 41: Entering upon or commencing any portion or work:

The Contractor shall not enter upon or commence any portion or work except with the written authority and instruction of
the Engineer-in-charge or of his subordinate in charge of the work. Failing such authority, the Contractor shall have no
claim to ask measurement of or payment for work.
B\0 $!o SFDGM SM. EFU GJ[;ZYL CFY WZJF S[ X~ SZJF AFAT o
CJF,FGF .HG[ZG[ VYJF TFAFGF SFDGF CJF,FGF VlWSFZLGM l,lBT C]SD VG[ ;]RGF l;JFI SMg8=FS8Z SFDGM EFU GJ[;ZYL CFY WZL S[ X~ SZL XSX[ GlCP
VFJM C]SD G D?IM CMI TM SFDGF SM. DF5 ,[JF V\U[ S[ R]SJ6L DF8[SMg8=FS8Z SXM CSSNFJM SZL XSX[ GlCP

Clause 42: Minimum age of person employed :

(I) No Contractor shall employ any person who is under the age of 18 years.
B\0 $Z o SFD[ ZBFI[, jIlSTVMGL VMKFDF\ VMKL JI o
 31
SMg8=FS8Z !( JQF"GL GLR[GL pDZGL SM. 56 jIlST SFD[ ZFBL XSX[ GCLP

Clause 42(I)(A):
The employment of donkeys and / or other animals and the payment of fair wages: For Asphalt work(s) as far
as possible, only the adult persons should be employed by the contractor. If the adult person are not available, then
the children below the age of 15 (Fifteen years) should not be employed under any circumstance.
(ii)No contractor shall employ donkeys or other animals with branching of string or thin rope. The branching must
be at least three inches wide and should be of tape (Nawar).
Zf SMg8=FS8Z UW[0F VYJF ALHF 5|F6LVMGF 5L9GF EFU 5Z hL6L NMZL VYJF 5FT/]\ NMZ0]\ AF\WLG[ T[DG[ SFD[ ,. XSX[ GlCP 5L9 EFU 5Z AF\WJF
VMKFDF\ VMKL # .\R 5CM/L OLT sGJFZf SFDDF\ ,[JLP
(iii) No animal suffering from stores, lameness or emaciation or which is immature shall be employed on the work.
#f WFZFJF/F4 BM0\UFTF VYJF S'X S[ GFGF 5|F6LG[ SFD[ ZFBL XSFX[ GCLP
(iv) The Engineer-in-charge or his agent is authorised to remove from the work any person or animal found working
which does not satisfy these conditions and no responsibility shall be accepted by Government for any delay caused
in the completion work by such removal.
$f VF XZTM D]HA G CMI T[JL SM. 56 jIlST S[ 5|F6L SFD SZTL q SZT]\ DF,]D 50[ TM T[G[ SFD 5ZYL N]Z SZJFGL ;tTF CJF,FGF .HG[ZG[ S[ T[DGF
V[Hg8G[ K[ VG[ VFJL ZLT[ SM. jIlST S[ 5|F6L N]Z SZJFYL UI[, SM. 56 lJ,\A DF8[ ;ZSFZGL SM. HJFANFZL ZC[X[ GlCP
(v) The Contractor shall pay fair and reasonable wages to the workman employed by him in the contract undertaken
by him in the event of any dispute arising between the Contractor and his workmen on the grounds that the wages
paid are not fair and reasonable, the dispute shall be referred without delay to the Engineer-in-charge who shall
decide the same. The decision of the Engineer-in-charge shall be conclusive and binding on the Contractor, but such
decision shall not in any way affect the conditions in the contract regarding the payment to be made by Government
at the section tender rates.
5f 5MT[ CFY WZ[,F SMg8=FS8 DF8[ SFD[ ZFB[, SFDNFZMG[SMg8=FS8Z[ jIFHAL J[TG R]SJJFG] \ ZC[X[P R]SJ[, JFHAL G CMJFGF D]¡F 5Z SMg8=FS8Z VG[ T[DGF
SFDNFZM JrR[ SM. hW0M pEM YFI TM T[ hW0M lJGF lJ,\A[ CJF,FGF .HG[ZG[ ;M5JFDF\ VFJX[ VG[ T[ V\U[ T[VM lG6"I VF5X[P CJF,FGF .HG[ZGM
lG6"I VG[ A\WGSTF" ZC[X[P 5Z\T] VF lG6"IYL D\H]Z SZ[,F 8[g0ZGF NZ[ ;ZSFZ[ SZJFGL YTL R]SJ6LG[ ,UTL SMg8=FS8DF\YL XZTMG[ SXL V;Z YX[ GlCP
(vi) The contractor shall provide drinking water facilities to the workers/ laborers employed on Government works
Amenities relating to sanitation shall also be provided to the workers/laborers employed on works (in urban areas) if
the contractor fails to comply with these provisions, the Engineer-in-charge shall give notice in writing and if the
contractor does not provide this facility to the workers/ laborers within a period of ten days from the date of the
notice in writing, the Engineer-in-charge shall thereupon make the arrangement for drinking water at the cost of the
contractor.
&f ;ZSFZL SFD[ ZFB[,F SFDNFZM o DH]ZMG[ 5LJFGF 5F6LGL ;UJ0 SMg8=FS8Z[ 5]ZL 5F0JFGL ZC[X[P sXC[ZL lJ:TFZMDF\ fSFD[ ZFB[,F SFDNFZMG[ :JrKTF
lJQFIS ;UJ0M 56 5]ZL 5F0JFGL ZC[X[P SMg8=FS8Z VF HMUJF.G]\ 5F,G SZJFDF\ lGQO/ HX[ TM CJF,FGF .HG[Z T[G[ ,[lBT GMl8; VF5X[ VG[SMg8=FS8Z
VFJL ,[lBT GM8L;GL TFZLBYL NLG N;GL D]NTDF\ SFDNFZMvDH]ZMG[ VF ;UJ0 GCL VF5[ TM CJF,FGF .HG[Z SMg8=FS8ZGF BR[" 5LJFGF 5F6LGL jIJ:YF
SZX[P
(vii) The Contractor shall provide the amenity of proper shade and shelter to the workers/ labourers and their
children on Government works as soon as the work starts. If the contractor fails to provide shed and shelter, the
Engineer-in-charge shall provide the same at the cost of contractor.
*f SFD X~ YFI S[ TZTH SMg8=FS8Z[ ;ZSFZL SFD 5ZGF SFDNFZM DH]ZM VG[ T[DGF AF/SMG[ IMuI X[0 VG[ VFzI VF5JFGL ;UJ0 5]ZL 5F0JFGL ZC[X[P
X[0 VG[ VFzI:YFG 5]ZF 5F0JFDF SMg8=FS8Z lGQO/ HX[ TM SMg8=FS8ZGF BR[" CJF,F .HG[Z 5]ZF 5F0X[P

Clause 43: Method of payment:

Payment to contractor shall be made by cheque drawn on any treasury within the division convenient to them,
provided the amount exceeds Rs. 10 Amount not exceeding Rs. 10 will be paid in cash.
B\0 $# o R]SJ6LGL ZLT o
R]SJ6LGL ZSD ~ !_ SZTF JW] CMI TM4 SMg8=FS8ZG[ VG]S]/ CMI T[JF 0LJLhGGF lJ:TFZGL SM.56 TLHMZL 5ZGF R[S wJFZF T[DG[ R]SJ6L SZFX[
~FP !_ YL JW] G CMI T[JL ZSD ZMS0[YL R]SJJFDF\ VFJX[P

Clause 43-A : Any sum of money due and payable to the Contractor (including the security deposit returnable to
the contractor) executing any Government work or work of any District Panchayat wholly financed as grant-in-aid
under this contract shall be appropriated by any District Panchayat / Government and shall be set off against any
claim of the Government/District Panchayat of Gujarat state by the District Panchayat of Gujarat State/Government
for the payment of a sum of money arising out or under any other contract made by the contractor with the
Government/District Panchayat of Gujarat State for the work wholly the contractor against any claim of the
Government / District Panchayat of Gujarat state is available, such a recovery shall be made from the contractor as
arrears of land revenue.
 32
Clause 44: Deleted

Clause 45: Employment of scarcity labour:

If Government declares a state of scarcity or famine to exist in any village situated within 16 kilometers of the
work, the Contractor shall employ upon such parts of the work, as are suitable for unskilled labour, any person
certified to him by the Engineer-in-charge or by any persons to whom, the Engineer-in-charge may have delegated
this duty in writing to be in need of relief and shall be bound to pay to such persons, wages not below the minimum
which Government may have fixed in this behalf. Any disputes which may arise in connection with the
implementation of this clause shall be decided by the Engineer-in-charge whose decision shall be final and binding
on the contractor.
B\0 $5 o VKTU|:T lJ:TFZGF DH]ZG[ SFD[ ZFBJF AFAT o
SFDGF :Y/[YL !& SLDLGL V\NZ VFJ[,F SM. 56 UFDDF\ VKTGL VYJF N]QSF/GL l:YTL 5|JT"TL CMJFG]\ ;ZSFZ HFC[Z SZ[4 TM H[DF\ S]X/ SFZLUZMGL
H~Z G CMI T[JF SFDGF SM. 56 EFU p5Z SMg8=FS8Z4 CJF,FGF .HG[Z VYJF T[D6[ T[ V\U[GL OZH H[G[ ,[lBT ZLT[ ;M\5L CMI T[JL jIlSTV[ H[ jIlSTV[
H[ jIlSTVMG[ ZFCTGL VFJxISTF CMJFG]\ 5|DF65+ VF%I]\ CMI T[DG[ SFD[ ZMSJFGF ZC[X[ VG[P VF V\U[ ;ZSFZ[ H[ NZ GSSL SIF" CMI T[YL VMKF G CMI
V[JF NZ[ VFJL jIlSTVMG[ J[TG R]SJJF T[ A\WFI[, ZC[X[P VF B\0GF VD, 5ZtJ[ SM.56 TSZFZ p5l:YT YFI TM T[GM lG6"I CJF,FGF .HG[Z SZX[ VG[
T[ lG6"I SMg8=FS8Z DF8[ VFBZL VG[ A\WGSTF" ZC[X[P

Clause 46: Deleted

Clause 47: Rates inclusive of all other taxes.

The rates to be quoted by the contractor must be inclusive of all taxes. No extra payment on this account will be
made to the contractor.
GST is applicable with effect from 01.07.2017, applicable GST rates at the time of Bid submission, shall be
considered by the bidder in his price bid. Other taxes, if any, shall also be considered in quoted rates. If any change
in existing tax liability is created after submission of bid, the same shall be reimbursed /recovered to/from the
contractor, on proof of payments. For arriving difference in procurement prices due to change in existing tax
liability (i.e change in tax liability after submission of bid) it will be open for the BMC to ask for original invoices,
Lorry receipt, weigh bridge lifts , payment details and such other documents as may be required for the purpose.
The claim of Contractor regarding shall have to be supported by documentary evidence substantiating actual
payment of tax duly certified by the competent Tax authority. The final decision regarding quantum of claim,
amount to be recovered and reimbursed shall be of the competent authority of BMC and shall be binding on
Contractor. The contractor must have GST number, which they need to give in invoice for bill processing.

The rates to be quoted by the contractor must be exclusive of GST but inclusive of all other
taxes and applicable Cess, levies on such taxes. GST shall be paid extra on the admissible
payment as per the approved tender rates and condition of price variation; GST shall be paid
as per prevailing rates at the time of payment

Clause 48: The Contractor should, as far as possible, obtain his requirement of laborers skilled and unskilled, from
the nearest Employment Exchange so as to utilize the local employment potential. If there are no local Employment
Exchange or such Exchanges are not able to provide the required labour locally, suitable laborers should be utilized
to the maximum extent possible.
B\0 $( o SMg8=FS8Z[ [Link] S]X/ VG[ ALGS]X/ DH]ZM XSI CMI tIF\ ;]WL GHLSDF\ GHLSGL ZMHUFZ SR[ZLV[YL D[/JJF4 H[YL :YFlGS ZMHUFZ XlSTGM
p5IMU Y. XSX[P :YFlTS ZMHUFZ SR[ZLVM G CMI VYJF VFJL SR[ZLVM H~ZL DH]ZM :YFlGS ZLT[ 5]ZF 5F0L XS[ T[D G CMI TM IMuI DH]ZMG[ AT[ T[8,F
JW] 5|DF6DF\ p5IMU SZJMP

Clause 49: Fair Wages:

If a Contractor fails to pay within ‘7’ (Seven) days to the laborer(s) /worker(s) the minimum wages prescribed by
the Government under the Minimum Wages Act. 1948 as in force from time to time, the Engineer-in-charge shall be
at liberty to deduct the amount payable to the laborer/ workers from his (Contractors) bills or deposit(s) payable by
the Contractor after making due inquiries and establishing the claim(s) of the laborer(s) /Workers(s).
The contractor shall not be entitled to any payment of compensation on account of any loss that the Contractor may
have to incur on account of the action as aforesaid. Before the action as aforesaid, is enforced, a notice in writing to
the Contractor shall be issued by the Engineer-in-charge to pay the wags as per Minimum Wages Act in force at the
 33
relevant time. If Contractor does not act as aforesaid within seven days, then the action contemplated as above shall
be taken against him.

B\0 $) o JFHAL J[TG o

JBTM JBT VD,DF\ CMI T[ D]HA !)$( GF ,W]TD J[TG VlWlGID C[9/ ;ZSFZ[ lGIT SZ[,F ,W]TD J[TG DH]ZG[ SFDNZG[ ;FT lNJ;DF\ SMg8=FS8Z G
R]SJ[ TM CJF,FGF .HG[ZG[ IMuI TF5F; SZL T[DH DH]ZMGL SFDNFZMGM CSS :YFl5T SZLG[ DH]ZMG[ SFDNFZMG[ R]SJJF5F+ ZSD SMg8=FS8ZGF AL,M VYJF
SMg8=FS8Z[ R]SJJF5F+ VGFDTvVGFDTMGL ZSDDF\YL SF5L ,[JFGL K]8 ZC[X[P

p5Z H6FjIF D]HA ,[JFDF\ VFJ[,F 5U,FG[ SFZ6[SMg8=FS8ZG[ SM. 56 G]SXFG HFI TM T[ DF8[ SM.56 R]SJ6L VYJF J/TZ D/JF5F+ ZC[X[ GlCP p5Z
H6FjIF D]HAG]\ 5U,]\ VD,DF\ D]SJFDF\ VFJ[ T[ 5C[,F CJF,FGF .HG[Z T[ ;DI[ VD,DF\ CMI T[ ,W]TD J[TG VlWlGID VG];FZ J[TG R]SJJFDF\
SMg8=FS8ZG[ ,[lBT GM8L; VF5X[4 SMg8=FS8Z p5Z H6FjIF D]HA ;FT lNJ;DF\ JT"X[ GCLTM T[GL ;FD[ p5Z lJRFIF" D]HAGF 5U,F EZJFDF\ VFJX[P

Clause 50: Deleted

Clause 51: List of Machinery:

The contractors shall also give a list of machineries in his possession and which they purpose to use on the work.
B\0 5! o I\+;FDU|LGL IFNL o
SMg8=FS8Z 5F[TFGF SAHFDF\GL VG[ SFD DF8[ p5IMUDF\ ,[JF lJRFZ[, I\+;FDU|LGL IFNL 56 VF5JFGL ZC[X[P

Clause 52: (i) In case, the roller deployed by Department for the use on contract work is kept idle by the contractor
for want of adequate labour and materials, the contractor will have to pay rental charges as per prevailing rules even
though the items of rolling and watering are to be carried out by the department.
(ii) If the contractor does not plan his programme so as to suit the requirement of the Department, the proportionate
rental charge on roller shall be recovered from the contractor.

Clause 53: Local labour on normal rates:

The contractor shall have to engage local labour and person seeking employment where available on normal rate.
B\0 5#o ;FDFgI NZ[ :YFlGS DH]ZM o
;FDFgI NZ[ D/L XS[ T[D CMI tIF\ ZMHUFZ JF\K] :YFlGS DH]ZM VG[ :YFlGS jIlSTVMG[ SMg8=S8Z[ SFD ZFBJFGF ZC[X[P

Clause 54: Rent will be recovered from the contractor for the land given to them for stacking materials as well as
for construction of temporary hutments etc.
Land measuring Charges
1. One hectare or less Rs. 05 Per month
2. More than 1 hectare & upto 2 hectares Rs.10 per month
3. More than 2 hectare & upto 3 hectares Rs.15 per month
4. More than 3 hectare & upto 4 hectares Rs.20 per month

Clause 55: The contractor shall employ only such labour who shall produce a valid certificate of having been
vaccinated against small-pox within a period of last three years.
B\0 55 o SMg8=S8Z K[<,F # JQF"GL D]NT NZlDIFG XLT/FGL Z;L V5F. CMJF AFATG]\ :JLSFI" 5|DF65+ ZH] SZGFZ DH]ZMG[H SFD[ ZFBX[P

Clause 56: 1 Huts: The contractor shall build sufficient number of huts on a suitable plot of land for the use of the
laborers according to the following specifications.
(1) Huts of bamboos and grass may be constructed.
(2) (2) A good site shall be selected. High ground removed form jungle but well provided with tress shall be chosen
wherever it is available. The neighborhood of rank jungle, grass or weeds should particularly be avoided.
Camps should not be established close to large cuttings of earth work.
(3) The lines of huts shall have open spaces of at least 10 m. between rows. When a good natural site cannot be
procured, particular attention should be given to the drainage.
(4) There should be no over-crowding. Floor spaces at the rate of 2.8 Sq.m. per head shall be provided. Care should
be taken to see that the huts are kept clean and in good order.
(5) The contractor must find out his own land. If he wants Government land, he should apply for it and pay
assessment for it.
2. Drinking Water: The contractor shall as far as possible, provide an adequate supply of chlorinated pure
potable drinking water for the use of laborers. This provision shall be at the rate of not less than 4.5 liters per
 34
head. No provision need-be made where there is a suitable nala, river or well within 0.4 km of the camp.
However arrangement should as far as possible, be made to chlorinate water by chlorinated tables fore it is
allowed for drinking purpose.
3. The contractor shall construct semi permanent latrines for the use of Laborers on the following scale, namely
(a) Where female are employed, there shall be at least one latrine for every 25 females. (b) Where males are
employed there shall be at lest one latrine for every 25 males provided that where the number of males or
female exceed 100 , it shall be sufficient if there is one latrine for every 25 males or females , as the case may
be up to the first 100 and one for every 50 thereafter.
4. Privacy in latrines: Every latrine shall be under cover and so partitioned off as to secure privacy, and shall
have a proper door and fastenings.
5. Notice to be displayed outside latrines and urinals : (1) Where workers of both sexes are employed there shall be
displayed outside each block of latrine and urinal a notice in the language understood by the majority f the workers
For Men Only or For Women Only : as the case may be. (2) The notice shall also bear the figures of a man or of a
woman, as the case may be.
6. Urinals: There shall be at least one urinal for male/female workers up to 50 employed at a time . Provided that where
the number of male or female workmen, as the case may be, exceeds 500, it shall be sufficient if there is one urinal
for every 50 males or females up o the first 500 and one for every 100 males or females or part thereof.
7. Latrines and Urinals to be accessible: (1) The latrines and urinals shall be conveniently situated and accessible to
workers at all times at the establishment. (2) (I) The latrines and urinals shall be adequately lighted and shall be
maintained in a clean and sanitary condition at all times (ii) Latrines and urinals other than those connected with a
flush sewage system shall comply with the requirements of the Public Health Authorities.
8. Water for latrines and urinals: Water shall be provided by means of pipes or tanks or the rise, so also be
conveniently accessible in or near the latrines and urinals.
9. Bathing and washing places: (1) The contractor shall construct sufficient number of bathing places every unit of 20
persons being provided with a separate bathing place. (2) Washing places should also be provided for the purposes of
washing clothes. Every unit of 30 persons shall have at least one washing place. (3) Such bathing and washing place
should be suitably screened and separate places provided for male and female workers. (4) Such facilities shall be
conveniently accessible and shall be kept in clear and hygienic condition.
10. Drainage: The contractor shall make sufficient arrangement for draining away the sewerage water as well as water
from the bathing and washing places and shall dispose off this waste water in such as way as not to cause nuisance.
The contractor should obtain a permission from the Gujarat Water Pollution Control Board, Gandhinagar if Water is
so be drained in river or near the well . The contractor would put malaria oil once in a week in stagnant water round
about the residence.
11. Medical facilities: The contractor shall engage a medical officer with a traveling dispensary for a camp having 500
or more persons if there is no Government or other private dispensary situated within 6 k.m. from the camp.
12. Conservancy and cleanliness: The contractor shall provide the necessary staff for effecting the satisfactory
conservancy and cleanliness of the camp to the satisfaction of the Engineer-in-charge. At least one sweeper per 200
persons should be engaged. Conservancy staff should dump refuge in compost pit, away from the labour camp.
13. Health Provisions: The District Health Officer of the District or the Deputy Director of Health Service shall be
consulted before opening a labour camp and his instructions on matters, such as the water supply, sanitary
convenience, the camp-site, accommodation and food supply shall be followed by the contractor.
14. Precautions against epidemic: (a) The authorities in charge of the colonies should get the laborers inoculated
against cholera and plague and vaccinated against smallpox at the time or recruitment, if they are not inoculated or
vaccinated within 6 months or 3 years respectively prior to the date of recruitment.
(b) When, in any labour camp there is an epidemic disease or is threatened with such an outbreak, the authorities in
charge of the labour camps should ensure that all the inmates of the labour colonies are inoculated or vaccinated as
the case may be , depending on the diseases, within 72 hours after the outbreak.
(c) The authorities in charge of the labour colony should arrange to communicate by wire regarding the outbreak of the
epidemic diseases on the very day of the outbreak, of the Mamlatdar of the Taluka, the District Health officer or to
the Deputy Director of Public Health in charge of that area and the Director of Public Health. Thereafter they should
continue to send daily reports to the above officers in the prescribed form regarding the progress of the epidemic
disease.
(d) When the authorities in charge of the labour colony suspect or have reason to believe that any immediate of the labour
colonies is suffering from the infectious or contagious disease , they shall forthwith arrange for the segregation of
such persons to isolated huts to be specifically provided for the purpose and also for their treatment
(e) As regional malaria epidemic outbreaks are likely to occur in such project areas, the authorities in charge of the labour
colonies should report promptly the occurrence of unusual incidence of cases of malaria and also inform the District
Health Officer of the District, Deputy Director of Public Healthy (Malaria) and the Director of Public Health and also
arrange to institute all necessary anti malarial measures as may be advised by the officials of the Public Health
Department.
 35
(t) The authorities in charge of the colonies should also arrange to carry out any other measures that may be
recommended by the officials of the Public Health Department necessary to prevent or control the spread of
disease.

15. Rest rooms: (1) In every place where in contract labour is required to halt at night in connecting with the
contract works and in which employment of contract labour is likely to continue for three month or more, the
contractors shall provide and maintain rest rooms or other suitable alternative accommodation within fifteen days of
the employment of contract labour.
(2) If the amenity referred to in sub rule is not provided by the contractor within the period prescribed, the
employer shall provided the same within a period of fifteen days of the expiry of the period laid down in the
sub-rule (1).
(3) Separate rooms shall be provided for women employees.
(4) Effective and suitable provision shall be made in every room for securing and maintaining adequate ventilation
for the circulation of fresh air and there shall also be provided and maintained sufficient and suitable natural or
artificial lighting.
(5) The rest room or other suitable alternative accommodation shall be of such dimensions as to provide at least a
floor area or 1. Sq. mt. For each person making use of rest rooms.
(6) The rest room or other suitable alternative accommodation shall be so constructed as to afford adequate
protection against heat, wind, rain, and shall have smooth, hard and impervious surface.
(7) The rest rooms or other suitable alternative accommodation shall be at a convenient distance from the
establishment and shall have adequate supply of whole some drinking water.

16. Canteen Facilities: (1) In every establishment of contract work and wherein work regarding the employment of
contract labour is likely to continue for six months and wherein contact labour numbering one hundred or more are
ordinarily employed, the adequate canteen facilities shall be the contractor for the use of such contract labour within
sixty days of the commencement of the employment of contract labour.
(2) If the contractor fails to provide the canteen facilities within the time limit laid down the same shall be provided
by the principal employer within sixty days of the time allowed to the contractor.
(3) The canteen shall be maintained by the contractor or principal employees as the case may be in an efficient
manner.

17. Accommodation in canteen: (1) The canteen shall consist of at least dining hall, kitchen, storeroom, pantry,
and washing places separately for worker and for utensils.
2 (i) The canteen shall be sufficiently lighted at all times where any person has access to it.
(ii) The floor shall be made of smooth and impervious materials and inside walls shall be lime-washed or color-
washed at least once in each year, provided that the inside walls of the kitchen shall be lime-washed every four
months.
3 (i) The premises of the canteen shall be maintained in clean and sanitary condition.
(ii) Waste water shall be carried away in suitable covered drains and shall not be allowed to accumulate so as cause
nuisance.
(iii) Suitable arrangements shall be made for the collection and disposal of garbage.

18. Accommodation in dining hall: (1) The dining hall shall accommodate at a time, atleast 30% of the contract
labour working at a time.
(2) The floor area of the dining hall excluding the area occupied per dinner to be accommodated shall as prescribed
in sub rule (1)
(3) (I) A portion of the dining hall and service counter shall be partitioned and reserved for women workers, in
proportion to their numbers. (ii) Washing places for women shall be separate and screened to secure privacy.
(4) Sufficient table, stools, chairs or benches shall be available for the number of diners to be accommodated as
prescribed in sub rule 1.

19. Equipment in canteen : (I) There shall be provided and maintained sufficient utensils, crockery , cutlery,
furniture and any other equipment necessary for the efficient running of the canteen.
(ii) The furniture utensils and other equipment shall be maintained in a clean and hygienic condition.
(2) (I) Suitable clean cloths for the employees serving in the canteen shall also be provided and maintained.
(ii) A service counter, if provided, shall have a top of smooth and impervious materials.
(iii) Suitable facilities including an adequate supply of hot water shall be provided for the cleaning of utensils and
equipment.
 36

20. Food stuff to be served: The food stuff and other items to be served in the canteen shall be in conformity with
the normal food habits of the contract labour.
21. Prices to be displayed: The charges for food stuffs, beverages and any other item served in the canteen shall be
based on “no profit, no loss” and shall be conspicuously displayed in the canteen.
22. Canteen to be run on “No profit no loss” basis: In deriving the prices of food stuffs and other articles served
in the canteen, the following items shall not be taken into consideration as expenditure, namely.
(a) the rent for the land and building.
(b) The depreciation and maintence charges for the building and equipment provided for in the canteen.
(c) The cost of purchase, repairs and replacement of equipment including furniture, crockery, cutlery and utensils.
(d) The water charges and other charges incurred for lighting and ventilation.
(e) The interest on the amount spent on the provisions and maintenance of furniture and equipment provided for in
the canteen.
The local officers should check up whether, facilities as offered and which are admissible under the existing rules
and orders are made available to the workers and enforce upon the contractors the necessity of adhering to the
instructions for promotion of welfare of the workers according to the terms of the contract.

23.-BOOKS OF ACCOUNTS AND REGISTRES OF THE CANTEEN: The books of accounts and registers
and other documents used in connection with the running of the canteen shall be produced on demand to an
inspector.

24.-AUDIT OF THE ACCOUNTS OF THE CANTEEN: The accounts pertaining to the canteen shall be audited
once every 12 months by registered accountants and auditors. Provided that the Labour Commissioner may approve
of any other person to audit the accounts; if he is satisfied that it is not feasible to appoint a registered accountant
and auditor in view of the site or the location of the canteen.

CLAUSE 57: Contractor shall have to arrange for the supply of gumboots. Hand gloves, mask etc. invariably to the
laborers/workers engaged by the contractor on asphalt work.

CLAUSE 58: The Contractor shall not show any distinction between Harijan and other class of laborers / workers
employed to carry out the Government work.

Clause 59 : Price Variation clause: Price Variation : For (A) Labour (B) Materials and (C) P.O.L. The amounts
payable to the Contractor for the work done shall be adjusted for increase or decrease in the rates of Labour /
Materials excepting those materials supplied by Government as per Schedule-A and P.O.L. as under :
(A) Labour: Increase or decrease in the cost due to Labour shall be calculated quarterly in accordance with the
S

following formula.
pl i-io
{ }
S S

VI = 0.75 x x R x
100 io
S S

S S

S S

SVl = Increase or decrease in the cost of work during the quarter under consideration due to change in rates for
labour.
SR = The value of work done in rupees during the quarter under consideration, after excluding the value of extra
items and after deducting the cost of.
S(i)-Materials supplied from the Departmental store to the Contractor at fixed rate as specified in schedule –A
and.
S(ii) Value of cement, steel and asphalt brought by the contractor valued at star rate plus the increase/decrease
for which price adjustment is done under clause 59 / A below :-
Sio = The average consumer price index for industrial workers for the quarter in which tenders were opened (as
published in *..........................................................................................)
Si = The average consumer price index for industrial workers for the quarter under consideration.
Spl = Percentage of labour components (specified in Schedule i.e 42.468 % Labour)
S* This refers to average consumer’s price-index (wholesale) for industrial workers as applicable to Ahmedabad
as published by Government of India, Ministry of Labour Bureau.
S (B) Materials other than Cement, Steel and Asphalt: The increase or decrease in cost of materials other than
cement, steel and asphalt shall be calculated quarterly in accordance with the following formula:
S

pm i-io
{ }
S S

Vm = 0.75 x x R x
100 io
S S

S S
 37

Vm = Increase or decrease in the cost or work during the quarter under consideration due to charge in the rates
of material.
R = The value of work done in rupees during the quarter under consideration, after excluding the value of extra
S

items and after deducting the cost of.

(i) Materials supplied from the Department store to the Contractor at fixed rates as specified in schedule – A.
S

(ii) Value of cement asphalt and steel brought by the contractor valued at star rate plus the increased / decrease
S

for which price adjustment is done under clause 59/A below :-

io : The average wholesale price index * (all commodities) for the quarter in which tenders were opened as
S

published in @………… ....................……………………)

i = The average wholesale price index (all commodities) for the quarter under consideration.
S

pm= Percentage of material component (specified in schedule…i.e. 55.380 %) of item.

S

@ = For materials wholesale price index as published by Reserve Bank of India should be referred to.
S

(C) P.O.L.: The increase or decrease in the cost of petrol, diesel, oil, and lubricants shall be calculated quarterly in
S

accordance with the following formula.

S

pd D-Do
{ }
S S

Vd = 0.75 x x R x
100 Do
S S

S S

Vd = Increase or decrease in cost of work during quarter of consideration due to change in rates of petrol, oil
S

and lubricants (POL)

R = The value of work done in rupees during the quarter under consideration, after excluding the value of extra
S

items and after deduction the cost of.

(i)-Materials supplied from the Department store to the Contractor at fixed rate as specified in schedule –A and
S

(ii) Value of cement, steel and asphalt brought by the contractor valued at star rate plus the increase /decrease
for which price adjustment is done under sub-clause 59/A below :-
Do = The average price of high speed diesel (HSD) fixed by I,O.C. for the district in which the work is to be
S

carried out for the quarter in which the tenders were opened.
D = The average price of HSD fixed by the I.O.C. for the district in which the work is to be carried out for the
S

quarter under consideration.

pd = Percentage of P.O.L. Component (specified in schedule) of the item. I.e. 2.152 %
S

C Conditions for variation except for Cement, Steel and Asphalt:

C

(1) No adjustment shall be done for the work done in the first twelve months of the time limit. Adjustment payable
S

/ recoverable will be calculated for the remaining work done during the subsequent period.
(2) The sum total price adjustment for A, B and C will be limited to 5.00 % of the estimated cost of work put to
S

tender less the cost of Materials supplied from the Departmental store to the Contractor at fixed rate as specified
in schedule-A and cement, steel and asphalt valued at input rates mentioned as under on which the sanctioned
estimate is based. When clause 60A (B-1) 59A (B-2) is not deleted.
Quantity Input Rate per Tonne
Cement : ---- M.T. Rs. 5234.00 Per M.T.
T.M.T. Bar (Fe-415) : ------- M.T. Rs. .. Per M.T.
T.M.T. Bar (Fe 500D) : -------- M.T. Rs. 59420.00 Per M.T.
Asphalt VG-10 : -------- M.T. Rs. - Per M.T.
Asphalt VG-40 : --- M.T. Rs. 39752.00 Per M.T.

(3) The quarter referred to in the above formula shall mean the quarter of the calendar year January to March, April
to June, July of September and October to December. Even if the tenders are opened in the middle of a quarter,
the average index for the calendar quarter will be considered. The same principle would apply for identifying
the quarter when the work is completed in the middle of calendar quarter.
(4) The value of extra items will be excluded for working out the value of ‘R’ in the above formula in all these
S

cases.
(5) Intermediate payment of escalation to be made under this clause on each occasion shall be limited in such a
manner that the total up-to-date payment of escalation will not exceed the proportionate percentage of the
ceiling of calculation as related to the proportionate value of the contract cost.
 38
(6) Price adjustment shall be applicable only for the work that is carried out within the stipulated time or extensions
thereof as are not attributable to the contractor. No claim for price adjustment other than those provided herein
shall be entertained.
(7) This clause will be applicable in respect of works which of the estimated cost put to tender is above Rs.25.00
lacs and the time limit involved is more than 12 months.
Clause 59 A: Price Variation for Cement Steel and Asphalt brought by Contractor:
The amounts payable to the contractors for the work done involving use of cement, steel and asphalt when these
materials are not supplied by the Government as for schedule A shall be adjusted for increase or decrease in the
rates of these materials as under :-
(4) Price variation for cement, steel and asphalt brought by the Contractor
The star rates for cement, mild steel, for steel and asphalt to be brought by the Contractor shall be considered Ex-
supply Depot/ Godown as under:-
QUANTITY (Approx) STAR RATES
Cement : M.T. Rs. 5937.50 Per M.T. Month in Which
T.M.T. Bar (Fe-415) : .. M.T. Rs. Per M.T. DTP is approved
T.M.T. Bar (Fe-500D) : M.T. Rs. 49490.00 Per M.T.
Asphalt VG-10 : - M.T. Rs. Per M.T.
Asphalt VG-40 : M.T. Rs. 43695.28 Per M.T.
The above star rates are linked with Reserve Bank of India price index for steel and cement for the month in which
the DTPs are approved. The star rate for asphalt will be based on the rate of Koyli Refinary prevailing month in
which the DTP is approved.
The month in which DTP are approved will be specified in the tender document.
Star rates should be mentioned in the tender copy as under:-
i. For Cement, Price of cement from authorized dealer should be obtained for the month in which the DTP s
are approved & mentioned as star rate before issue of tender copy.
ii. For steel & H.Y.S.D. bars, rate of SAIL should be obtained for the month in which the DTPs are approved
and mentioned as star rate before issue of tender copy.
iii. For basic index specific month in which the DTPs are approved should be mentioned before. Issue of tender
copy. The fluctuations in rates of cement and steel shall be adjusted in the bills payable to the contractors as
under :
C1
A=B x { C0
-1 } xD
A = Difference of Amount payable or recoverable
B = Star rate of steel / cement /asphalt
C1 – The (Quarterly) average corresponding index of steel, cement, asphalt for the quarter under consideration
(as published in monthly bulletin or Reserve Bank of India)
C0. - Price index of cement/steel for the month in which the DTPS are approved published in monthly bulletin
of Reserve Bank of India).
D - Qty. of cement/steel actually brought by the contractor on site of work and consumed in the work during the
quarter duly supported with bill as recorded in cement consumption register or MB (for steel).
Conditions for variation in prices of cement and steel only:-
1. No Ceiling for escalation for difference in the cost of steel and cement will be applicable.
2. This clause shall be operative from the date of issue of work order and up to the expiry of original and extended
time limit., if the delay for the reasons attributed to the contractor, star rate is not payable, however recovery
will be effected.
3. This formula shall be used individually for cement/mild steel and Tor steel for calculating adjustment.
4. The cement and steel brought by the contractor on site of work shall be used only after the same is tested by the
Department.
5. If such materials are not found as per the requirement of I.S. specification, the same shall be removed by the
contractor for which no claim shall be entertained.
6. This clause will be applied to the work irrespective of the cost of the work.
Conditions for variation in rates of asphalt only: -
1. The Contractor shall procure asphalt directly from refinery only.
2. The Contractor will not be furnished “P” form for purchase of quantity of asphalt required for this work.
3. The Contractor will have to produce in original all the gate passes issued by the refinery and also the bill in
original to the Engineer-in-charge.
4. The Number of transport tanker carrying the asphalt shall be furnished by the contractor.
 39
5. The test certificate regarding the grade of asphalt as well as test result of asphalt from GERI Laboratory or other
Laboratory approved by R & B Department shall have to be produced.
6. The difference between the actual rate of purchase as per original bill of the refinery produced and the star rate
shown above in this clause shall be payable / recoverable for the quantity of asphalt actually used in this work.
This difference shall be payable / recoverable for the asphalt consumed in the work executed during original &
extended time limit, if time limit is extended for reasons of delay attributable to the department. This difference
shall not be payable for the work executed in extended time limit, when extension is given for the reason of
delay attributable to the contractor. However, in case if price of asphalt is decreased during the extended time
limit than difference between the actual rate of purchase and the quoted star rate shall be recovered from the
contractor.
7. (a) The difference will be payable /recoverable from the date of issue of work order and this price variation will
not be subject to any ceiling. In case the contractor has procured the asphalt, before issue of work order either of
original purchase rate or the prevailing rate of asphalt at the time of actual consumption in the work, whichever
is less will be considered for calculating the difference payable / recoverable.
(b) Variation in rates of asphalt shall be payable only after cross verification of refinery gate passes of asphalt
with the issuing refinery or in case of imported asphalt invoices shall be cross verified with statuary documents
of the authorized dealer and authorized importer.
8. No advance payment or secured Advance will be payable against asphalt.
9. This part of clause for price variation of asphalt will be applicable for works estimated to cost above Rs.5 Lacs
and involving use of asphalt.
10. It is permissible to use asphalt produced by Private Companies like ESSAR and imported asphalt also. If the
Contractor opt to use asphalt produced by Private Companies or imported asphalt, Condition No. 1, 3 & 6 above
shall be replaced and read as under :-
[Link] Contractor can procure asphalt produced by Private Company of India or imported asphalt and use in the
work.
[Link] Contractor will have to produce in original, the purchase invoice of asphalt.
[Link] calculation of variation in the rate of asphalt, the rate prevalent at Indian port at the time of purchase in
case of imported asphalt or and the rate as per purchase invoice in case of asphalt purchased from Private Indian
Company or Ex. refinery rate of Indian Public Sector undertaking refinery (IOC,HPCL,BPCL) on the date of
purchase, whichever is less, shall be considered for working out the difference and for comparison of the Star
rate shown above in this Clause. This difference shall be payable / recoverable for the asphalt consumed in the
work executed during original & extended time limit, if time limit is extended for reasons of delay attributable
to the department. This difference shall not be payable for the work executed in extended time limit, when
extension is given for the reason of delay attributable to the contractor. However, in case if price of asphalt is
decreased than difference between the actual rate of purchase and the quoted star rate shall be recovered from
the contractor.
(Authority R&B D GR No. TNC – 1089 (4) – C, dated 31-8-1991 modified vide GRs of even numbers dated
5-10-1991 & 7-4-1992, 21-10-2005 and [Link]. STR – 1097 – 182/H dated 27-11-97, 21-11-98, STR-102001-
M-34/29/H dtd 4-10-05 & 2-2-07 and STR/102006-1577-8-H dated 8/12/08 of R & B. D.)

CLAUSE 60: FENCING AND LIGHTING:

(a) The contractor shall, unless otherwise specified, be responsible for the proper fencing, lighting grading and
taking of the necessary safety measures for all works comprised in the contract and for the proper provision of
temporary road, way, foot-way , guards, fences, caution notices, etc. as far as the same may be rendered necessary
by reasons of the work for the accommodation of workmen, foot passengers or other traffic and of owners and
occupiers of adjacent property and the public and shall remain responsible for any accident that may occur on
account of his failure to take proper & timely precautions.
(b) All the arrangements made for fencing and lighting shall be maintained by the contractor through the currency
of the contract till the physical taking over of the work by department.

CLAUSE 61: LIABILITY OF ACCIDENTS TO PERSONS:

Responsibilities and liabilities lf the contractor under Workmen’s Compensation Act are given in clause No.37 in
addition following shall also apply:
(a) On the occurrence of an accident, which result in death of workmen employed y the contractor or which is so
serious as likely to result in death of any such workmen the contractor, shall within 24 hours of happening of
such Government against all loss or damage sustained by the Government resulting directly or indirectly from
 40
his failure to give intimation in the manner aforesaid including the penalties or fines, if any, payable by the
Government as a to the provisions of the said act in regard to such accident(s).
(b) In the case of an accident, in respect of which compensation may become payable under Workmen’s
Compensation Act whether by the contractor or by the Government as principal Employer, it shall be lawful
for the Engineer-in-charge to retain out of money due and payable to the Contractor, such sum or sum of
money as may, in the opinion of the Engineer-in-charge, be sufficient to meet such a liability, The opinion of
the Engineer-in-charge shall be final regard to all matters arising under this clause.

CLAUSE 62: ACCESS TO SITE AND WORK ON SITE:

The Engineer may, if he considers fit form to time, enter upon any land(s) which may be in possession of the contractor
this contract for the purpose of executing any work not included in this contract by agents or by other contractors, at this
opinion and the contractor shall, in accordance with the requirements of the Engineer-in –charge,
afford all reasonable facilities for execution of the work including occupation of lands by structure or otherwise for any
other contractor employed by the Government and his workmen for the workmen of the Government who may be
employed in the execution on or near the site of the work not included in the contract or of any contract in connection
with or ancillary to the work and in default, the contractor shall be liable to the Government for any delay or expenses
incurred by reason of such default. Provided always that if damage arising. Make a statement of the same to the
Engineer-in-charge who shall from time to time, assess the value in his judgment of such damage and goes Government
shall from time to time pay to the contractor the amounts (if any) accepted as justified by the Engineer-in-charge :

CLAUSE 63: REPORTS REGARDING LABOUR:

The Contractor shall submit the following reports to the Engineer-in-charge:
(I) A daily report in the suitable form of the strength of labour, both skilled and unskilled employed by him on the
work(s). The contractor shall increase or decrease the strength both skilled and unskilled if directed by the Engineer-in-
charge. The submission of such reports shall not, however, relieve the contractor of his responsibilities and duties
regarding progress or any other obligation under the contract
(ii) A classified weekly return in the suitable form of the number of person employed on the works during the
preceding week.
(iii) A weekly medical report in the suitable form showing the health of the contractor’s camp. The number of
persons ill or incapacities and the nature of their illness.
(iv) A report of any accident, which may have occurred to be sent within 24 hours of the occurrence.
(v) Such other report as may be prescribed.

CLAUSE 64: Treasure Trove:

In the event of discovery by the contractor or his employees, during the progress of work of any gold, silver, oil or other
minerals of any description and precious stones , treasures, coils, antiquates, relic, fossils or other articles or value of
interest whether geological, archaeological or any other such treasure & other things hall be deemed to be the absolute
property of the Government and the contractor shall duly preserve the same to the satisfaction of the Engineer-in-charge ,
form time to time, and relieve the same to such persons as the Engineer-in-charge may appoint.
The contract shall take all reasonable precautions to prevent his workmen other person from removing or damaging any
such articles or things, immediately after the discovery thereof and before removal acquaint the Engineer-in-charge with
discovery and carry out his orders for the disposal of the same.

CLAUSE 65: Indemnity:

The contractor shall indemnify the Government against all actions, suits, claims & demands through or made against the
Department in respect of work of this contractor against any loss damage to Department in consequence of any action or
suit being brought against the contractor for anything done or omitted to be done in execution of the work of this contract.

CLAUSE 66: Insurance of Labour:

The contractor shall be responsible to arrange for insurance of all labour, skilled and unskilled workers, supervisors etc.
employed by him as per labour regulation of the State.

Contractor to Provide the requisite proof of insurance towards Contractor’s All Risk Policy (CAR), covering all types of
accidents and disasters, for the full amount of project, in the joint name of the Contractor and the Employer, with a
validity up to successful completion of defect liability period if the contract awarded, before execution of agreement

CLAUSE 67: Setting Out:

The contractor shall be responsible for the true and proper setting out of the works and the correctness of positions,
levels, dimensions and alignments of all parts of the work and for the provisions of all necessary instruments, appliance
and labour in connection therewith if , at any time during the progress of the work, any errors, appear or arise in the
 41
position , levels, dimensions or alignments of any part of the work, the contractor, on being required to rectify such errors
by the Engineer-in-charge shall at his own expense do so to the satisfaction or the Engineer-in-charge . if however, such
error is based on incorrect data supplied in writing by the Engineer-in-charge , the expenses of rectifying the same shall
be borne by the Department. The checking of and setting out of any line or level by the Engineer-in-charge or his
representative shall not in any way, relive the contractor of his responsibilities for the correctness of the error. The
contractor shall carefully protect and observe all bench-mark, site-nails, page and other things used in setting out of the
work(s).

CLAUSE 68: Cement Register:

A register in the prescribed form showing day-to-day receipt, consumption and balance of cement on site of work will be
maintained by the Department, which shall invariably be signed daily by the contractor or his authorized representative in
token of its correctness.

CLAUSE 69: (1) Materials and Works Test Register and Core cutting Machine:
A register in the prescribed from showing day-to-day receipt, consumption and balance of cement on site of work
by the Department and every entry thereof shall invariably be signed by the Contractor or his authorized
representative in taken of its correctness.
(2) Contractors registered in special category-1 (Roads) will have to procure and keep available on site two core
cutting machines, similarly those registered in special category-2 (Roads) will have to procure and keep available
on site one core cutting machine on ownership basis. The thickness of sub base and base layers of road will be
tested by taking cores and recording results of layer thickness in paver site register. ( R & B. D. Circular No. RGN-
60-2006-35-C dated 26-05-06)
(3) In case of asphalt items ( other than BSG & BBM ) having total thickness of more than 50mm., the contractor
will take two to four core samples by his core cutting machine at the interval of 250 m. distance at each cross
section in the presence of Executive engineer. These samples will be sealed and will be sent for testing of thickness,
density & bituminous content in the approved laboratory. Five percent of the amount payable for asphalt items will
be withheld till the test results are received. If the results are not satisfactory, the action as per Conditions of
contract will be taken (R. & B. D. Circular No. RGN 602006 (35)-C dated 31-05-07).

CLAUSE 70: Progress Schedule:

(a) The contractor shall furnish within one month (unless extended by the Engineer-in-charge) of the order to start
the work, the progress schedule in quadruplicate indicating the date or staring. The monthly progress expected to be
achieved and the anticipated completion date of each major item of work to be done by him, also indicating dates
of, procurement and setting up the materials, plants and machinery. The schedule should include a statement of
proposed general and detailed arrangements for caring out works, and of item, order and manner in such it is
proposed general and detailed arrangements for caring out works, and of item, order and manner in which it is
proposed that these shall be executed. The practice to the achievement towards completion of the work in the time
limit and of the particular items on the dates specified in the contract and shall have the approval of the Engineer-in-
charge. Further the dates for the progress, as in this schedule shall be adhered to.
(a) in case it is sound necessary, at any stage to alter the schedule the contractor shall submit in good, time a
revised schedule incorporating necessary modification proposed and get the same approved from the Engineer-
in-charge . No revised schedule shall be operative without such acceptance in writing. The Engineer-in-charge
is further empowered to ask for more detailed schedule or schedule any by week, for any item or items and the
contractor shall supply the same as and when asked for.
(b) The Engineer-in-charge shall have, at all times, the right, without in any way vitiating this contract forming
grounds for any claim, to after the order of the work of any part there of and the contractor shall after receiving
such direction, proceed in the order directed. The contractor shall also revise the progress. Schedules
accordingly and submit four copies of the revised schedule to the Engineer-in-charge within seven days of the
said Engineer's direction to alter the order of works.
(c) The contractor shall furnish sufficient plant, equipment and labour and shall work such hours and shifts as may
be necessary to maintain the progress of the work as per approved progress-schedule, The working and shift
shall company with all the Government regulations in force and shall be such, as may be approved by the
Engineer-in-charge and the same not be varied without the prior approval of Engineer-in-charge.
(d) The contractor shall from time to time as may be required by the Engineer-in-charge furnish the Engineer-in-
charge with a statement in writing of the arrangements he proposes to adopt for the execution of this contract
and the Engineer-in-charge may, if he considers necessary at any time advise alternation in the same which the
contractor shall adopt on notice thereof.
 42
(e) The progress-schedule(s) shall be in the form of progress chart, forms, statements and/ or reports as may be
approved by the Engineer-in-charge.
The contractor shall submit four copies showing the progress of the work in the form of a chart etc. at periodical
intervals as may be specified by Engineer-in-charge.
(f) The approval of the progress schedules by the Engineer-in-charge shall not relieve the contractor of schedule
required by the Engineer-in-charge shall not entitle the contractor to any extra payment.

CLUASE 71: Secured Advance To Contractor: Deleted

CLAUSE 72: Advance Payment: Deleted

CLAUSE 73 – Deleted
CLAUSE 74 - Deleted
CLAUSE 75: Before starting the work, the contractor will have to obtain the license from the District Assistant
Labour Commissioner under the Contract Labour (Regulation and Abolition) Act. 1970 and contract Labour
(regulation and Abolition ) Gujarat Rules 1972 after paying necessary fees and deposit on the basis of the number of
labour to be employed on the work and will have to supply two true copies of the said license to the Executive
engineer before the work is started.
CLAUSE 76: One percent of estimated cost put to tender for this work after deducting the cost of materials as per
Schedule 'A' valued at basic rate in the sanctioned estimate shall be deducted from the running account bills of the
contractor for testing the quality of materials and workmanship, no additional testing charges in addition to the
above shall be recovered from the contractor (Applicable to R&B Works only) ([Link]. R&B TNC-1085-4-C,
Dated 20-12-91)
The Engineer in charge will get the cement and steel tested in laboratories of G.E.R.I. Engineering Colleges,
Polytechnics, Engineers India Ltd, D.G.T.D. and other laboratories approved by R & B or Water Resources
Department or Industries Department and the test results of these Laboratories will be binding to the Contractor
about suitable of use of materials (G.R. No R & B TNC /1088 /IB / 220 / 18 - C Dated 31-3-05)
However in respect of works involving use of asphalt, the contractor will set up the site testing Laboratory and will
provide testing instruments etc. as under:
Laboratory: The contractor will construct pucca structure of minimum 25 square meter area duly connected with
water and electric supply to house site testing Laboratory.
Instruments: The contractor will provide and install the instruments as per following. I.S. Standard to carry out the
test prescribed therein.
1. Penetration test as per I.S. 1203 2. Softening point test as per I.S. 1204
3. Ductility test as per I.S. 1208 4. Viscosity test as per I.S.1206
5. Specification gravity test as per I.S.1202
The instruments provided should be as per I.S. Standard, so certified and be regularly and periodically calibrated.
Frequency of tests will be as indicated in specifications and as referred in (R&B. D. G.R. No. SSR-1099-IB/91(9)-C
dated 26-7-2099)
B\0 *&P! o SMg8=FS8Z wJFZF 5]ZF 5F0JFDF\ VFJ[, DF,;FDFGGF S[8,F\ 5ZL1F6M SZFJJF T[ V\U[GF ccXL0I], VMO 8[:8L\Ucc VF HM0[ ;FD[, K[P VFJF
5ZL1F6M 5{SL !_@ DFgI ,[AMZ[8ZLqU[ZL4 ALHF !_@ 5ZL1F6M U[ZL ,[AMZ[8ZL VG[ AFSLGF (_@ 5ZL1F6M OL<0 ,[AMZ[8ZLDF\ SZFJJFGF ZC[X[P 5Z\T] U[ZLDF\
GLR[GF NZ[S 5{SL VMKFDF\ VMK]\ V[S 5ZL1F6 U[ZL ,[AMZ[8ZLDF\ TYF VMKFDF\ VMK]\ V[S 5ZL1F6 U[ZL q ;ZSFZ DFgI ,[AMZ[8ZLDF\ VG[ AFSLGF :Y/ p5Z
:YF5[, ,[AMZ[8ZLDF\ SZFJJFGF ZC[X[P
• V[P V[U|LU[8 s!f U|[0[XG sZf O,[SLG[X VG[ .,MgU[XG J[<I] s#f .d5[S8 J[<I] s$f JM8Z V[A;M5"XG
• ALP DF8L s!f OL<0 V[OP0LP0LP VG[ V[OPV[DP;LP sZf ;LJ V[GF,L;L;
• ;LP Z[TL s!f U|[0[XG
• 0LP .\8M s!f 0FID[gXG VG[ 8M,Zg; 8[:8 sZf JM8Z V[A;M5"XG
• .P SMgS|L8 s!f GMG 0L:8=S8LJ 8[:8 sV<8=F ;MGLS 8[:8L\U 5wWlTYLf sZf ;d5 8[:8 s#f SMd5|[;LJ :8=[gY
• V[OP AL8I]DLG; DLS; s!f 0FDZGL 8SFJFZLP
• HLP0=FI DL1F D8LZLI, s!f U|[0[XG
*&P!PZP :Y/ 5ZGF 5ZL1F6M DF8[ .HFZNFZ[ :J BR[" H~ZL TDFD ;FWGM ;CLTGL OL<0 8[:8L\U ,[AMZ[8ZL SFDGF :Y/[ IMuI HuIF p5Z :YF5JFGL
ZC[[X[P Z:TFGF SFD DF8[ %,Fg8GF :Y/[ SFDG]\ :Y/ U6JFDF\ VFJX[P 5Z\T] SFDG]\ :Y/ ,[AMZ[8ZL N]Z CMI TM .HFZNFZzL wJFZF DMAF., ,[AMZ[8ZLGL
H~ZL jIJ:YF ZFBJFGL ZC[X[P
*&P!P#P WFZFWMZ6 5|DF6[GF 5ZL1F6F[GL ;\bIF 5{SL (_ @ 5ZL1F6 OL<0 ,[AF[Z[8ZLDF\ .HFZNFZGF VlWS'T SJF[,LOF.0 .HG[Z H[VF[G[ ;\A\lWT
SFI"5F,S .HG[ZzLV[ I-CARD VF5[, CF[I T[DGF £FZF BFTFGF GFIA SFI"5F,S .HG[ZzL q DNNGLX .HG[Z q VlWS DNNGLX .HG[ZGL
 43
CFHZLDF\H SZJFGF ZC[X[ VG[ 5lZ6FDMDF\ ;\I]ST ;CLVM SZJFGL ZC[X[P HIFZ[ !_ @ 5ZL1F6 U[ZL q ;ZSFZ £FZF DFgI ,[AF[Z[8ZL sVMKFDF\ VMK]\ V[S
5ZL1F6f VG[ !_@ 5ZL1F6 U[ZL ,[AMZ[8ZLDF\ sVMKFDF\ VMK]\ V[S 5ZL1F6f DFZOT[ SZJFGF ZC[X[P
*&P!P$P S], 5ZL1F6F[GF (_ @ 5ZL1F6 V[SH :Y/[ V[SH ;DI[ V[S H TASSFDF\ GCL SZTF\ SFDGL 5|UlT D]HA H[ TASSFV[ H[ T[ SFDULZLG[ VG]~5 H[
D8LZLI<; JF5ZJFG]\ YT]\ CF[I T¡VG];FZ X~VFTGF TASSFDF\ ZFBJ]\ TYF JrR[GF TASSFDF\ T[DH VFBZL TASSFDF\ SZFJJFG]\ ZC[X[P VFD KTF\ VF
AFAT[ :YFlGS S1FFV[YL GFIA SFI"5F,S .HG[ZzL V[ H~ZLIFT D]HA TASSFJFZ 5ZL1F6F[GL ;\bIF GSSL SZX[P
*&P!P5P U]6J¿F lGIDG WFZF WF[Z6 5|DF6[GF AWF H ZHL:8Z lGIlDT ZLT[ lGEFJJFGF ZC[X[ VG[ T[ H[ :Y/[ ,[AF[Z[8ZLDF\ p5,aW ZC[ T[D ZFBJFGF
ZC[X[P
*&P!P&P HF[ SF[. SFZ6;Z 8[:8L\U GF ;FWG V5|F%I CF[I VYJF J;FJJFDF\ ;DI HFI T[D CF[I S[ jIJCFZ] G CF[I sH[D S[ .,[S8=F[D[8LS A[ZL\Uf TF[ VFJF
5ZL1F6F[ ;ZSFZ DFgI ;\:YFVF[DF\ SZFJL XSFX[ VG[ VF AFATGF[ lG6"I ;\A\lWT SFI"5F,S .HG[ZzL q GFIA SFI"5F,S .HG[ZzL SZX[P H[ SMg8=FS8Z G[
A\WGSTF" ZC[X[P U[ZLDF\ G Y. XS[ T[JF 8[:8 ;ZSFZ DFgI ,[AMZ[8ZLDF\ SZFJL XSFX[P
*&P!P*P U[ZLDF\ ;ZSFZ DFgI ,[AMZ[8ZLDF\ SZFJJFGF 8[:8L\UGM BR" .HFZNFZzL wJFZ EMUJJFGM ZC[X[ VG[ HM .HFZNFZ SFDGL ;F.8 p5Z ,[AMZ[8ZL
G :YF5[ TM SFDGL V\NFHL lS\DTGF !@ DIF"NF J;],FT DF8[ ;LDLT ZC[X[ GlCP 5Z\T] BZ[BZ R]SJJF5F+ AL,GL ZSD VFWFZLT J;], SZFX[P sDFPDP
lJEFUGF[ TFP #!q!Zq_) GF[ 5lZ5+ S|DF\S o 5ZRq!_Z__*qZ(q;f
;ZSFZzLGF K[<,F 5lZ5+ 5|DF\S 5ZRv!_vZ__*vZ(q; TFP #!q!ZqZ__) D]HA VD, SZJFGF[ ZC[X[P
B\0 *&PZ ov VF SFD DF8[ .HFZNFZ wJFZF JF5ZJFDF\ VFJTL l;D[g8GL BF,L Y[,LVM lJEFUG[ Z5 Y[,LGF A\0,DF\ O|L VMO SM:8 5ZT VF5JFGL ZC[X[P
JF5Z[,L Y[,LVMGF 5 8SF J[:8[H U6L AFSL )5 8SF Y[,LVM l0lJhGGF D]bI DYSGF 5LP0A<I]P 0LP:8MZDF\ 5CM\RF0JFGL ZC[X[P sDFPDPlJPGM
TFPZv!vZ__$ GM 5ZL5+ 5ZR q !Z_# q #)Z( q G f

B\0 ** o – Deduction of GST at source

The deduction of GST at source from the running bill at the time of payment is deductable from the bills according
to current practice of R&B. (R&B Order no: TNC-10-2017-01-C Date.29.08.2017)

B\0v*( o R}SJ6FGF AL,DF\YL YI[, SFDGL lS\DTGF !@ ,[B[ cclA<0L\U V[g0 VWZ Sg:8=SXG JS" J[,O[Z ;[; V[S8cc VG[ T[ C[9/ 30FI[, U] HZFTGF
!))(GF lGIDMGF lGIDv5 GL HMUJF. D]HA pST ;[; GM OF/M J;], SZJFDF\ VFJX[ szD VG[ ZMHUFZ lJEFUGL TFP#!P_!P_5GL VlW;]RGF
S|DF\S o HLV[RVFZqZ__5q_$q ;L0A<I]V[qZ__$q($!qDv# VG[ T[ lJEFUGM TFP _)P!ZP_5GM 9ZFJ S|DF\S o ;L0A<I]V[qZ__$q!(#!qDv#f
TYF DFPDP lJEFUGM TFP _ZP!ZP_&GM 5ZL5+ S|DF\S o V[;V[RVFZq!_Z__$[Link]$!sZ$fq;P
Annexures : The information in the following annexure specimens should be furnished on separate letter pad if
necessary.

Signature of Contractor Signature of Municipal

Commissioner
 44

ANNEXURE - 1
(Referred to in Condition No.-2 General Rules and Direction for the guidance of Contractors. )
To,
The Municipal Commissioner Place :
Division : Date :
Details regarding my our partners our Company (in the case of limited Company ) Names, address(es) , telephone
numbers(s) income tax etc. are as under :
Sr. Name(s) of Full address of Telephone Residential Telephone Full address of
No. Person/Partner the place of No.(s) address(es) No.(s) income tax office
Director of the business (with (office) (Resi) ward where
company pin code) income tax return
is filed
1 2 3 4 5 6 7

I/We hereby agree to intimate to you about change if any, in the above-mentioned address(s) and telephone No.(s)
within Fifteen days of its occurrence till may/our deposit, for the said work paid by me/us is not returned to me/us.

Dated Signature of Tenderer

 45

ANNEXURE-2
8[g0Z VF.8DMGF EFJM EZTL JBT[ U6TZLDF\ ,LW[, DH]ZL TYF :5[XLOLS[XGDF\ H6FjIF D]HA DF,;FDFG V\U[GF SFDGF :Y/GF 50TZ EFJM sNZf
V\U[GL lJUTP s VF lJUT #_ ,FB SZTF p5ZGF\ SFDDF\ EZL ZH] SZJL OZHLIFT K[Pf
Vf DH]ZLGF N{lGS NZ !f S0LIF4 ;]YFZ4 %,dAZ4 :SL<0 SFZLUZMGF NZ ~FP
Zf EL:TL4 C[<5Z4 JU[Z[ ;[DL :SL<0 SFZLUZMGF NZ ~FP
#f DH]ZM s:+Lv5]~QFf VF:SL<0 DH]ZMGF NZ ~FP
!f DSFGM
VG]\ 8[g0Z VF.8D G\P DF,;FDFGGL lJUT I]lG8 NZ
!P .\8MP !___ G\U ~FP
ZP 5yYZ R6TZGM WPDL ~FP
BF6 ,L0
S5RL !Z DLDL YL Z_ DLDL
#P BF6 WPDL ~FP
$P ,L0 SLPDL ~FP
Z[TL 5|F%TL :YFG ,L0 SLDL
5P ,FS0]\ ;FULgS8 ;F.h
s;Z[ZFX IFNL DF8[f
sVf AFZL RMPDL ~FP
sAf AFZ6F RMPDL ~FP
&P O,MZL\U 8F.<; RMPDL ~FP
*P 5M,L; SM8F :8MG HF0F. DLDLP RMPDL ~FP
(P U[<J[GF.h 5F.5
Vf Z5 DLDL NZPDL ~FP
Af !Z DLDL NZPDL ~FP
Zf sZ:TFVMf SFDGF :Y/ p5ZGF EFJ
VG]\P 8[g0Z DF,;FDFGL lJUT BF6 5|Fl%T :YFG]\ ,L0 I]lG8 NZ ~FP
VG]\P GFD s;Z[ZFXf SLPDLP
!P D]ZD WPDLP
ZP CF0" D]ZD WPDLP
#P Z[TL WPDLP
$P D[8, WPDLP
5P S5RL !Z DLDL YL Z_ DLDL WPDLP
&P 5yYZ 5LRL\U DF8[ WPDLP
#f CM8 DL1FGF SFDM DF8[ SFDGF :Y/ p5ZGF 50TZGF EFJ
VG]\P 8[g0Z VG]\P lJUT I]lG8 NZ ZLDFS;"
!P S5RL WPDLP
ZP U|L8 WPDLP
#P A<S VF:OF\<8 D[P 8G
$P 0FDZ SFDGL DH]ZL D[P 8G
$f 5],MGF SFDM o SFD :Y/ p5ZGF EFJ
VG]\P 8[g0Z VG]\P DF,;FDFGL lJUT BF6 5|Fl%T :YFG]\ ,L0 SLPDLP s;Z[ZFXf I]lG8 I]lG8 NZ ~FP
!P DXLG S:0 D[8, WPDLP
ZP S5RL WPDLP
#P U|L8 WPDLP
$P Z[TL WPDLP
5P CF. 8[g;F.,JF8Z D[P 8G
V[SZFZ 5+
p5ZMST 5lZlXQ8MDF\ VF5[, 8[g0ZDF\ EZ[, EFJMGL RSF;6L V\U[ CM. T[ BFTFG[ A\WGSTF" ZC[X[ GCLP T[DH T[GF\ NXF"J[, BF6 DYS[YL :5L;LOLS[XG
D]HAGM DF,;FDFG GCL D/[ TM T[ :5LXLOLS[XG 5|DF6[GFM DF,;FDFG BFT] DFgI SZ[ T[ VgI HuIFV[YL ,FJL VF5LX] H[ DF8[ SM. J/TZGM S,[ .D
D]SJFDF VFJX[ GlCP
 46

ANNEXURE - 3
PERFORMANCE BOND
(See Clause No. 1)

(The date of this bond must not be prior to the date of the instrument in connection with which it is given )

Principal (Contractor)

Surety (Bank)

Sum of bond (express in words and figures)

Contract No. and date of Contract

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENT, THAT WE, THE PRINCIPALS AND SURETY: Above named are
held and firmly bound up to the ……………………………….. hereinafter called the Employer in the amount
stated for payment of which sum, well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators
and successors jointly and severally, firmly by these presents subject to the provisions of which the aforesaid
Contractor on demand and without demand on a claim being made by the Employer.
THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH : That whereas the principals have entered in to a contract
with the Employer numbered and dates as shown above and hereto attached for the execution of work
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………………
NOW THEREFORE, if the Principal shall well and truly perform and fulfill at the undertakings, covenants, terms,
conditions and agreements of said contract during the original terms of the said Contract and any extensions thereof
that may be granted by the Employer with or without notice to the surety and during the life or any guarantee
required under the contract and shall also well and truly perform and fulfill all the Undertakings, covenants terms,
conditions and agreements of any all duty and unduly authorised modifications of said Contract that may hereafter
be made, notice of which modifications to the surety being hereby waived or shall pay over, make good and
reimburse to the Employer all loss and damages which the employer may sustain by reason of failure or default on
the part of said Principal so to do.
We ………………………………………………. further agree that the guarantee herein contained shall remain in
full force and effect during the period that would be taken for the validity of the said Contract, and that it shall
continue to be enforceable till all the dues of the employer under or by virtue of the Contract have been fully paid
and its claims satisfied or discharge or till the Employer certifies that the terms and conditions and accordingly
discharges the guarantee. Unless a demand or claim under this guarantee is made on us in writing on or before the
……………………………………………… we shall be discharged from all liability under this guarantee
thereafter.
IN WITNESS WHERE OF, the above bounded parties have executed this instrument under their several seals on
the date indicated above the name and corporate seal of each corporate partly being hereto affixed and these
presents duly signed by its undersigned representatives, pursuant to authority of its governing body.
In the presence of witness Individual
Principal
1……………………………………………as to ……………………………………….. (Seal)
2……………………………………………as to ……………………………………….. (Seal)
3……………………………………………as to ……………………………………….. (Seal)
4……………………………………………as to ……………………………………….. (Seal)
by…………………………… ……………. affix Corporate Seal

Attested Corporate surety

Business address
Affix by …………………………………………................…Corporate Seal
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
 47
Title______________________________________________________________________ ________

For and on behalf of the Employer

ANNEXURE - 4
LIST OF WORKS ALREADY COMPLETED BY THE TENDERER
.HFZNFZ[ 5}ZF SZ[, SFDMGL IFNL
Sr. No. Name of work Place Cost on Time taken in months To Remarks
completion complete the work

S|DF\S SFDG]\ GFD :Y/ 5}ZF YI[, SFDGL SFD 5]Z] SZJF DF8[ ,LW[, ;DI lJX[QF GM\W
lS\DT DF;DF\
1 2 (a) 2 (b) 3 4 5

Note : Necessary certificate from office concerned shall be attached with the tender
;A\lWT VlWSFZLG]\ H~ZL 5|DF65+ 8[g0Z ;FY[ ZFBJ]\P

ANNEXURE - 5
LIST OF PLANT AND MACHINERY IN GOOD WORKING ORDER AVAILABLE WITH
TENDERER
.HFZNFZ 5F;[ ;FZL VG[ RF,] CF,TDF\ CMI T[JF I\+M VG[ VMHFZMGL IFNL
Sr. No. Plant or Location Age of Make Capacity Approximate Remark
Machinery Machinery Value
S|DF\S VMHFZM VYJF :Y/ DXLGZL S[8,F JQF¶ AGFJ8 1FDTF V\NFHL lS\DT lJX[QF GM\W
I\+M H]GL K[P
1 2(a) 2(b) 3 4 5 6 7

ANNEXURE - 6
DECLARATION REGARDIG WORKS ON HAND WITH TENDERER
.HFZNFZGF CFY 5Z CMI T[JF SFDGL lJUT
Sr. Name of Place Estimated Date of Stipulated Amount of Brief Remark
No. work :Y/ Cost issue of period of work done details of lJX[QF GM\W
S|DF\S SFDG]\ GFD V\NFHL lS\DT work order completion on date of delay if any
SFD X~ SFD 5]Z] filling -L, HM YI[,
SZJFGF SZJFGL lGIT tender CMI TM T[GF
C]SDGL TFZLB D]NT 8[g0Z EIF¶ 8}\SDF\ SFZ6M
TFZLB

1 2(a) 2(b) 3 4 5 6 7 8

Note 1 : Amount of work in column 6 should be given up to the month previous to the month in which tenders are
invited.
GM\W ov VF;G & DF\ H[ DF;DF\ 8[g0Z DF\UJFDF\ VFjI] CMI T[ 5C[,FGF DF;GF V\T ;]WL SZ[, SFDMGL ZSD NXF¶JJLP
Note 2: Necessary certificate from the officer concerned shall be attached with the tender.
 48

SCHEDULE – 'A' VG];]lRvcSc

Schedule showing (approximately) the materials to be supplied from the Public works store for work
contracted to executed and the rates at which they are to be charged for
H[ SFD CFY WZJF DF8[ SMg8=FS8 SZFIM CMI T[ SFDDF\ AF\WSFD lJEFUGF :8MZDF\YL 5}ZM 5F0JFGM DF,;FDFG s VFXZ[ f VG[ T[ V\U[ J;],
,[JFGF NZ NXF¶JTL VG];}lR
Particulars Approximate Rate at which the materials will be Place of delivery
lJUT quantity charged to the contractor 0L,LJZLG]\ :Y/
V\NFHL HyYM SMg8=FS8Z 5F;[YL DF,;FDFG DF8[ ,[JFGM YTM NZ

! Z # $ 5
Unit V[SD Rate in Rupees
EFJ ~l5IFDF\

------ Nil -------

GM\W ! ov VF SFDDF\ JF5ZJF ;LD[g8 VYJF :8L, TYF SM.56 SFDDF\ DF,;FDFG lJEFU TZOYL 5]ZL 5F0JFDF\ VFJX[ GCLP sDFPDPlJP
9ZFJ S|DF\S o 8LPV[GP;LPq!_((qVF.PALPqZZ_v!(v ; TFP #!v#v_5 f 5Z\T] GD¶NF4 H/;\5ltT VG[ 5F6L 5]ZJ9F lJEFU wJFZF
SFDDF\ JF5ZJF H~ZL :8L, lJEFU wJFZF 5]~ 5F0JFGL HMUJF. TFP Z#v&v)* GF lJEFUGF 9ZFJ S|DF\S V[;P8LPV[,Pq !_) q S[ q 5( q
EFU sCf wJFZF RF,] ZFBJFDF\ VFJ[ K[P VF V\U[ XL0I], vV[ DF\ H[ HMUJF. SZJFDF\ VFJ[ T[ VFBZL U6FX[P
GM\WvZ ov ;LD[g8 ov HIFZ[ ;LD[g8 .HFZNFZ wJFZF SFDDF\ JF5ZJF ,FJJFDF\ VFJ[ tIFZ[ VFJM ;LD[g8 .HFZNFZ [Link][;P5|DF65+JF/F
TYF D}/ pt5FNS S\5GLDF\YL ;LWL ZLT[ D[/JJFGM ZC[ K[P VG[ T[GL BZF. DF8[ T[GF R]SJ6FGF AL,M [Link][ ZH] SZJFGF ZC[XP[ VFJM
;LD[g8 S\5GLGF VlWST lJS|[TF 5F;[YL BZLNL XSFX[[ GCL 5Z\T] EFJ JWFZFGF :8FZ Z[.8 D]HA R]SJ6] SZJF V\U[GL U6TZLDF\ ,[JFGF
;LD[g8GF EFJM VlWST lJS|[TF 5F;[YL D[/JL XSFI4 5Z\T] VlWST lJS|[TF 5F;[YL BZLN SZL XSFI GCLP s TFP&v$v)( GF[ DFPDPlJP5lZ5+
8LV[G;L q !_((q [Link] q s!(f q ; f
GM\W ov# ov ,MB\0 ov HIFZ[ ,MB\0 .HFZNFZ wJFZF ,FJJFDF\ VFJ[ tIFZ[ T[ V\U[G]\ AL, V;,DF\ [Link][ ZH] SZJFG]\ ZC[X[PVG[ VFJF :8L,G]\
U[ZL ,[AMZ[8ZL S[ .HG[ZL SM,[H S[ 5M,L8LSGLSDF\ 8[:8L\U SZFjIF AFN H :8L, SFDDF\ JF5ZJF N[JFDF\ VFJX[P
GM\W $ ov 0FDZ ov HIFZ[ SFDDF\ JF5ZJF 0FDZ .HFZNFZ wJFZF ,FJJFGM CMI tIFZ[ T[ 0FDZ .HFZNFZ[ VM., [Link]\YL 5{;F EZL
tIF\YL H ;LWM BZLNJFGM ZC[X[PVF V\U[ .HFZNFZ[ 5]ZL SZJFGL XZTM GLR[ D]HA ZC[X[P s!f .HFZNFZ 0FDZ SIF\YL ,FjIF T[ V\U[G]\ AL,
V;,DF\ SFP.P G[ ZH] SZJFG]\ ZC[X[P sZf [Link] U[85F; 56 AL, ;FY[ ;FD[, SZJFGF ZC[X[P s#f 0FDZ H[ 8[gSZDF\ ,FJJFDF\ VFJ[ T[
8[gSZGM JFCG G\AZ ATFJJFGM ZC[X[P s$f 0FDZ p5Z .HFZNFZzLG[ V[0JFg; 5[D[g8 VYJF ;LSIM0¶ V[0JFg; D/L XSX[ GCLP
s5f .HFZNFZ[ ZH] SZ[, V;, AL,DF\ 0FDZGM U|[0 s SJM,L8L V\U[ f p<,[B CMJM HM.V[P VF V\U[ .HFZNFZ[ 0FDZGF U|[0 V\U[G]\ 8[:8 ZLh<8
q U|[0 V\U[G]\ 5|DF65+ ZH] SZJFG]\ ZC[X[P s&f .HFZNFZ[ 0FDZGL VFJS qJ5ZFX q ART V\U[G]\ ZHL:8Z %,Fg8 q ;F.8 p5Z lGEFJJFG]\
ZC[X[P s DFPDPlJP5lZ5+ S|DF\S V[;P8LPVFZ q!_)* q (Z q C TFPZ*v!!v)* VG[ Z!v!!v)( f
Note 5: The person or firm submitting the tender should see that the rates in the above schedule are filled
up by the Engineer-in-charge the issue of the form prior to the submission of the tender.
GF[\W 5 o 8[g0Z ZH] SZGFZ jIlST S[ 5[-LV[ 8[g0Z ZH] SZTF\ 5C[,F\ T[G[ VF5JFDF\ VFJTF\ OMD¶DF\ CJF,FGF .HG[Z[ p5ZGL VG];]lRDF\ NZ EZL
VF%IF CMI T[GL BFTZL ,[JLP
Note 6 : Store to be supplied to contractors for a work free of cost should be mentioned in Schedule 'A' in
addition to schedule 'B' and the specification attached to the contract agreement form.
GF[\W & o SF[. SFD DF8[ SF[g8=FS8Z G[ lJGF D]<I[ 5]ZF[ 5F0JFGF[ DF,v;FDFG VG];}lR cBc T[DH SF[g8=FS8Z GF SZFZ ;FY[ HF[0[,L lJUTF[GL IFNL
p5ZF\T VG];}lR cSc DF\ H6FJJ]\P

Signature of Contractor Signature of Municipal Commissioner

 49

SCHEDULE ' B'

Memorandum showing items works to be carried out:
CFY WZJFGF SFDGL AFATM NXF¶JTL IFNL

Items No. Quantities item of work Tendered Rates Unit Total amount
AFAT G\AZ estimated out SFDGL AFAT 8[g0ZDF\ NXF"J[, NZ V[SD according to
or less In In estimated
V\NFH[, HyYM H[ Figure Words quantities
VMKM JtTM Y. XS[ V\NFHL HyYF VG];FZ
S], ZSD
1 2 3 4 5 6 7

As per Separate sheet

attached

I/We am / are willing to carry out the work at ...................................................................................... % above/ below
percent (Should be written in figures and words) of the estimated rate mentioned above. Amount of my / our tender
works out as under.

(A) Tendered Amount Rs. .....................................

(B) Rebate on above tendered amount (if any).................... % (in figure) Rs. .....................................

(.............................................................................................................................................. in words)

(C) Net tendered amount (A - B) Rs. .....................................

In words (Rupees .................................................................................................................................)

Notes 1 - All work shall be carried out as per Public Works Department Handbook and other specifications of
Division or as directed.
GM\W v !ov AW]\ H SFD AF\WSFD lJEFUGL 5]l:TSF VG[ l0lJhGGL ALHL BF; lJUT D]HA VYJF ;}RGF 5|DF6[ SZL VF5JFG]\ ZC[X[P

Notes 2 - Rates quoted include clearance of site (prior commencement of work and at its close) in all respects and
hold good for work under all conditions, site, moisture, weather etc.
GM\W v Z ov 8F\S[,F NZDF\4 :Y/GL s SFDGF VFZ\E[ VG[ 5}~ YFI T[ JBT[ f NZ[S ZLT[ ;FO;}OL SZJFGM ;DFJ[X YFI K[P VG[ T[ NZ TDFD 5lZl:YlT 4
:Y/4 E[H4 CJFDFG JU[Z[ C[9/ SFD DF8[ VD,DF\ ZC[X[P

Signature of the contractor: Signature of the Municipal Commissioner:

 50

SCHEDULE - C
(See Clause No. 2)
Time Schedule, for completion of different designated parts of the work and rate of liquidated to be paid by the
Contractor, if he fails to complete the part of work within stipulated time limit is as detailed below:

Time Schedule of Completion

Percentage of time of the total Percentage of work Rate of liquidated damages per
time limit day
1 2 3
Earth Work
25 % 16 % 0.1 %
50 % 50 % 0.1 %
75 % 75 % 0.1 %
100 % 100 % 0.1 %
Building work
25 % 10 % 0.1 %
50 % 40 % 0.1 %
75 % 80 % 0.1 %
100 % 100 % 0.1 %
Road work
25 % 25 % 0.1 %
50 % 50 % 0.1 %
75 % 75 % 0.1 %
100 % 100 % 0.1 %
Bridge work
25 % 10 % 0.1 %
50 % 40 % 0.1 %
75 % 80 % 0.1 %
100 % 100 % 0.1 %

(As corrected vied B & CD GR. No. TNC - 1091 - IB - 10 / (11) - C, dated 29-6-92)

Signature of the contractor: Signature of the Municipal Commissioner:

 ANNEXURE - 7
SPECIAL CONDITION

Special Clause - I

The unit rates of controlled cement concrete items for RCC work of mix M-
15, M-20, M-25, M-30 ,M-35, M-40 and M-45 included in tender are taken
considering cement consumption as shown below in Table-A.
TABLE-A

Sr. No. Grade of Controlled Cement Consumption Remarks

Cement Concrete as per SOR in Kg/Cmt.
1 M-15 290
2 M-20 360
3 M-25 380
4 M-30 410
5 M-35 425
6 M-40 440
7 M-45 450

The contractor has to submit the mix design for different grades of cement
concrete at his own cost before execution as directed and to be approved from
the Engineer-in-charge. Reduction in rates particular RCC items put into the
tenders by the contractor shall be given according to the cement consumption of
the approved mix design of cement concrete for that item. If the cement
consumption of the mix design is less than as prescribed in Table-A the recovery
shall be carried out as per the input rate of cement mentioned in Clause-59 OF
FORM B2. In any case cement consumption more than prescribed as in table-A
shall be not paid. The condition is also applicable to the (i) excess quantity for RCC
items and (ii) extra item rate lists. This condition is to be followed in addition to
Clause-14.

-1-
Special Clause - II :

Special Conditions of Contract

Free Maintenance Guarantee period of three years.

(1) The contractor shall have to give three years free maintenance guarantee from
the certified date of completion. During the period contractor shall have to
repair the damaged portion of the Road / Bridge and B.T. surface of road at his
risk and cost as per direction of Engineer-in-charge. If B.T. surface during
maintenance period of 3 years is warned out then agency shall have to provide
renewal coating as per tender item as directed by the Engineer-in-charge. If any
damage is observed (noticed during maintenance period, Agency has to repair as
per standard practice of repairing (SP/40). The amount equivalent to 5% of each
running bill shall be deposited and will be released after the free maintenance
guarantee period (i.e. 3 years) is over.

(2) If the sealing surface during the period is worn out or degenerates then the
contractor will have to provide renewal coat with wearing coat as originally laid
by contractor.

(3) A close monitoring of the following likely deficiencies will maintain the road to its
normal position.

TABLE 1 : TYPE OF DEFECTS & LEVEL OF SERVICE

Sr. Type of Defects Level of Service

No
1 Pot holes shallow & deep Area of each exceeding 25 sq. cm. & 1 cm.
depth
2 Cracking –Type, width & extent Over all not to exceed 5 % of surface area.

3 Ruts extent Not exceeding 20mm. (depth of rut measured

with 2m. straight edge with a length of 10m. at
a place)
4 Corrugations Not exceeding 25mm. (depth of rut measured
with 3m. straight edge) Area exceed 1m
5 Reveling Not to exceed [Link] an area
6 Bleeding Not to exceed 5 % of surface area
7 Edge drop Not to exceed 50mm.
8 Broken edge Not to exceed 5 %
9 Patch work Should not exceed 30 % in case, if exceeds
surface to be renewal with wearing coat as
originally land by contractor

-2-
(A) Maintenance Norms for Road Works

Sr. Distress and service Level Remedy Period to

No attend for
the
Contractor
1 Potholes – area of each exceeding 25 Patching / Pothole filling One Month
sq. cm. and 1 cm. in depth MORT & H Specification
irrespective of number 3004.1
2 Cracks exceeding 5 % of area in each MORT & H Specification
K.m. 3004.1
(a) Width of crack less than 3 mm. Fog seal Clause 518 of MORT One Month
&H
(b) Width of crack more than 3 mm. Slurry seal Clause 516 of One Month
MORT & H
( c) Alligator cracking more than 5 % Full depth patching One Month
( d) Broken edge exceeding 5 % Repair and reconstruct One Month
Shoulder with good quality
material
3 Rutting depth of rut exceeding 10 Full depth patching One Month
mm. with a length of 10m. at a place
4 Corrugation area exceeds 1sq. mat a Full depth patching One Month
place and depth / height of
corrugation exceeds 25mm.
5 Bleeding over 5 % area Application of hot sand Clause One Month
M-3
6 Patch work area exceeds 30 % Renewal with wearing coat as One Month
originally laid by Contractor
7 Roughness index of pavement Renewal with wearing coat as One Month
exceeding 3500 mm/km during originally laid by contractor
guarantee period (Checking of –
Roughness index once in a year and 3
months before date of expiration of
the guarantee period )

(4) The flakiness and elongation index (combined) for coarse aggregates under
circumstances shall exceed the allowable limit set forth in the relevant
clause for the material in question.

(5) 2% of the amount eligible for the payment of bituminous items shall be with
held till the miscellaneous items like earthwork in embankment / c u tti n g

-3-
 for side shoulders, side gutters, kilometer / indicator / guard stones, sign
boards etc. are completed in all respect by the contractor. After completion
of the miscellaneous items, the above said 2% with held amount shall be
released.

(6) Setting up of adequate laboratory & deployment of quality engineer.

The contractor shall have to set up the laboratory with adequate equipment.
Till the setting up of adequate laboratory is co mpleted & reported of this
to the engineer (subject to due verification by engineers representative) by
contractor in writing, Rs.2,00,000 shall be withheld. The qualified quality
engineer shall be deployed exclusive for this contract by the contractors.
If quality engineer is not deployed by contractor within one month after
the date of work order, the amount equivalent to Rs.15,000 per month
shall be recovered till the actual deployment of quality engineer. The
amount so recovered towards the deployment of q ua l i ty engineer shall
not be refunded.

(7) Asphalt work will have to be cross checked as per G.R. No.: RGN/60/2006/
35/C, dtd.31/5/07 before final bill is paid.
(8) Third Party testing
Employer shall authorize third party agency / Laboratory for quality
testing of samples and materials.
(9) Technical Audit & Quality Assurance :
The Employer shall select a consulting firm to undertake.

Independently the technical audit assurance job for this contract. Contractor shall
cooperate & facilitate such that the T.A. & Q.A. job can be satisfactorily
performed by the consultant.

(10) Curves to be improved of this road shall be designed as per IRC by the contractor
at his own cost and the design shall be got approved from the Engineer-in-charge
prior to execution of work.

-4-
(11) Contractor shall have to take photographs at different stages of the work and
should be submitted with the final bill copy in hard and soft copy at free of cost.

(12) Railway Portion detail design and drawings are in scope of DFCCL. It is a
responsibility of the contractor to do necessary follow up for in-time availability
of these drawings for the execution.

-5-
(B) Maintenance Norms for Bridge / C.D. Works :

-6-
-7-
-8-
-9-
- 10 -
Special Clause - III

Special Condition for Bituminous work with Use of

Drum Mix Plant and paver finisher.

(i) The Drum mix plant and accessories to be used for the work shall be conformity with
the specifications prescribed vide Govt. of India, Minister of Transport Circular No.
RN/RMP/1161384 dt. 01/01/87. The plant shall be equipped with all units and
accessories as per latest IS 3066/1955 as amended from time to time. The contractors
will have to modify their plants suitably within a period of six months from the date of
issue of latest specification or codes.
(ii) The contractor shall invariable get the job mix formula for the mix approved by the
Engineer in charge before starting of work.
(iii) Use of vibratory roller to be compulsory.
For the work like earth work, water bound macadam and bituminous items the
compactions shall be done with vibratory roller only. The vibratory roller shall be of
standard make and suitable to impart desired degree of compaction. The compaction
with the help of static roller shall not be permitted and no clam what so ever shall be
entertained on this account. Wherever use of the road roller is mentioned in
specification / clause etc. in this documents shall be treated as use of vibratory roller.
(iv) Amount to be with held till miscellaneous item are completed.
2% of the amount eligible for the payment of bituminous items only shall be with held
till the miscellaneous items like earthwork in embankment / cutting for side shoulders,
side gutters. After completion of all the miscellaneous items, the above said 2% with
held amount shall be released.

- 11 -
Special Clause - IV

CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT:

1.1 The methodology and equipment to be used on the project shall

furnished by the contractor to the Engineer well in advance of
commencement of work and approval of the Engineer obtained prior to its
adoption and use.
1.2 The contractor shall give a trial run of the equipment for establishing its
capability to achieve the laid down specifications and tolerance to the
satisfaction of the Engineer before commencement of work, if so desired
by the Engineer.
1.3 All equipment provided shall be of prevent efficiency and shall be
operated and maintained at all items in a manner acceptable to the
Engineer.
1.4 No equipment or: personnel will be removed from site without permission
of the Engineer.

Special Clause - V
WORK PROGRAMME AND METHODOLOGY OF CONSTRUCTION :

The contractor shall furnish his programme of construction for execution of the
work in within the stipulated time schedule together with methodology of
construction of each time of work and obtain the approval of the Engineer prior
to actual commencement of work.

Special Clause - VI

ACTION IN CASE OF DISPROPORTIONATE PROGRESS :

In case of extremely poor progress of the work or any item at any stage of work
which in the opinion of the, Engineer can not be made good by the contractor
considering his available resources, the Engineer will get it accelerated to make
up the lost time through any other agency and recover the additional cost
incurred, if any, in getting the work done from the contractor after informing him
in writing about the action envisaged by him.

- 12 -
Special Clause - VII

SETTING OUT:

Setting out the work as spelt out in clause – 109 of Ministry's Specifications for
Road and Bridge work (5th Revision) will be carried out by the contractor.

Special Clause - VIII

PUBLIC UTILITIES:

Action in respect of public utilities will be taken by the contractor as envisaged in

clause 110 of Ministry’s Specification for Road and Bridge work (5th Revision)

Special Clause - IX

ARRANGEMENT FOR TRAFFIC DURING CONSTRUCTION:

Action for arrangement for traffic during construction will be taken by the
Contractor as envisaged in the contract documents and spelt out in Clause-112 of
Ministry's Specifications for road and Bridge works (5th Revision).

Special Clause - X

QUALITY CONTROL:

The norms of achieving quality of work will be on the contractor who will take as
stipulated in section-900 of Ministry’s Specifications for Road and Bridge works.
(5th Revision).

Special Clause - XI

MINISTRY'S SPECIFICATIONS FOR ROAD AND BRIDGE WORKS (5th REVISION):

The Ministry’s specifications for Road and Bridge works (5th Revision) will form
part of the contract documents and the contractor will be legally bound to the
various stipulations made therein unless and otherwise specifically relaxed or
waived partly through a special clause in the contract document.

- 13 -
Special Clause - XII

DOCUMENTATION:

The contractor will prepare drawing(s) of the work as constructed and will
supply original with three copies to the Engineer who will verify and certify
these drawings. Final as constructed drawing(s) shall then be prepared by
the contractor and supplied in triplicate along with a micro film of the same
to the Engineer for record and reference purpose.
Special Clause - XIII

APPLICABLE IN CASE OF ROAD WORKS ONLY :

The details of the paver, specified in the clause-504.3.5 will be relaxed in the case
of Bituminous macadam (Clause-504) where it is going to be covered by any
wearing course including 25 mm semi-dense concrete (Clause-519) and other
than 40 mm semi-dense Bituminous Concrete (Clause-511)/Bituminous concrete
(Clause - 512) or by a base course of Dense Bituminous macadam (Clause-507)
with the provision that Bituminous macadam and 25 mm semi-dense Bituminous
concrete can be laid by means of self propelled mechanical paver with suitable
screeds capable of spreading tamping and finishing the mix true to the specified
lines/grades and cross sections. (M.O.S.T. GOI [Link]/NH/33045/1/88-DO. II,
Dated 6.4.1990).
1. The use of drum mix plant for mixing bitumen and aggregate is compulsory
for this work. Only contractor possessing facility of drum mix plant shall be
eligible to bid for this work. The tender copies shall be issued to only those
contractors who are possessing drum mix plant.
2. The work shall be executed with the equipment as per MOST specifications
(5th Revision), 1988, where in details of the types of equipment are given for
various specification only those bidders who supply necessary
proof/document for possession of the required type of equipment in their

- 14 -
 bids shall be considered as responsible for further evaluation and award of
work.
Special Clause - XIII

1. Notwithstanding any clause of the tender, imported bitumen

shall not be allowed.

2. drum mix plant to be included for bitumen work

- 15 -
 LETTER OF BINDING

If any materials in special case is not available as per specification then in

that case we will bring in good quality of materials as approved by the

department from the other sources of supply and will not claim for any

compensation thereof.

Signature of Contractor Municipal Commissioner

BMC

- 16 -
 PART - II

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
For technical specifications, refer Indian Railways Unified Standard Specifications
(Works and Materials), 2010 amended up to date/ Gujarat State SOR/Codes/Manual
/ NH SOR /Codes/Manual as shall be relevant and the specification for fabrication
and erection of steel girder bridges and Locomotive Turn Table (Fabrication
Specification), Serial No B1 - 2001 amended up to date. The decision of Municipal
Commissioner (BMC) is final and binding to the contractor.

Indian Railways Unified Standard Specifications (Works and materials), Volume I

& II are available for sale at the offices of General Managers and DRMs at all Zonal
Railways & Production Units.

2.1 GENERAL GUIDELINES REGARDING SPECIFICATIONS AND SPECIAL

CONDITIONS FOR SUPPLY OF CEMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION
WORKS

2.1.1 SUPPLY OF CEMENT:

[Link] Supply of cement to various specifications as required for various items under
different schedules will be paid under the items in Schedule.

[Link] The cement required for various items of work under Schedule shall be supplied
by the Contractor at the site of work in accordance with the requirements and
specifications.

[Link] For supply and use of cement in various works, relevant Indian Railways Unified
Standard Specifications (Works and Materials), Volume I & II - 2010, IRS codes/
Guj. State SOR/Codes/Manual/MORTH Code IS Specifications & design
requirement as relevant will be applicable. Wherever, relevant specifications are
not available, decision of the Engineer shall be final and binding on the contractor.

2.1.2 SPECIFICATIONS FOR CEMENT:

[Link] The cement used shall conform to any of the following standards.

(i) 33 Grade Ordinary Portland Cement conforming to IS: 269

(ii) 43 Grade Ordinary Portland Cement conforming to IS: 8112
(iii) 53 Grade Ordinary Portland Cement conforming to IS: 12269
(iv) Rapid Hardening Ordinary Cement conforming to IS: 8041
(v) High Strength Portland Cement conforming to IRS: T: 40
(vi) Hydrophobic Portland cement conforming to IS: 8043
(vii) Low heat Portland cement conforming to IS: 12600
(viii) Sulphate Resistance Cement conforming to IS: 12330

197
2.1.3 SOURCE AND PACKAGING:

[Link] Cement to be used on the works shall be procured from the main / reputed cement
plants or from their authorized dealers. Decision of M.C. (BMC) regarding reputed
firms shall be final and binding on the contractor.

[Link] Cement shall be packed in jute sacking bags conforming to IS: 2580-1982, double
hessian bituminised (CRI type) or woven HDPE conforming to IS: 11652-1986,
woven polypropylene conforming to IS: 11653:1986, Jute synthetic union
conforming to IS: 12174:1987, or any other approved composite bags, bearing the
following information in legible markings:

(i) Manufacturer’s name or Registered Trade Mark of manufacturer, if any.

(ii) Grade of cement
(iii) Type of cement
(iv) Weight of each bag in Kg.
(v) Date of manufacture,
(vi) IS Code No. to which the cement conforms.

[Link] All cement bags shall have com.y stitches intact and if any sign of tampering
with com.y stitches is noticed, the same will be rejected without any test and no
compensation shall be payable in this regard.

2.1.4 TEST CERTIFICATE REGARDING QUALITY OF CEMENT:

[Link] Necessary test certificates will have to be produced by the contractor regarding the
quality of the cement conforming to the specification in addition to the
manufacturer’s certificates.

[Link] M.C. (BMC)reserves the right to take samples during the course of the work and get
the cement tested in reputed laboratories to ascertain the conformity to the
specification. Cost of such testing shall be borne by the contractor without any
extra payment.

[Link] Tests on cement shall be done as per relevant IS Codes. These tests are as follows:

(i) Compressive strength

(ii) Initial and final setting time
(iii) Consistency
(iv) Soundness.
(v) Fineness

[Link] The Contractor shall arrange to carryout above tests for every 50 Tonnes of cement,
and for every change in lot/batch, contractor will submitted test report from
manufacturing comfy and shall submit to the M.C. (BMC) and take approval of the
M.C. (BMC) before using in work. No extra payment will be made for conducting
such tests.

[Link] Any temporary structure required for storage of cement, has to be provided by the
tenderer at his cost and shall be removed after completion of work. The M.C.
(BMC) will only provide suitable land wherever land is available and is free for use.
198
 On completion of the work or as directed by the Engineer, the shed if put up by the
Contractor, should be removed by the contractor and site cleared at his cost.

2.1.5 CONSUMPTION OF CEMENT:

[Link] The cement consumption for other than design mix concrete, shall be as per
Annexure -7 of Special condition, as applicable and relevant. The quantity of
cement will be decided based on the approved design mix keeping in mind
Minimum and Maximum cement content specified for various grades. Excess
cement used will not be paid for and the decision of the Engineer in this connection
shall be final and binding on the Contractor.

2.1.6 PAYMENT FOR CEMENT:-Deleted

2.1.7 GENERAL:-

[Link] No wastage of any of the materials supplied and used in the work by the contractor
including cement is payable by M.C. (BMC), contractor shall make his own
arrangements for storing cement for use in work.

[Link] Contractor should take proper precautionary measures to store the cement in good
condition against rains, etc. Storage of cement at the work site shall be at the
contractor's expense and risk. Any damage occurring to cement due to faulty storage
in contractor's shed or on account of negligence on his part shall be the liability of
the contractor.

[Link] 53 Grade/43 Grade/33 Grade of cement should be stacked separately in countable

manner.

[Link] Admixture as per IS: 9103 of approved manufacturer by the Engineer shall be
permitted to be used in concrete wherever required. However, no extra payment for
the admixtures used shall be payable unless otherwise specified in the Schedule.

[Link] Cement for temporary and enabling works shall be arranged by the contractor at his
own cost and no extra payment will be paid on this account.

[Link] Deleted

2.2 GENERAL GUIDELINES REGARDING SPECIFICATIONS AND

SPECIAL CONDITIONS FOR CONCRETE WORKS

2.2.1 Specifications:-

[Link] Concrete for PCC/ RCC/PSC (Including piling , piers, abutments and RCC deck
slab/girders etc.) shall be as per relevant IS Specifications. Some important guide
lines are listed below. Along with these, all other relevant IRS, IRC and IS
specifications with their up to date versions shall also govern. These govern all
concrete works in bridges, etc., as applicable.

(i) IRS Concrete Bridge Code.

199
 (ii) IS 456: Code of Practice for Plain and Reinforced Concrete.
(iii) Relevant Indian Railway Unified Standard Specifications (Works & Materials)
Volume I & II, Engineering Department, 2010
(iv) Relevant IRS/IRC/MORTH/IS Specifications/Codes
(v) Relevant PSC Codes & specification.

[Link] Specifications for cement, steel, binding wire, used in concrete construction shall be
as per IRS/IRC/MORTH/IS specifications with latest corrections slips/revisions.
Any other specifications/rules/guidelines issued from time to time by Railway
Board/RDSO shall also govern the works.

[Link] In all matters of execution, including testing of various components, where the
above codes/specifications/guidelines are not clear or explicit or at variance, the
directions given by the Engineer shall be final and binding on the contractor.

2.2.2 Cement:-

[Link] The cement used in concrete construction shall be 43/53 Grade Ordinary Portland
cement as per the design and as specified in the relevant schedules. Specifications
for cement are covered under the supply schedule.

2.2.3 Reinforcement:-

[Link] All Reinforcement Steel (TMT Bars of Grade Fe 500) shall be procured as per
specification mentioned in IS: 1786. Independent tests shall be conducted, wherever
required, to ensure that the materials procured conform to the Specifications.

These steel shall be procured only from those firms, which are Established,
Reliable, Indigenous & Primary Producers of Steel, having Integrated Steel Plants
(ISP), using iron ore as the basic raw material and having in house iron rolling
facilities, followed by production of liquid steel and crude steel, as per Ministry of
Steel’s guidelines.

[Link] Bars shall be cut, bent and placed correctly and accurately to the size and shape as
shown in the detailed drawing. Preferably bars of full length shall be used. The
reinforcement shall be tied with annealed/ mild steel binding wire. Overlapping of
bars, where necessary, shall be done as directed by Engineer. Rates quoted include
the cost of annealed steel binding wire of appropriate specifications. Rate also
include necessary cutting and straightening is also included.

[Link] Welding of reinforcement will not be generally permitted except in special

circumstances under the written approval of the Engineer.

[Link] A register shall be maintained by the Contractor with full details of reinforcement
provided for accountal and payment of steel reinforcement. The contractor should
sign such register approved by M.C. (BMC) before undertaking concreting works, as
a token of acceptance of the details of reinforcement steel provided in works, failing
which the details as recorded by M.C. (BMC) shall be binding on the contractor for
the purpose of payment and no dispute will be entertained by M.C. (BMC) on this
account.

200
[Link] Contractor shall remove from site any steel materials rejected by the Engineer within
a reasonable time as specified by him.

[Link] Protective Coatings:- In order to offer adequate resistance against corrosion,

reinforcement bars may be provided with suitable protective coatings depending
upon the environmental conditions In aggressive environments (severe, and extreme
) application of cement slurry coating after removal of rust and other loose material
from the surface of the reinforcement bar will generally be sufficient.

[Link] The steel consumption shall be as per the drawings issued by the M.C. (BMC).
Quantity of steel reinforcement consumption shall be as per reinforcement actually
utilized in the work based on approved bar bending schedule. Nothing extra will be
paid for wastage or for cut rods, if any, which will be property of the contractor. The
weight of the steel will be calculated from the nominal weight given in the
producer’s hand / IRUSS (W & M),2010-Volume-I books.

2.2.4 Coarse & Fine Aggregates:-

[Link] Aggregates shall comply with the requirements of IS: 383 and shall be subjected to
the tests in accordance with IS: 2386. Coarse aggregates shall be from crushed stone
from approved quarries. Sand shall be from good river sources of approved quarries
only.

[Link] The size of the coarse aggregates shall be as per relevant IRS / IS specifications.

[Link] The size of the fine aggregates shall be as per relevant IRS / IS specifications.

[Link] Coarse aggregate shall be crushed and roughly cubical in shape. Fine aggregate
shall be naturally produced. Creek/ Marine sand shall not be used in permanent
works.

[Link] The grading of the sand shall conform to relevant IS specification. The sand shall be
screened on a 4.75 mm size screen to eliminate over size particles. The sand, if
required, shall be washed in screw type mechanical washers in potable water to
remove excess silt, clay and chlorides wherever required. The screening and
washing of sand shall be completed at least one day before using it in concrete. The
washed sand shall be stored on a sloping platform and in such a manner as to avoid
contamination.

2.2.5 Water:-

[Link] Water used for washing of aggregates and for mixing and curing concrete shall be
clean, potable and free from injurious amounts of oils, acids, alkalis, salts, sugar,
organic materials or other substances that may be deleterious to concrete or steel
and shall conform to clause 5.4 of IS : 456.

[Link] In case of doubt regarding development of strength, the suitability of water for
making concrete shall be ascertained by the compressive strength as per IS : 4031
(Part VI) and initial setting time tests IS : 4031 (Part V).

201
[Link] Water found satisfactory for mixing is also suitable for curing concrete. However,
water used for curing should not produce any objectionable stain or unsightly
deposit on the concrete surface. The presence of tannic acid or iron compounds is
objectionable.

2.2.6 Admixtures:-

[Link] In bridges, use of admixtures is governed by clause 4.4 of IRS Concrete Bridge
Code.

[Link] The admixtures, when permitted, shall conform to IS: 9103. Calcium chloride or
admixtures containing calcium chloride shall not be used in structural concrete
containing reinforcement, prestressing tendon or other embedded metal. The
admixture containing Cl & SO3 ions shall not be used. Admixtures containing
nitrates shall also not be used. Admixtures based on thiocyanate may promote
corrosion and therefore shall be prohibited.

[Link] Concrete admixtures shall be obtained only from established manufactures with
proven track record or as per approved list wherever available.

[Link] The contractor shall provide the following information concerning each admixture
after obtaining the same from the manufacturer before the same is put to use:

(a) The chemical names of the main ingredients in the admixtures.

(b) The chloride iron content, if any, expressed as a percentage by mass of the
total admixture.

(c) Values of dry material content, ash content and relative density of the liquid
admixture which can be used for Uniformity Tests.

(d) Whether or not the admixture leads to the entrainment of air when used as per
the manufacturer’s recommended dosage, and if so to what extent.

(e) Where two or more admixtures are proposed to be used in any one mix,
confirmation as to their compatibility.

(f) There would be no increase in risk of corrosion of the reinforcement or other

embodiments as a result of using the admixture.

(g) Retardation achieved in initial setting time.

(h) Normal dosage and detrimental effects, if any, of under dosage and over
dosage.

(i) Recommended dosages and expected results, including proof for the same
wherever required. Independent test results shall be produced by the contractor
on demand/as specified.

202
2.2.7 Storage of materials:-

[Link] Storage of materials shall be as per IS: 4082. All materials may be stored at proper
places so as to prevent their deterioration or intrusion by foreign matter and to
ensure their satisfactory quality and fitness for the work. The storage space must
also permit easy inspection, removal and restoring of the materials. All such
materials even though stored in approved godowns / places, must be subjected to
acceptance test prior to their immediate use.

[Link] Aggregate shall be stored at site on a hard and dry level patch of ground. If such a
surface is not available, a platform of planks or of corrugated iron sheets, or a floor
of dry bricks, or a thin layer of lean concrete shall be made so as to prevent the
admixture of clay, dust, vegetable and other foreign matter.

Stacks of fine and coarse aggregate shall be kept in separate stack piles, sufficiently
removed from each other to prevent the materials at the edge of the piles getting
intermixed. On a large job it is desirable to construct dividing walls to give each
type of aggregate its own compartment. Fine aggregate shall be stacked in place
where loss due to the effect of wind is minimum.

Unless specified otherwise or necessitated by site conditions, stacking of aggregate

should be carried out in regular sizes.

[Link] Cement shall be transported, handled and stored at the site in such a manner as to
avoid deterioration or contamination. Cement shall be stored above ground level in
perfectly dry and water-tight sheds and shall be stacked not more than eight bags
high. Wherever bulk storage containers are used their capacity should be sufficient
to cater to the requirement at site and should be cleaned at least once every 3 to 4
months. Cement older than 3 months from the date of manufacture shall not be
used. Each consignment shall be stored separately so that it may be readily
identified and inspected and cement shall be used in the sequence in which it is
delivered at site. Any consignment or part of a consignment of cement which had
deteriorated in any way, during storage, shall not be used in the works and shall be
removed from the site by the Contractor without charge to M.C. (BMC). For more
details regarding stacking and storage of cement etc of Indian Railway Unified
Standard Specifications (Works & Materials), Volume II, - 2010 as shall be
applicable or relevant. The decision of M.C. (BMC) is final and binding to the
contractor.

[Link] The reinforcement bars, when delivered on the job, shall be stored above the surface
of the ground level by at least by 150mm and shall ordinarily be stored in such a
way as to avoid distortion and to prevent deterioration and corrosion. Every bar
shall be inspected before assembling on the works and any defective, brittle,
excessively rusted or burnt bars shall be removed. Cracked ends of bars shall be cut
out.

2.2.8 Testing of cement & others:-

Cement and other items shall be tested as per specifications. However, the
contractor shall also arrange for additional tests at his own cost as required by the

203
 Engineer as and when required. The decision of the Engineer shall be final in this
regard.

2.2.9 Concreting:

[Link] The contractor shall make his own arrangements for supply of water and electricity
for all his works at his own cost. He shall arrange potable quality water for use in all
concrete works and samples of water shall be got tested from approved
laboratory/approved by the Engineer before being used in concreting. Apart from
water, fine & coarse aggregates and all other materials shall be tested from time to
time by the contractor at his cost to ensure proper quality works.

[Link] Maximum / minimum size of aggregates, standards of quality of materials, minimum

cover for concrete, use of admixtures / chemicals, treatment to reinforcement /
finished surfaces, etc., shall be as per relevant Codes, IS / IRS specifications and
conditions of contract as specified.

[Link] All exposed concrete surfaces shall be finished smooth by the contractor at his own
cost. Shuttering materials for RCC in superstructure shall be strictly of steel only to
permit vigorous vibration and to ensure no deviation of finished dimensions by more
than +5/-0 mm and wooden shutters are not permitted. For other works also, proper
quality of shuttering materials which will permit vibrating and will not require
additional finishing shall only be used. If there is any variation in the surface,
alignment or lines in the products beyond permissible rejection limits indicated in
these conditions, the M.C. (BMC) reserves the right to reject the same and the
contractor shall not have any claim in this regard and cost of M.C. (BMC) materials
involved will be recovered from the contractor including penalties, if any imposed.

2.2.10 Weigh batching, vibrating, curing & testing:

[Link]. All concrete shall be machine batched, machine mixed and machine vibrated, by
using appropriate vibrators. Weigh batching plant, mixers, vibrators, etc., of
appropriate capacity, as specified/directed by the Engineer, shall be arranged by the
contractor at his cost. In this case, Weigh batching plants shall have computerized
control for weighing, loading, mixing and delivery.

[Link]. Batching plants, transit mixers, concrete pumps, etc., shall be installed by the
contractor necessarily at site. In case of failure of any of the above, standby
arrangements for ensuing continuous concreting has to be provided by the
contractor at his cost. For piling works concreting shall be done continuously as
per the volumes designed without break and accordingly standby arrangements
shall be ensured by the contractor.

[Link]. Curing & vibrating shall be arranged by the contractor at all locations/heights at
his own cost and no extra payment on this account will be admissible. Curing of
concrete shall be done as per relevant IS Codes / Specifications. If curing is not
done by the contractor properly, M.C. (BMC) may get it done through any other
means at the Contractor’s cost without any notice to him and recover from his
bills the same including penalty if any at the discretion of the Engineer. The
concrete shall be kept wet constantly by ponding or covered with a layer of
sacking canvas etc.
204
[Link]. Test cubes shall be cast at regular intervals and tested to ascertain the strength of
concrete. The contractor shall establish a cube testing facility along with operator
at the site or nearby area to facilitate prompt testing of concrete. Test cube
moulds as required as per IS Codes shall be made available by the contractor at
his cost.

2.2.11 Design Mix Concrete:

(a) General: Design Mix is mandatory for all grades. For concrete of
compressive strength greater than M55, specialized literature should be
consulted. Admixtures may be used while designing. Only design mix shall be
used for all items of concrete. Prior to the start of construction, the contractor
shall submit details of each trial mix of each grade of concrete to the Engineer for
approval. When the proportions of the mix are approved, the contractor shall not
vary any of the design parameters or the source of the materials without the
approval of the Engineer. Wherever there is a significant change in materials
used, fresh trial mix shall be arranged by the contractor as required by the
Engineer. The concrete shall be designed keeping in view the minimum cement
content and maximum cement content. Minimum cement content depends upon
the environmental exposure conditions but maximum Cement Content shall be
limited to 450kg/m.3

(b) Mix Design and Proportioning: Recommended guidelines for Concrete Mix
Design are given in IS: 10262 which may be referred to for details. As mentioned
therein in order that not more than the specified proportion of test results is likely
to fall below the characteristic strength, the concrete mix has to be designed for a
somewhat higher target average compressive strength. In terms of clause 9.2.2 of
IS: 456, the Target Mean Strength of Concrete mix should be equal to the
characteristic strength plus 1.65 times the Standard Deviation. Mix proportion
shall be designed to ensure that the workability of fresh concrete is suitable for
conditions of handling and placing, so that after compaction it surrounds all
reinforcement and completely fill the form work. When concrete is hardened, it
shall have the stipulated strength, durability and permeability.

Determination of the proportions of by weight of cement, aggregate and water

shall be based on design mix.

As a trial the manufacturer of concrete may prepare a preliminary mix

according to provisions of SP: 23-1982. (Special Publications 23-1982 of
Bureau of Indian Standards) Mix design shall be tried and the mix proportions
checked on the basis of tests conducted at a recognized laboratory approved by
the Engineer. All concrete proportions for various grades of concrete shall be
designed separately and mix proportions established keeping in view the
workability for various structural elements, methods of placing and
compacting.

(c) Standard deviation: Standard deviation calculations of test results

based on tests conducted on the same mix design for particular grade
designation shall be done in accordance with Clause 9.2.4 of IS 456.
Table 8 of IS 456 gives the standard deviation that can be assumed for
design of mix in the first instance. The final standard deviation figures
205
 may be determined based on test results for the particular grade of
concrete when available.

Max size of Aggregate, Target Mean Strength

Grade of Max size Characteristic Target Mean

Concrete of Aggregate Strength (fck) at 28 Strength (fck) 28
(mm) days (N/mm2) days (N/mm2)
M20 20 20 26.60
M25 20 25 31.60
M30 20 30 38.25
M35 20 35 43.25
M40 20 40 48.25
M45 20 45 53.25

(d) Approval of Design Mix: The contractor shall submit details of each trial mix
of each grade of concrete designed for various workability conditions to the
Engineer for his comments and approval. Concrete of any particular design
mix and grade shall be produced / manufactured for works only on obtaining
written approval of the Engineer.

2.2.12 Requirements of Consistency:- The mix shall have the consistency which will
allow proper placement and consolidation in the required position. Every attempt
shall be made to obtain uniform consistency. The optimum consistency for various
types of structures shall be as indicated in table below or as directed by the
Engineer.

Slump Required for workability

Type Slump (mm)
(a) Structures with exposed inclined surface 25
1 requiring low slump concrete to allow proper
compaction
(b) Plain Cement Concrete 25
RCC structures with widely spaced 40-50
2 reinforcements; e.g. solid columns, piers,
abutments, footings, well staining
RCC structures with fair degree of congestion 50-75
of reinforcement; e.g. pier and abutment caps,
3
box culverts well curb, well cap, walls with
thickness greater than 300mm
RCC and PSC structures with highly congested 75-125
4 reinforcements e.g. deck slab girders, box
girders, walls with thickness less than 300mm
Underwater concreting through tremie e.g. 100-200
5 bottom plug, cast-in-situ piling

206
 The minimum slump of concrete in case of bored cast in situ pile shall be 150 to 200
mm.

2.2.13 Durability:- The durability of concrete depends on its resistance to deterioration &
environment in which it is placed. The resistance of concrete to weathering,
chemical attack, abrasion, frost and fire depends largely upon its quality and
constituent materials. Susceptibility to corrosion of the steel is governed by the
cover provided and the permeability of concrete. The cube crushing strength alone
is not a reliable guide to the quality and durability of concrete; it must also have
adequate cement content and a low water-cement ratio. The general environment to
which the concrete will be exposed during its working life is classified into three
levels of severity that is moderate, severe, and extreme as described below:

Environment Exposure condition

MODERATE Concrete surface protected against weather or aggressive
conditions. Concrete surface sheltered from severe rain or
freezing whilst wet. Concrete exposed to condensation. Concrete
structure continuously under water. Concrete in contact with non
aggressive soil /ground water.

SEVERE Concrete surface exposed to severe rain, alternate wetting &

drying or occasional freezing or severe condensation. Concrete
exposed to aggressive subsoil / ground water or coastal
environment.

EXTREME Concrete surface exposed to sea water spray, corrosive fumes or

severe freezing conditions whilst wet. Concrete structure surfaces
exposed to abrasive action, surfaces of members in tidal zone. All
other exposure conditions which are adverse to exposure
conditions covered above.

Maximum water-cement ratio, grade of concrete and cementitious material content

for various environment conditions for achieving durability are indicated below for
guidance:

[Link] Maximum Water Cement Ratio:-

The limits for maximum water cement ratio for design mix shall be based on
environmental conditions as defined in durability clause. The limits for maximum
water cement ratio for different environmental conditions shall be as given in Table
below:

Environment Maximum Water-Cement Ratio

Plain Concrete Reinforced Concrete Pre stressed Concrete
(PCC) (RCC) (PSC)
Moderate 0.50 0.45 0.40
Severe 0.45 0.40 0.40
207
 Extreme 0.40 0.35 0.35

[Link] Grade of Concrete:- From durability consideration, depending upon the

environment to which the structure is likely to be exposed during its service life,
minimum grade of concrete shall be as given in table below.

Minimum Grade of Concrete

(A) For Bridges in Pre stressed Concrete and important Bridges.

Structural member Moderate exposure Severe Exposure Extreme exposure

PCC member M-25 M-30 M-35
RCC member M-30 M-35 M-40
PSC member M-35 M-40 M-45

(B) For Bridges other than mentioned above and sub-structure

Structural member Moderate exposure Severe Exposure Extreme exposure

PCC Member M-15 M-20 M-25
RCC member M-20 M-25 M-30

[Link] Cementitious Material Content:- Maximum Cementitious Material Content shall

be limited to 450kg/m3. Depending upon the environment to which the structure is
likely to be exposed during its service life, minimum Cementitious Material Content
in concrete shall be as given in table below:

Minimum Cementitious Material Content

Environment Minimum Cementitious Material Content in Kg/cum
Plain Concrete Reinforced Concrete
(PCC) (RCC)
Grade Content Grade Content
Moderate M25 240 M30 300
Severe M30 250 M35 350
Extreme M35 300 M40 400

[Link] Clear cover is the least distance from outer most surface of steel or binding wire or
its end to the face of concrete. It is also an dimension used in design and indicated
on the drawings. From durability consideration, minimum clear cover shall be as
under.

Minimum Covers
Type of Extreme Severe Moderate
structure Environment Environment Environment
Slab 50 35 25
Beam/Girder 60 50 35
Column 75 75 50
Piles 75 75 50

208
2.2.14 Permeability of concrete: Permeability requirements are as specified in IRS
Concrete Bridge Code. Permeability test shall be mandatory for all RCC bridges
under severe and extreme environment. Under moderate environment, permeability
test shall be mandatory for all major bridges and for other bridges and structures.

2.2.15 Mixing of concrete:

[Link] Concrete shall be mixed either in a mini mobile batching plant or in a batching and
mixing plant as per the specifications. Hand mixing shall not be permitted. The
mixer or the plant shall be at an approved location considering the properties of the
mixes and the transportation arrangements available with the Contractor. The mixer
or the plant shall be approved by the Engineer.

[Link] Mixing shall be continued till materials are uniformly distributed and a uniform
colour of the entire mass is obtained, and each individual particle of the coarse
aggregate shows complete coating of mortar containing its proportionate amount of
cement.

[Link] Mixers which have been out of use for more than 30 minutes shall be thoroughly
cleaned before putting in a new batch. The first batch of concrete from the mixer
shall contain only two thirds of the normal quantity of coarse aggregate. Mixing
plant shall be thoroughly cleaned before changing from one type of mix to another.

2.2.16 Transporting, Placing and Compaction of Concrete:

[Link] The method of transporting and placing concrete shall be approved by the Engineer.
Concrete shall be transported and placed as near as practicable to its final position,
so that no contamination, segregation or loss of its constituent materials takes place.
Concrete shall not be freely dropped into place from a height exceeding 1.5 metres.

[Link] When concrete is conveyed by chute, the plant shall be of such size and design as to
ensure practically continuous flow. Slope of the chute shall be so adjusted that the
concrete flows without the use of excessive quantity of water and without any
segregation of its ingredients. The delivery end of the chute shall be as close as
possible to the point of deposit. The chute shall be thoroughly flushed with water
before and after each working period and the water used for this purpose shall be
discharged outside the formwork.

[Link] All formwork and reinforcement contained in it shall be cleaned and made free from
standing water, dust, immediately before placing of concrete.

[Link] No concrete shall be placed in any part of the structure until approval of the
Engineer has been obtained.
[Link] If concreting is not started within 24 hours of the approval being given, it shall have
to be obtained again from the Engineer. Concreting then shall proceed continuously
over the area between the construction joints. Fresh concrete shall not be placed
against concrete which has been in position for more than 30 minutes unless a
proper construction joint is formed.

209
[Link] Except where otherwise agreed to by the Engineer, concrete shall be deposited in
horizontal layers to a compacted depth of not more than 450 mm when internal
vibrators are used and not exceeding 300 mm in all other cases.

2.2.17 Concrete when deposited shall have a temperature of not less than 50 C and not
more than 40°C. It shall be compacted in its final position within 30 minutes of its
discharge from the mixer, unless carried in properly designed agitators, operating
continuously. It may be necessary to add retarding admixtures to concrete if trials
shows that the period indicated above are unacceptable. In all such matters,
engineer's decision shall be final.

2.2.18 Concrete shall be thoroughly compacted by vibration or other means approved by

Engineer, during placing and worked around the reinforcement, embedded fixtures
and into corners of the formwork to produce a dense homogenous void-free mass
having the required surface finish. When vibrators are used, vibration shall be done
continuously during the placing of each batch of concrete until the expulsion of air
has practically ceased and in a manner that does not promote segregation. Over
vibration shall be avoided to minimize the risk of forming a weak surface layer.
When external vibrators are used, the design of formwork and disposition of
vibrator shall be such as to ensure efficient compaction and to avoid surface
blemishes. Vibrators shall not be applied through reinforcement and where vibrators
of immersion type are used, contact with reinforcement and all inserts like ducts
etc., shall be avoided. The internal vibrators shall be inserted in an orderly manner
and the distance between insertions should be about one and half times the radius of
the area visibly affected by vibration. Additional vibrators in serviceable condition
shall be kept at site so that they can be used in the event of breakdowns.

2.2.19 Mechanical vibrators used shall be of appropriate specifications, type and capacity
and as directed by the Engineer.

2.2.20 Equipment and machinery for concreting: as per Form B-2& P.Q Bid

[Link] All the machinery are required to be arranged by the contractor at his own cost and
the agreement rates for concreting include the same. No extra payment is admissible
for any machinery arranged by the contractor.

2.2.21 TRANSPORTATION OF CONCRETE & PUMPING OF CONCRETE

[Link] General
Fresh concrete can be transported to the placement area by a variety of methods.
Common among them are:

- Mixer trucks
- Stationary truck bodies with or without agitators.
- Buckets hauled by trucks.
- Conveyor belts.
- Hose or pipe line by pumping.

Each type of transportation has specific advantages and limitations depending on

the condition of use, mix, accessibility and location of placing.
210
[Link] Transportation by Mixer Trucks

[Link].1 These are essentially revolving drums mounted on truck chassis. Truck mixers
used in the job shall be labelled permanently to indicate the manufacturer's
specifications for mixing like:-

- Capacity of drum.
- Total number of drum revolutions for complete mixing.
- Mixing speed
- Maximum time limit before completion of discharge and after cement has entered
the drum.
- Reduction in time period of discharge due to warm weather or other variables.

All above information shall only form guidelines for the manufacturer/producer of
concrete.

[Link].2 Fulfilment of the stipulated number of revolutions or elapsed time shall not be
the acceptable criterion. As long as the mixing water limit is not exceeded and the
concrete has satisfactory plastic physical properties and is of satisfactory
consistency and homogeneity for satisfactory placement and consolidation and is
without initial set, the concrete shall be acceptable.

[Link].3 When the concrete is totally mixed in transporting trucks volume of concrete
being transported shall not exceed 63% of the rated capacity of the drum. In case
the concrete is totally mixed in the central batching plant, the transporting truck
may be loaded up to 80% of the rated capacity of the drum. In this case the drum
shall be rotated at charging speed during loading and reduced to agitating speed
after loading is complete.

[Link].4 When transporting concrete by truck mixers, delivery time shall be restricted to
90 minutes or initial setting time whichever is less from the time cement has
entered the mixer to completion of discharge.

[Link] Transporting by Agitating / Non-agitating Trucks.

[Link].1Transporting ready mix concrete by this method shall consist of truck chassis
mounted with open top bodies. The metal body shall be smooth and streamlined
for easy discharge. Discharge may be from the rear when the body is
mechanically titled. Body of the truck shall have a provision of discharge gate.
Mechanical vibrators shall be installed at the discharge gate for control of
discharge flow.

[Link].2 Agitators, if mounted, also aid in the discharging of concrete from the truck in
addition to keeping the concrete alive.

[Link].3 Water shall not be added to concrete in transport through this system.

[Link].4 Bodies of trucks shall be provided with protective covers during period of
inclement weather.
211
[Link].5 Delivery period, when adopting this system of transporting concrete shall be
restricted to 30 minutes from the moment all ingredients including cement and
water enter in mixer to completion of discharge.

[Link] Transporting by Buckets

This method of transportation is very common for transportation of centrally

mixed concrete. Buckets of suitable capacities may be filled with concrete which
is totally mixed in central plant and hauled to the job site. Buckets then may be
conveyed to the actual point of placement either with the help of crane/hoist or
they may be carted
.
As in the case of open truck transportation, extra water shall not be added to
concrete transported in buckets. Concrete shall be protected from inclement
weather by necessary covering arrangements. Also, maximum delivery period for
this system of transportation from the time cement is introduced into the mixer to
completion of discharge shall not exceed 30 minutes.

[Link] Cleaning

Before loading concrete in either truck mixer, open bodied trucks or buckets, the
containers shall be thoroughly cleaned, washed and dried, so that there is no water
or moisture in the container which may affect the designed water content of the
concrete.

[Link] Other Methods of Transportation

Transportation of concrete either by belt conveyors or by pumping is envisaged in

some works.

If, the producer/manufacturer/purchaser/contractor of ready mix concrete desires

to use such methods of transportation, they may do so provided their scheme and
complete specifications are submitted to the Engineer for his record and approval.

[Link] Objective

Method of transportation used shall ensure:-

Efficient delivery of concrete

No significant alteration of properties with regard to water cement ratio, slump,
air content and homogeneity.
All variables in transportation, considering type and accessibility of placement
locations, distance, time interval etc., shall be carefully studied before arriving at
the method used.

[Link] Pumpable Concrete (Extracted from Para 8.9 of Concrete Bridge Code,
1997)

212
 General- Pumpable concrete is the concrete which is conveyed by pressure
through either rigid pipe or flexible hose and discharged directly into the desired
area. It is especially used where space for construction equipment is very limited.

Pumping Rate and Range – Depending on the equipment, pumping rate should be
10 to 70 cum. per hour. Effective pumping range is up to 300m horizontally and
90m vertically.

(i) Proportioning Pumpable Concrete

a) Basic Consideration - More emphasis on quality control is essential to the

proportioning and use of a dependable pump mix. Concrete mixes for
pumping must be plastic. Particular attention must be given to the mortar
and to the amounts and sizes of coarse aggregates.

b) The maximum size of angular coarse aggregate is limited to one-third of

smallest inside diameter of the hose or pipe. Provisions should be made
for elimination of oversized particles in the concrete by finish screening or
by careful selection of aggregates.

(ii) Pumping Concrete

a) Proper planning of concrete supply, pump locations, line layout, placing

sequences and the entire pumping operation will result in saving of cost
and time. The pump should be placed as near the placing area as
practicable and the entire surrounding area must have adequate bearing
strength. Lines from the pump to the placing area should be laid out with a
minimum of bends. The pipe line shall be rigidly supported.

c) While pumping downward 15m or more, it is desirable to provide an air release

valve at the middle of the top bend to prevent vacuum or air build up. When
pumping upward, it is desirable to have a valve near the pump to prevent
reverse flow.

2.2.22 Construction Joints:-

[Link] Construction joints shall be avoided as far as possible and in no case the locations of
such joints shall be changed or increased from those shown on the drawings, except
with express approval of the Engineer. The joints shall be provided in a direction
perpendicular to the member axis. Sequencing of concrete placement should be
organized in such a way that cold joints are totally eliminated. The sequence of
concreting shall be submitted for approval of Engineer prior to concreting of the
structural element. Concreting shall be carried out continuously up to the
construction joints, the position and arrangement of which shall be predetermined
by the designer.

[Link] Construction joints should be positioned to minimize the effect of the discontinuity
on the durability, structural integrity and appearance of the structure. Joints should
be located away from regions of maximum stress caused by loading particularly
where shear and bond stresses are high.
213
[Link] Laitance, both on the horizontal and vertical surfaces of the concrete, should be
removed before fresh concrete is cast. The surface should be roughened to promote
good adhesion. Various methods for removal can be used but they should not
dislodge the course aggregate particles. Concrete may be brushed with a stiff brush
soon after casting while the concrete is still fresh and while it has only slightly
stiffened. If the concrete has partially hardened, it may be treated by wire brushing
or with a high pressure water jet, followed by drying with an air jet, immediately
before the new concrete is placed. Fully hardened concrete should be treated with
mechanical hand tools or grit blasting, taking care not to split or crack aggregate
particles.

[Link] Where there is likely to be a delay before placing the next concrete lift, protruding
reinforcement should be protected. Before the next lift is placed, rust loose mortar,
or other contamination should be removed from the bars and where conditions are
particularly aggressive and there has been a substantial delay between lifts, the
concrete should be cut back to expose the bars for a length of about 50 mm to
ensure that contaminated concrete is removed.

[Link] In all cases, when construction joints are made, it should be ensured that the joint
surface is not contaminated with release agents, dust, or curing membrane and that
the reinforcement is fixed firmly in position at the correct cover.

[Link] When the formwork is fixed for the next lift, it should be inspected to ensure that no
leakage can occur from the fresh concrete. It is a good practice to fix a 6 mm thick
sponge which seals the gap completely. The practice of first placing a layer of
mortar or grout is not recommended. The old surface should be soaked with water
without leaving puddles, immediately before starting concreting; then the new
concrete should be thoroughly compacted against it. When fresh concrete is cast
against existing mature concrete or masonry the older surfaces should be thoroughly
cleaned and soaked to prevent the absorption of water from the new concrete.
Standing water should be removed shortly before the new concrete is placed and the
new concrete should be thoroughly vibrated in the region of the joint.

2.2.23 Finishing of concrete: The finished surface of concrete after removal of formwork
shall be such that no touching up is required. All fins/holes caused by form joints,
supports, rods etc., shall be ground/filled up effectively using appropriate machinery
shutters, formwork etc., used in construction shall be as specified in the conditions
and the labour used shall be skilled to suit the quality requirements of the work.
Any surface, finished poorly in the opinion of the Engineer shall require
repair/remedial measures at the cost of the contractor and the Engineer’s decision in
this regard shall be final. Any structure, which has deficiencies in finishing
including product parameters beyond the rejection limits, as specified in these
conditions, are liable to be rejected and the decision of the Engineer shall be final in
this regard.

2.2.24 Coatings for concrete: Normally finished concrete structures do not require any
surface protective coatings in non aggressive environment (moderate) for all
structures. For aggressive environment (severe and extreme conditions), Epoxy
phenolic IPN coating or CECRI Integrated four coat system can be used in

214
 superstructure of bridges and coal tar epoxy coating for sub structure of bridges (in
affected part only).

2.2.25 Shuttering, Formwork & False work:-

[Link] Shuttering, Formwork & False work shall be designed to meet the requirements of
the permanent structure, taking into account the actual conditions of materials,
environment and site conditions. Careful attention shall be paid to the detailing of
connections and functions. All the materials used for shuttering, formwork & false
work shall conform to the specified quality consistent with the intended purpose and
actual site condition as applicable. All shuttering, form work, false work, etc., shall
be got approved by the Engineer before it is put into use.

[Link] Forms shall not be struck until the concrete has reached strength at least twice the
stress to which the concrete may be subjected at the time of removal of formwork or
as approved by the Engineer. In normal circumstances and where Ordinary Portland
Cement is used, forms may generally be removed after the expiry of the following
periods:-

Stripping Time

a) Walls, columns and vertical 24 to 48 hours as may be decided by the

faces of all structural members Engineer
b) Slabs ( props left under) 3 days
c) Beam soffits (props left under) 7 days
d) Removal of props under slabs
1) Spaning up to 4.5 m 7 days
2) Spaning over 4.5 m 14 days
e) Removal of props under beams
1) Spaning up to 6 m 14 days
2) Spaning over 6 m 21 days

Where the shape of the element is such that the formwork has re-entrant angles, the
formwork shall be removed as soon as possible after the concrete has set, to avoid
shrinkage crack occurring due to the restraint imposed.

2.2.26 Defective Concrete and Measurement of concrete:

[Link] Should any concrete be found honeycombed or in any way defective which may be,
at the discretion of the Engineer suspected to affect the performance of the structure,
shall be rejected outright. Contractor shall have no claim in this regard and the
decision of the Engineer shall be final. The member, structurally independent, in
which the concrete is found to be defective, shall be replaced by the contractor at his
cost fully. The damages arising on account of such defective concreting shall also
be recoverable from the dues of the contractor, including penalties if any. M.C.
(BMC) reserves the right to get the member replaced by any means at the cost of the
contractor at any cost if the contractor delays reproduction.

[Link] However, some surface defects, not affecting the structural properties shall, on the
instruction of the Engineer, be repaired as per the approved procedures. The complete
215
 cost of such repairs shall be borne by the contractor and no compensation shall be
payable. Records of such repairs done shall be maintained by the contractor.

Tolerances for Finished Concrete Bridge Structure

S Description of defects in any part or full member or Permissible limits (unless
No the structure at the decision of the Engineer. otherwise specified in
designs/drawings)
1 Shift from alignment 1) + 25 mm in member.

2 Deviation from plumb in piers or variation from 1 in 250 subjected to a maximum

specified batter. value of 0.5 times the least lateral
dimension of pier.
3 Deviation from plumb in abutments or variation 1 in 125
from specified batter.
4 Cross sectional dimensions of piers, abutments and +20mm/-5mm
girders
5 Thickness of deck slab of bridges + 6 mm / - 3 mm
+
6 Size and location of openings 12 mm
7 Plan dimensions of footings (formed excavation) + 50 mm / - 25 mm
8 Plan dimensions of footings (unformed excavation) + 75 mm / - 00 mm
_
9 Thickness of footings 5%, + No limit
10 Footing eccentricity 0.02 times the width of the footing
in the direction of deviation, but
not more than 50 mm
+
11 Reduced level of top of footing / pier / bed block 5 mm
12 Centre to centre distance of pier and abutments at + 30 mm
pier top
+
13 Centre to centre distance of bearings along s. 5 mm
+
14 Centre to centre distance of pier bearings across s. 5 mm

[Link] The tolerances for finished concrete bridge structures shall be governed by IRS
Concrete Bridge Code and shall be followed; deviations beyond the permissible
limits shown are liable to be rejected. These tolerances apply to other structures also
appropriately.

2.2.27 Sampling and Strength Testing of Concrete:

[Link] General: Samples from fresh concrete shall be taken as per IS: 1199 (method of
sampling and analysis of concrete). Concrete for making 3 test cubes shall be taken
from a batch of concrete at point of delivery into construction according to
procedure laid down in IS: 1199 and 150 mm cubes shall be made, cured and tested
at the age of 28 days for compressive strength in accordance with IS:516. The 28
days test strength result for each cube shall form an item of sample.

Concrete shall conform to the surface finish and tolerance as prescribed in Unified
specifications. Random sampling and lot by lot of acceptance / inspection shall be
made for the 28 days cube strength of concrete.

216
 Concrete under acceptance shall be notionally divided into lots for the purpose of
sampling, before commencement of work. The delimitation of lots shall be
determined by the following:

(i) No individual lot shall be more than 30 cum in volume.

(ii) At least one cube forming an item of the sample representing the lot shall be
taken from concrete of the same grade and mix proportions cast on any day.

(iii)Different grades of mixes of concrete shall be divided into separate lots.

(iv) Concrete of a lot shall be used in the same identifiable component of the bridge.

[Link] Sampling .

[Link].1 Frequency of Sampling

Sampling procedure: A random sampling procedure shall be adopted to ensure that
each concrete batches forming the lot under acceptance / inspection shall have a
reasonable chance of being tested that is, sampling should be spread over the entire
period of concreting and cover all mixing units.

Frequency: The minimum frequency of sampling of concrete of each grade shall be

in accordance with table below. At least one sample shall be taken from each shift
of work.
Minimum Frequency of Sample
Quantity of concrete in No. of samples
3
work, (M )
1-5 1
6-15 2
16-30 3
31-50 4
51 and above 4 plus one additional sample for each additional 50 M3
or part thereof
[Link].2 Test Specimen: Three test specimens shall be made from each sample for testing
at 28 days. Additional samples may be required for various purposes such as to
determine the strength of concrete at 7 days or at the time of striking the formwork,
or to determine the duration of curing, or to check the testing error. Additional
samples may also be required for testing samples cured by accelerated methods as
described in IS: 9013. The specimen shall be tested as described in IS: 516.

2.2.28 Test Results of Sample: The test results of the sample shall be the average of the
strength of 3 specimens. The individual variation should not be more than + 15
percent of average. If more, test results of the sample are invalid.

2.2.29 Acceptance Criteria of Concrete: Acceptance criteria shall be acceptance of

concrete as per Clause No 16 of Annexure 4.2 of Indian Railway Unified Standard
Specifications (Works & Materials), Volume I, 2010. The decision of M.C. (BMC)
is final and binding to the contractor.

217
 Also refer criteria of concrete vide clause no [Link] of Indian Railway Unified
specifications. The 28 days compressive strength shall be the criterion for
acceptance or rejection of the concrete.

The followings shall also be strictly followed.

(i) Whenever a mix is redesigned due to a change in the quality of aggregate or

cement or for any other reason, it shall be considered a new mix and initially
subject to the acceptability criteria above.

(ii) If the concrete produced at site does not satisfy the above strength
requirements, the Engineer shall reserve the right to require the contractor to
improve the methods of batching, the quality of the ingredients and redesign
the mix with increased cement content, if necessary. The Contractor shall not
be entitled to claim any extra cost for the extra cement used for the
modifications stipulated by the Engineer for fulfilling the strength requirement
specified.

(iii) It is the complete responsibility of the contractor to redesign the concrete

mixes by approved standard methods and to produce the reinforced concrete
conforming to the specification and the strength requirements approved by the
Engineer. It is expected that the Contractor will have competent staff to carry
out this work.

2.2.30 Setting of field laboratory by the Contractor:

[Link] For all works, the Contractor shall set up a field laboratory of his own for testing of
cement/water/concrete at work site, which should be open for use and inspection by
the M.C. (BMC) officials at any time and carryout the tests with his own
equipments, gauges, machinery, consumables and operators, at his own cost. The
laboratory shall be equipped with necessary equipment to carry out various tests
such as property tests, sieve analysis, setting time of cement, compression tests on
cubes, slump test, workability test etc., on aggregate, cement, water and concrete
required for ensuring the required quality. For steel however, test reports of reputed
institutes/laboratories are acceptable.

[Link] The cost of setting up the laboratory, equipping the same, maintaining conducting
all tests on materials and cubes shall be borne by the contractor, within his quoted
rates for works and no extra payment is eligible for the same.

[Link] All gauges, machines, equipments and other measuring and testing equipments of
the laboratory shall be got checked / calibrated regularly and the necessary
certificates furnished to the Engineer by the Contractor.

[Link] All the equipments, machinery etc., shall be kept in good working condition.
Contractor shall also maintain the required qualified / experienced staff at the
laboratory.

[Link] The following is the minimum laboratory facilities at the site which are to be
provided and operated by the contractor at his cost.

218
 (i) Testing of fine and coarse aggregates as per IS:383 and IS:2386.

(ii) Testing of cement concrete as per IS: 8142 and IS:516.

(iii) Testing of water as per IS: 456 and IS: 3025.

(iv) Certain non-routine testing such as (a) Testing of admixtures, (b) Chemical
testing of fine and coarse aggregates (c) Permeability of concrete
(permeability test on concrete shall be got done when the mix design is
approved / changed of the reputed laboratories as approved by Engineer). The
frequency and need for these tests shall be decided by the Engineer, based on
stipulations contained in conditions of contract or on the basis of accepted
Engineering practice (e.g. whenever source of admixture is changed, tests
stipulated in the codes will have to be carried out afresh, etc).

[Link] As frequently as the Engineer may require, testing shall be carried out in the field
for:

(a) Moisture content and absorption and density of sand and aggregate.
(b) Silt content of sand.
(c) Grading of sand and aggregates.
(d) Slump test of concrete.
(e) Concrete cube test.
(f) Permeability test for concrete
(g) Density of Plasticizer.
(h) PH Value of water

2.2.31 Ladders for inspections: Steel ladders are to be provided at the abutments and all
pier locations on both sides of girder bridges to enable inspecting officials to get
down from the ROB Road level to the top of the piers / abutments.

2.2.32 Expansion joints: Expansion joints – strip seal elastomeric type expansion joint
shall be for 80mm expansion gap in RCC deck slab as per drawings.

2.2.33 Seating of foundations:

As far as possible, open foundations should be located on the firm ground having
stable strata. The strata shall be well compacted before levelling course and
foundations are laid on the levelling.

In case foundations resting on rock, no foundation shall be laid on sloping rock. The
rock shall be made level for the width of the foundation before levelling course is
laid. Before seating on the rock, capacity of the rock shall be assessed properly and
safe bearing capacity assessed in the designs is to be confirmed.

The seating of the rock shall be achieved by cutting into the rock at least by 0.50m
depth to ensure removal of all weak layers and for obtaining adequate anchorage in
case of open foundations. After level surface is made on the rock, a rich mix layer
of 150mm thick shall be laid to even the bedding surface.

219
 If the rock is encountered while piling, pile shall be anchored into rock to the depth
as per codal provision.

2.2.34 Drainage outlets: 100mm GI/PVC pipes in case of deck slab in bridges will serve
as drainage spouts.

2.3 GENERAL GUIDELINES AND SPECIFICATIONS FOR BORED CAST-IN-

SITU RCC PILE FOUNDATIONS:

2.3.1 The piles shall be bored cast-in-situ. The scope of the work included in relevant
schedules is for the provision and testing of bored cast-in-situ RCC pile foundations
with the pile cap. Items for piling in soil has been provided in schedule. If any
boulder in the form of obstruction comes in the boring, no extra payment for piling
in boulders shall be made. Bore log provided by the M.C. (BMC) for construction
are only indicative in this regard and it is the contractors’ responsibility to make
correct assessment of ground conditions before starting the piling operation. Rate of
piling is divided into four items (a) item of empty boring (b) payment of concrete in
M: 35 from pile item (c) Payment of reinforcement in MT from pile item.(d)
Payment of liner in MT. Rate of Item of piling includes cost of all materials,
Cement and labour involved in all operations. The Payment of empty boring,
concrete M35, reinforcement and liner paid separately in respective items.

2.3.2 CONCRETING IN BORED CAST-IN-SITU PILES

(i) Bored Cast-in-situ concrete piles shall be installed by making a bore into the ground
by removal of material. Cast-in-situ concrete piles may be cast in metal liners which
may remain permanently in place. The metal casing shall be of sufficient thickness
and strength to hold its original form and show no harmful distortion after it and
adjacent casings have been driven and the driving core, if any, has been withdrawn.

(ii) Concreting and reinforcement work will be done in accordance with relevant
clauses in Chapters 3 and 4 of Indian Railway Unified Standard Specifications
(Works & Materials) Volume - I, 2010 supplemented by these specifications. The
decision of M.C. (BMC) is final and binding to the contractor.

(iii) Any liner or bore-hole which is improperly located or shows partial collapse that
would affect the load carrying capacity of the pile, shall be rejected or repaired as
directed by the Engineer at the cost of the Contractor.

(v) Bored cast-in-situ piles in soils which are stable may often be installed with only a
small casing length at the top. A minimum of 2.0m length of top of bore shall
invariably be provided with casing to prevent any loose soil falling into the bore. In
cases in which the side soil lower down can fall into the hole, it is necessary to
stabilise the side of the bore hole with drilling mud, or a suitable steel casing. The
casing may be left in position permanently specially in cases where the aggressive
action of the ground water is to be avoided, or in the cases of piles built in water or
in cases where significant length of piles could be exposed due to scour.

(vi) For bored cast-in-situ piles, casing / liner shall be driven open ended with a pile
driving hammer capable of achieving penetration of the liner to the length as
approved by the Engineer. Materials inside the casing shall be removed
220
 progressively by air lift, grab or percussion equipment or other approved means.
Unless otherwise approved by the Engineer, the diameter of the bore-holes shall be
not more than the inside diameter of the liner.

(vii) Where bored cast-in-situ piles are used in soils liable to flow, the bottom of the
casing shall be kept enough in advance of the boring tool to prevent the entry of soil
into the casing, thus preventing the formation of cavities and settlements in the
adjoining ground. The water level in the casing should generally be maintained at
the natural ground water level for the same reasons. The joints of the casing shall be
made as tight as possible to minimise inflow of water or leakage of slurry during
concreting. Where mud flow conditions exist, the casing of cast-in-situ piles shall
not be allowed to be withdrawn. Prior to the lowering of the reinforcement cage into
the pile shaft, the shaft shall be cleaned of all loose materials. Cover to reinforcing
steel shall be maintained by suitable spacers, tied in advance to the reinforcement.
(viii) Wherever practicable, concrete should be placed in a clean dry hole. Where
concrete is placed in dry condition and there is casing present, the top 3m of the pile
shall be compacted using internal vibrators.

(ix) Before concreting under water, the bottom of the hole shall be cleaned of drilling
mud and all soft or loose material very carefully. In case a hole is bored with use of
drilling mud, concreting should not be taken up when the specific gravity of bottom
slurry is more than 1.2. The drilling mud should be maintained at 1.5m above the
ground water level.

(x) Where the casing is withdrawn from cohesive soils for the formation of cast-in-situ
pile, the concreting should be done with necessary precautions to minimise the
softening of the soil by excess water. Care shall be taken during concreting to
prevent as far as possible the segregation of the ingredients. The displacement or
distortion of reinforcement during concreting and also while extracting the tube
shall be avoided.

(xi) The concrete shall be properly graded, shall be self-compacting and shall not get
mixed with soil, excess water, or other extraneous matter. Special care shall be
taken in silty, clays and other soils with the tendency to squeeze into the newly
deposited concrete and cause necking. Sufficient head of green concrete shall be
maintained to prevent inflow of soil or water into the concrete.

(xii) The placing of concrete shall be a continuous process from the toe level to the top of
the pile. To prevent segregation, a tube or tremie pipe as appropriate shall be used
to place concrete in all piles.

(xiii) To ensure compaction by hydraulic static heads, rate of placing concrete in the pile
shaft shall not be less than 6m (length of pile) per hour. Under water concreting
should be done with tremie.

(xiv) The maximum water cement ratio shall be 0.50 for cast in situ piles.

(xv) The cement content shall not be less than 400 kg/cum of concrete.

(xvi) The minimum slump of concrete for bored cast-in-situ piles shall 150mm to
200mm, but the slump should not exceed 200mm in any case.
221
(xvii) Concreting under water:-General requirements and precautions for concreting
under water shall be as given in concreting chapter 3 of IR Unified Standard
Specifications (Work & Materials), Volume - I, [Link] would be further
supplemented by given following instructions. The decision of M.C. (BMC) is final
and binding to the contractor.

(a) The concreting of a pile must be completed in one continuous operation. Also, for bored
holes, the finishing of the bore, cleaning of the bore, lowering of reinforcement cage and
concreting of pile for full height must be accomplished in one continuous operation
without any stoppage.
(b) The concrete should be coherent, rich in cement with high slump and restricted water
cement ratio.
(c) The tremie pipe will have to be large enough with due regard to the size of aggregate. For
20mm aggregate the tremie pipe should be of diameter not less than 150mm and for
larger aggregate, larger diameter tremie pipes may be necessary.

(d) The first charge of concrete should be placed with a sliding plug pushed down the tube
ahead of it to prevent mixing of water and concrete.

(e) The tremie pipe should always penetrate well into the concrete with an adequate margin
of safety against accidental withdrawal if the pipe is surged to discharge the concrete.

(f) The pile should be concreted wholly by tremie and the method of deposition should not
be changed part way up the pile to prevent the laitance from being entrapped within the
pile.

(g) All tremie tubes should be scrupulously cleaned after use.

(h) In special circumstances, the Engineer may permit use of any other proved method of
concrete placement designed for under water concrete. In such cases, a detailed method
statement should be prepared and got approved by the Engineer.

(xviii) The diameter of the finished pile shall not be less than that specified and a
continuous record shall be kept by the Engineer as to the volume of concrete placed
in relation to the pile length cast.

2.3.3 The schedule of quantities in this contract is based on bored cast-in-situ pile of
required capacity and for approximate anticipated depth as indicated in the
drawings. Depth of piles is likely to vary and contractor shall have no claim
whatsoever irrespective of the depth of piles provided at any and all locations.
Installation of piles shall be carried out as per layout drawings, installation criteria
and the instructions of the Engineer. The method of installing the piles, including
details of the equipment shall be submitted by the contractor and got approved by
the Engineer before start of work.

2.3.4 Piling work shall conform to specifications IS: 2911 Parts 1 & 4 unless otherwise
specified.

222
2.3.5 Workmanship of bored cast-in-situ piles includes the provisions for control of piling
installation, use of drilling mud, cleaning of borehole, tremie concreting, defective
pile, recording of data shall be as per Clause 8 of IS: 2911(Part 1/Section 2).

2.3.6 The specifications for safe load, test load, total displacement, net displacement etc.,
shall also conform to provisions as per IS: 2911 (Part 4).

2.3.7 The contractor shall set out piles with precision survey duly erecting permanent
bench marks and other references. He shall be responsible for correct maintenance
of position and plumb thereafter and these shall be checked periodically. The
control of alignment and inclination of piles shall be as per IS: 2911(Part 1/Section
2). Tolerances as specified in the above code or as specified shall govern.

2.3.8 Level marks shall be put accurately on each pile immediately after it is installed. If
any pile shows subsequently a tendency to heave up due to installation of other piles
later or due to any other reason, corrective course of action shall be suggested and
taken by the contractor after approval by the Engineer at the cost of contractor.

2.3.9 Durability provisions such as clear cover to reinforcements, minimum and

maximum cement content, maximum water-cement ratio and permeability of
concrete shall be adhered to as mentioned earlier and below. The exposed area of
pile above the ground level. In case of harmful chemical constituents found in
subsoil and in water such as chlorides and sulphides, special provisions as per
relevant codes of practice shall be followed for protection against reinforcement
corrosion and disintegration of concrete and for such protection against corrosion
and bio-fouling, the pile concrete/liner below cut-off level shall be painted with
appropriate material, if ordered by Engineer for which payment will be made
separately as specified in relevant schedules.

2.3.10 Sulphate resistant cement may be used on need based consideration after conducting
the soil investigation and water investigation. It shall not be used under such
conditions where concrete is exposed to risk of excessive chlorides and sulphate
attack both. Requirements of concrete exposed to sulphate attack shall be as per
Table 4 of IS: 456. Where chloride is encountered along with sulphate in soil or
ground water, Ordinary Portland Cement with C3A contents from 5 to 8 % shall be
desirable to be used in concrete instead of sulphate resisting cement. For pH around
4, steel and concrete both have to be specially quoted. If sulphate resistant cement is
used which has faster setting properties, curing shall start within five hours of
concreting.

2.3.11 Method of boring, namely, Bailer and Chisel, Rotary, Direct Mud Circulation
(DMC), Reverse Mud Circulation (RMC), Percussion, etc., shall be chosen as
appropriate to strata and site conditions. The agreement rates for piling are inclusive
of any type of boring/any type of supporting arrangements adopted by the contractor
and no extra payments are admissible for any type of scheme adopted by the
contractor.

2.3.12 Borehole stability shall be maintained with casing and/or mud circulation..

2.3.13 Use of drilling mud (Bentonite) in stabilizing the sides of bore holes is mandatory in
soils of inadequate capacity. The decision on the need of use of Bentonite will be
223
 taken by the Engineer which is final. The bentonite slurry shall be maintained at
1.5m above the ground water level during boring operations and till the pile is
concreted. The bentonite slurry shall be under constant circulation till start of
concreting and shall meet the requirements stipulated in the subsequent clauses.
Agreemental rates for piling includes the cost of Bentonite and related operations
and the contractor cannot claim any extra cost on this account.

2.3.14 Providing MS Liners: This item is for supply and fixing contractor’s permanent MS
liners for the pile from the top of working platform upto the required depth as may
be decided by the Engineer. The contractor shall fabricate the MS liners from his
own MS sheets to suit the diameter of the pile as directed. Required length of MS
liners will be made up by welding each unit outside by the contractor with his own
equipments and plants. It shall be clearly noted that the MS sheets required for
manufacture of the liners shall not be supplied by the M.C. (BMC). The welding
shall be of proper quality so as to withstand the hammering forces. The payable
depth shall however, be measured only from the cut off level though the liner might
have been provided right from the level of working platform on practical
considerations, since the length above the cut off level has to be necessarily
removed by gas cutting for facilitating peeling of the top portion of the pile and for
interlacing its reinforcement bars into the capping slab. Therefore, the rate quoted
shall cater for the element of cutting and removing the surplus length of MS liners.
There is, however, no objection for the surplus pieces, if usable, are united and are
re-welded to the required length for reuse on some of the other piles. No claim shall
be entertained if the cut pieces cannot be reused by the contractor.

2.3.15 The contractor shall take all necessary precautions while piling close to existing
structures/other foundations/track so as to minimize vibrations and ground
movement. Bores shall be encased as directed by the Engineer and boring shall
commence only after precautionary measures are taken. While working near the
existing track, infringements and other safety aspects shall be specially considered
and taken care of.

2.3.16 The contractor shall indemnify the M.C. (BMC) Administration against any claim or
obligations arising out of any damage to structure or out of any injury to any
person/persons due to piling working done by him.

2.3.17 The contractor shall mobilize and maintain requisite resources for piling including
concreting. Additional resources, as a standby shall also be available in advance of
work, to take care of any eventualities. Admixtures as approved by Engineer shall
be kept in readiness before concreting to meet any exigencies. After boring and/or
cage lowering to avoid borehole instability and settlement of bentonite, boreholes
shall not be left un-concreted for long.

2.3.18 The spoils arising out of boring shall be disposed off as directed by Engineer within
the agreement rates. In case of piling close to Railway track or near the existing
road, contractor shall make adequate arrangements for disposing the muck away
properly. Contractor shall also make adequate drainage arrangement for mud slurry
so that the same does not affect the tracks or roads or adjoining properties.

2.3.19 The bored spoils may be dumped in a low lying area as directed by Engineer so that
work site is restored back to normal condition after completion of work.
224
2.3.20 When the bore has reached its final depth, it shall be free from any foreign matter
before placing the reinforcement cage and concreting for the pile is started.
Reinforcement for the pile shall be carefully placed in position and concreting then
started. The cover block used also shall satisfy strength and permeability criteria.

2.3.21 If hard rock is encountered, socketing in hard rock shall also be provided as per
codal provision.

2.3.22 In case of sloping bedrock profile, the requisite depth of socketing shall be ensured
as minimum all round piling and the payment will be made for the least depth of
socketing only and no claims of differential depth of socketing are admissible.

2.3.23 The bottom level of pile cap will be decided by Engineer, depending upon capacity
and ground level.

2.3.24 Care shall be taken for free flow of concrete through splices and congested
reinforcement zones with proper detailing and monitoring.

2.3.25 The quantity of concrete required for a particular pile shall be calculated as per
depth of the pile and nominal diameter of the pile. This quantity shall be checked
with the actual quantity of concrete used, which is to be recorded and signed jointly
by the contractor and representative of the M.C. (BMC). Theoretical quantity of
concrete, calculated as per depth and nominal diameter of the pile shall form the
basis of calculating the cement quantity as per approved design mix, for payment to
the contractor,

2.3.26 For the finishing of pile heads, the clearances of reinforcements in the pile cap and
the keying of the pile head into the pile cap shall be as given in IS: 2911.

2.3.27 The contractor shall maintain bore log register and bored samples for each pile
boring and concreting. The details shall contain various operations in pile boring
with time, type of soil met with depth of penetration with levels, liner welding and
lowering details, obstruction to boring, if any, machine down time, rock touch level
and final socketed level. The flushing out details before cage lowering and before
concreting shall also be recorded. The concreting details such as mix proportions,
sounding at various depths vis-à-vis cement / concrete consumption, unusual
observations while concreting, interruption to concreting, if any and overflow
concrete shall be recorded. The swelling and/or squeezing of borehole in uncased
portion shall be specially monitored with recording of sounding depth, quantity
concreted actually and quantity theoretically estimated corresponding to that
sounding depth.

2.3.28 The payable depth of piles shall be taken up to the clear distance from the cut-off
level (bottom of pile cap) to the average bottom of the bore. The depth so measured
shall be rounded off to the nearest first decimal of a metre (0.05 metre or more to be
reckoned as 0.10 metre whereas below 0.05 metre to be reckoned as 0.00 metre) for
the purpose of making payment.

2.3.29 In group of two or more piles, piles of same diameter and same load carrying
capacity shall be installed. The distance between centre to centre of such piles shall
225
 be governed by IS: 2911. In case the contractor offers to install the piles closer than
this spacing, he shall state the reduction in the working load of the pile which will
be subject to the approval of Engineer. The additional piles required on this account
shall be provided by the contractor without any extra cost to the M.C. (BMC). Also
cost of cement and steel reinforcement used on this score will have to be borne by
the contractor. New MS liners shall also be to contractors account.

2.3.30 If any pile during boring has deviated from the design position or from the
verticality or if the safe allowable load of the pile is not obtainable as per the design,
all these facts shall be reported promptly to the Engineer during the execution of the
work with suggestion from the contractor regarding adequate corrective measures.
The Engineer shall consider the suggestions of the contractor and shall give
necessary directions for the corrective measure which shall be done by the
contractor at his own cost and risk. However, if certain piles are rejected by the
Engineer on account of improper location / verticality / alignment / capacity, the
Engineer may allow the rejected piles to be left in their places and additional piles
may be installed to take up the safe working load of the rejected piles with
satisfaction of Engineer without any extra cost to the M.C. (BMC). If any such
changes involve additional expenditure due to increase in size of pile cap, etc., the
same shall also be borne by the contractor including the extra cost involved in the
usage of the extra quantity of cement and steel used in such changes.

2.3.31 No payment will be made for rejected piles and also for the cement, steel and the
MS liners provided for the rejected piles.

2.3.32 Pile load Test: IS: 2911 (Part 4) prescribes various guidelines and procedures for
load tests on piles. Pile load test shall be conducted as per IS: 2911 (Part 4) and as
directed by the Engineer. Vertical load tests (compression) and lateral load tests
shall be adopted for testing of piles. There shall be two categories of tests on piles
for each type of loading (vertical and lateral), namely, initial tests and routine tests.
Initial tests should be carried out on test piles which are not to be incorporated in
the work. Routine tests shall be carried out as a check on working piles.

Initial load test is carried out to determine the ultimate load capacity and arrival at
the safe load by application of factor of safety whereas routine test is conducted to
determine the safe load of pile, checking the safety load and extent of safety. In
other words, routine test is conducted to check whether the pile is capable of taking
the working load assigned to it.

Non-destructive testing i.e. Integrity testing of pile using Low Strain / Sonic
Integrity Test / Sonic Echo test method in accordance with IS: 14893 shall be
carried out for integrity testing of concrete in the installed pile.

The vertical load test and lateral load test shall be carried out as per clause 6 and 7
of IS: 2911 (Part 4).

Safe load on a pile is derived by applying a factor of safety on ultimate load

capacity of pile as determined by a load test whereas working load is the load
assigned to pile according to design. The safe loads on single pile and on group of
piles for the initial test and routine test shall be in accordance clause 6.1.5 and 6.1.6
of IS: 2911(Part 4). Test load shall be 2.5 times the safe capacity load for Initial
226
 Load. For routine test, test load shall be at least 1.5 times the working load for
maximum settlement not exceeding 12mm in case of single pile whereas test load
shall be equal to the working load for maximum settlement not exceeding 25mm in
case of group piles.

The test shall be carried out at cut off level wherever practicable, otherwise suitable
allowance shall be made in the interpretation of the test results / test load if the test
is not carried out at cut-off level.

The contractor shall submit all data along with load vs settlement, time vs
settlement, interpretation of the pile load test, etc., in a report along with
characteristics of the pile as per IS 2911 and as directed by the Engineer.
For any other type of test such as pullout tests, etc. if considered necessary, the
contractor shall make arrangements in consultation with the Engineer and payments
for the same will be eligible as decided mutually in advance.

Payment for initial vertical load test, routine vertical load test and lateral load test
will be made against a separate item provided in the schedule.

2.3.33 The contractor is required to carry out load test in pile or group of piles as per
provisions contained in IS : 2911 (Part 4) of and shall provide all the designing,
testing, loading, supporting, instrumenting, recording & reporting arrangements at
the agreement rates. The design, instrumentation etc., shall be approved by the M.C.
(BMC).

2.3.34 The payment for the test of the pile or group of piles shall be made to the contractor
only when the test is found to be satisfactory. For tests which are found to be
unsatisfactory or which are not completed due to any reasons whatsoever, no
payment shall be made to the contractor.

2.3.35 The agreement rates for tests include instrumentation, reporting, arranging of
necessary kentledge, R.S. Joists, sand bags, etc, required for loading the platform for
successful testing of the pile or group of piles and removing the same from the site
of work after the test is completed and clearing the site to the satisfaction of the
Engineer and no extra payment shall be made on this account.

2.3.36 In case of defective piles, M.C. (BMC) reserves the right to order, at the cost of
contractor, non-destructive test for integrity and / or capacity assessment or
additional static load tests as confirmatory tests at the cost of the contractor. The test
shall be considered satisfactory only if the criteria laid in specifications are satisfied
and the behaviour of the pile or pile group during the period of test does not disclose
any defects as specified in relevant codes and as directed by the Engineer.

2.3.37 Each pile shall be identified with a reference member. Level marks shall be
accurately painted on each pile immediately after its installation. The contractor
shall record all the information during installation of piles as directed by the
Engineer. Pile records in triplicate shall be submitted by the contractor.

2.3.38 Approval of the termination depth of the pile by the Engineer shall, in no way,
absolve the contractor on the integrity of the pile.

227
2.3.39 Control of Position and Alignment: Piles shall be installed as accurately vertical
(for vertical piles) as possible. The permissible limits for deviation with respect to
position and alignment shall confirm to IS: 2911 (Part 1/Section 2).

2.3.40 Working level shall be above the cut-off-level. After the initial boring of about 1m,
temporary guide casing of suitable length shall be lowered in the pile bore for
vertical pile. The diameter of guide casing shall be such as to give the necessary
finished diameter of the concrete pile. The centre line of guide casing shall be
checked before continuing further boring. Guide casing shall be minimum of 1.0m
length. Additional length of casing may be used depending on the condition of the
strata, ground water level etc. The temporary guide casing (if provided) shall be
withdrawn cautiously, after concreting is done up to the required level. While
withdrawing the casing, concrete shall not be disturbed.

2.3.41 Permanent MS Liners shall be provided for piles up to point of refusal or as directed
by the Engineer. The bottom end of the MS Liner shall be stiffened by welding
additional plates to withstand the impact during driving.

2.3.42 In case hard rock is encountered, chiselling is essentially required for softening of
the rock, the same may be adopted only on approval of the Engineer, at no extra
cost to the M.C. (BMC). Advancement of pile bore shall be done by drilling only, in
case of use of rotary hydraulic drilling rig.

2.3.43 Specifications for Bentonite shall be as follows: Liquid limit of bentonite when
tested in accordance with IS: 2720 (Part V) shall be 400 percent or more. Bentonite
solution should be made by mixing it with fresh water using pump for circulation.
The density of the freshly prepared bentonite suspension shall be between 1.03 and
1.10 gm / ml depending upon the pile dimensions and type of soil in which the pile
is to be installed. However, the density of bentonite suspension after mixing with
deleterious materials in the pile bore may be up to 1.25 gm / ml. The marsh
viscosity when tested by a marsh cone shall be between 30 to 60 Seconds/stroke.
The pH value of the bentonite suspension shall be between 9 and 11.5.

2.3.44 Cleaning of borehole: - After completion of borehole up to the required depth, the
borehole shall be cleaned as per clause 8.3 of IS: 2911 (Part 1/Section 2).

2.3.45 A protocol shall be maintained regarding the strata at the founding level, SPT value,
percent core recovery, Unconfined Compressive Strength (UCS) from the nearest
borehole, socketing horizon, flushing of pile bore, time interval between end of
boring and start of concreting, bentonite density before start of concreting.

2.3.46 Top of Concrete in Pile and Cut off-level (COL):- Cut-off-Level of piles shall be as
indicated in drawings released for construction. The top of concrete in pile as cast
shall be above the cut-off-level by 1.0 metre (maximum) to remove all laitance and
weak concrete and to ensure good concrete at cut-off-level, for proper embedment
into the pile cap. The area surrounding the piles shall be excavated up to the bottom
of the pile caps. After seven days of concreting of pile, the exposed part of concrete
above the COL shall be removed / chipped off and made rough at COL. The
projected reinforcement above COL shall be properly cleaned and bent to the
required shape and level to be anchored into the pile cap. The pile top shall be
embedded into the pile cap by 150 mm or clear cover to reinforcement, whichever is
228
 higher. All loose material on the top of pile head after chipping to the desired level
shall be removed and disposed off as directed by the Engineer.

2.3.47 Reinforcement: The longitudinal reinforcement shall project 50 times its diameter
above cut-off-level unless otherwise indicated. Proper cover to reinforcement and
central placement of the reinforcement cage in the pile bore shall be ensured by use
of suitable concrete spacers or rollers, cast specifically for the purpose. Placement
of reinforcement cage to its full length shall be ensured before concreting. Minimum
clear cover to the reinforcement shall be 75 mm, unless otherwise mentioned.

2.3.48 Building Up of Piles: If any pile, already cast as per construction drawing, requires
any extra casting due to any change in cut-off-level, then the pile shall be built up
by using at least one grade higher concrete than specified for piles, ensuring proper
continuity with the existing concrete and to the satisfaction of the Engineer.
Necessary reinforcement, as per design requirement and suitable shuttering shall be
provided, before casting the concrete. Surrounding soil shall also be built up to the
required level by proper compaction, to ensure lateral capacity of the pile.

2.3.49 Breaking Off: If any pile already cast requires breaking, due to subsequent change
of Pile’s cut-off-level, then the same shall be carried out, not before seven days of
casting without affecting the quality of existing pile, such as loosening, cracking
etc., and to the satisfaction of the Engineer. If any pile is cracked, the same shall be
replaced by the contractor at his own cost.

2.3.50 Bore Hole testing: Bore hole shall be made as per IS:1892.

2.3.51 IMPORTANT CONSIDERATIONS, INSPECTION / PRECAUTIONS

(i) While concreting uncased piles, voids in concrete shall be avoided and sufficient head of
concrete shall be maintained to prevent inflow of soil or water into the concrete. It is also
necessary to take precautions during concreting to minimise the softening of the soil by
excess water. Uncased cast-in-situ piles shall not be permitted where mudflow conditions
exist.

(i) The drilling mud such as bentonite suspension shall be maintained at a level sufficiently
above the surrounding ground water level to ensure the stability of the strata which is
being penetrated all through the boring operation and until the pile has been concreted.

(ii) Where bentonite suspension is used to maintain the stability of the bore-hole, it is
essential that the properties of the material be carefully controlled at stages of mixing,
circulating through the bore-hole and immediately before concrete is placed. It is
advisable to limit:
(a) The density of bentonite suspension to 1.05 g/cc and maintain it.
(b) The marsh cone viscosity between 30 and 40 seconds.
(c) The pH value between 9.5 and 11.50
(d) The silt content less than 1 per cent
(e) The liquid limit of bentonite not less than 400 per cent

229
 These aspects shall act as controlling factors for preventing contamination of
bentonite slurry by clay and silt.

(iii) The bores shall be washed by bentonite flushing to ensure clean bottom at two stages
viz. (a) after completion of boring and (b) prior to concreting after placing of
reinforcement cage. Flushing of bentonite shall be done continuously with fresh
bentonite slurry till the consistency of inflowing and out flowing slurry is similar.

(iv) Tremie of 150mm to 200mm diameter shall be used for concreting. The tremie should
have uniform and smooth cross-section inside, and shall be withdrawn slowly
ensuring adequate height of concrete outside the tremie pipe at all stages of withdrawal.
Other precautions to be taken while tremie concreting are:
(a) The sides of the bore-hole have to be stable throughout
(b) The tremie shall be water tight throughout its length and have a hopper
attached at its head by a water tight connection.
(c) The tremie pipe shall be large enough in relation to the size of aggregates.
For 20mm aggregate the tremie pipe shall be of diameter not less than
150mm and for larger size aggregate tremie pipe of larger diameter is
required.
(d) The tremie pipe shall always be kept full of concrete and shall penetrate
well into the concrete in the bore-hole with adequate margin of safety
against accidental withdrawal if the pipe is surged to discharge the
concrete.
(e) For very long or large diameter piles, use of retarding plasticiser in
concrete is desirable.
2.3.52 Pile Data:

The contractor shall submit data in the following proforma for each pile indicating
all technical details along with date and time of various operations in adequate
permanent forms/copies for record.

Proforma
(i) Reference No. Location (Co-ordinates) __ area.

(ii) Sequence of installation of piles in group

(iii) Pile diameter & type

(iv) Working level (Platform level)

(v) Cut off level (COL)

(vi) Actual length below COL

(vii) Pile termination level

(a) Start of socket (Level)

230
 (b) Termination of pile (Level):

(viii) Top of finished concrete level

(ix) Date and time of start and completion of boring.

(x) Depth of ground water table in the vicinity.

(xi) Type of soil/ rock at pile tip

(xii) Method of boring operation

(xiii) Details of drilling mud (Bentonite) as used:

(a) Freshly supplied mud:

Liquid limit
Sand content
Density
Marsh viscosity
Swelling index,
PH value

(b) Contaminated mud:

Density
Sand content

(xiv) (a) Standard Penetration Test (SPT) Penetration for 100 blows at Socketing
Level for reference pile:

(b) Unconfined Compression Strength (UCS) Value in rock (from the nearest
bore hole): Core recovery (from the nearest bore hole):

(c) Rate of drilling in mm / hr:

(1) At start of socketing horizon
(2) At termination level

(xv) Date and time of start and completion of concreting.

(xvi) Method of placing concrete

(xvii) Concrete quantity

Actual:
Theoretical:

(xviii) Ref. number of test cubes

(xix) Grade and slump of concrete

(xx) Results of test cubes

(xxi) Reinforcement details:

231
 Main reinforcement Stirrups: Type
No._______________ No.___________
Dia ______________ Dia ___________
Depth_____________ Spacing________

(xxii) Any other information regarding obstructions, delay and other interruption
to the Sequence of work.

(xxiii) Pile bore log details (in brief).

2.3.52 Such structure or parts of the structure which fail or pass the specified tests, shall be
removed from the site by the tenderer/contractor at his cost and the contractors shall
redo the work. Payments made on account of the rejected structure/part structure work
shall be recovered from the contractor and the work will be redone by him at the same
rates.

2.4 GENERAL GUIDLINES AND SPECIFICATIONS FOR SUPPLY OF

REINFORCEMENT AND STRUCTRURAL STEEL

2.4.1 SUPPLY OF STEEL FOR VARIOUS WORKS:

Supply of steel to various specifications as required under various schedules in the
contract are governed by the Technical specifications and Special Conditions
specified hereunder.
All steel shall be supplied by the Contractor at the site of work and stacked, stored,
protected and maintained by him at his cost till they are put into use. Any temporary
structure required for storage of steel etc., has to be provided by the Contractor at
his cost and should be removed after completion of the work. The M.C. (BMC) will
only provide suitable land for construction of the above temporary shed free of cost
wherever available.

For supply and use of steel in various works, relevant IRS Codes Specifications, IS
Specifications and Railways/MORTH specification will be applicable or relevant.
The decision of M.C. (BMC) shall be final and binding to the contractor.

2.4.2 SPECIFICATIONS FOR STEEL:

[Link] The steel supplied by the contractor must satisfy any of the following material
specifications as required for the work along with other concerned
specifications.

(i) The reinforcement steel shall be Thermo mechanical Treated bars of grade
Fe 500D conforming / satisfying to IS 1786 (Up to date).

(ii) The structural steel shall be conforming to IS 2062 (Up to date) as specified.
It shall have Sub quality ‘BR’ & Grade E250 (Fe 410 W) as mentioned in
the tender schedule and the requirements of IRS B1-2001 shall be fulfilled
for all components for all s.s. 12 mm thick & above plates are fully killed
and fully normalized / controlled cooled as mentioned in the tender
schedule. 'BR' sub quality indicate the requirement of impact test at room
232
 temperature and should conform to Charpy Impact Test at room temperature
in accordance with relevant I.S. Code.

(iii) Relevant other IS and IRS Specifications with regard to properties, testing
and use of the above steel items also shall govern.

[Link] The contractor shall produce the manufacturers test certificate for each lot of supply
satisfying the requirements of relevant IS specifications and at the specific
frequency as laid down.

[Link] The Contractor shall arrange to carryout additional tests on physical properties of
steel for every 40 metric tonne (t) of steel, and for every change in lot / batch for
reinforcement steel and structural steel, Contractor shall submitted test report from
manufacturer at his cost. M.C. (BMC) reserve to right for carry out additional test if
need arise. No extra payment will be made for conducting such tests and the
agreemental rate is inclusive of above testing charges.

2.4.3 PROCUREMENT OF STEEL:

[Link] All Reinforcement steel (TMT bars) and Structural Steel shall be procured as per
specification mentioned in BIS’s documents – IS: 1786 and IS: 2062. Independent
tests shall be conducted, wherever required, to ensure that the materials procured
conform to the Specifications.

These steel shall be procured only from those firms, which are Established,
Reliable, Indigenous & Primary Producers of Steel, having Integrated Steel Plants
(ISP), using iron ore as the basic raw material and having in–house iron rolling
facilities, followed by production of liquid steel and crude steel, as per Ministry of
Steel's (Government of India) guidelines.

However, only certain isolated sections of structural steel, not being rolled by ISPs,
can be procured from the authorized re-rollers of ISPs or authorized licensee of BIS
having traceability system and who use billets produced by ISPs with the approval
of Engineer.

[Link] The contractor shall have to submit the cash memo and challans along with the lot /
batch of steel purchased in token of proof of purchase of steel from reputed dealers.
Steel shall be approved by Engineer only after production of necessary certificates
before use in works.

2.4.4 REINFORCEMENT AND STRUCTURAL STEEL:

[Link] Payment for supply of all types of steel shall be made for the quantity required /
used as per the drawings issued from time to time. No payment will be admissible
for quantity supplied in excess of the required quantity as per drawings. However,
contractor will be permitted to take the excess quantity back by his own means, but
no claim for payment for transportation so involved will be admissible. No
payment will be made for more supply of steel at the site / excess used in
Construction. No payment will be made for steel used in temporary or enabling
works unless explicitly provided for in the Schedules. Steel for enabling/temporary
works shall be arranged by the Contractor at his own cost.
233
2.4.5 STAGE PAYAMENTS FOR STRUCTURAL STEEL:

[Link] No Advance Payment shall be made. However, stage payment for manufacturer of
steel girders shall be made as per Bills of Quantities by the M.C. (BMC) for steel
physically brought to site by the contractor.

[Link] Stage payment for steel Girder will be released subject to the following conditions:

(i) The steel shall be delivered at site and properly stored under covered sheds in
measurable stacks and separately maintained for various sizes, sections and dates of
supply.

(ii) The quantities of steel shall be brought to the site only in such instalments that would
facilitate smooth progress of work and consumed in reasonable time. The payment
will be restricted to a maximum of 30% of the schedule quantity at any point of time.

(iii) Proper accountable in the Steel Register is to be maintained in the prescribed format at
the site for the receipt and use of the steel.

(iv) Ownership of such steel shall be deemed to vest with the M.C. (BMC).

(v) Before releasing the stage payment, the contractor shall insure the steel at his own
cost in favour of M.C. (BMC) against theft, misuse, damages, fire etc.

(vi) The price variation claim for steel will continue to be governed as per extant PV
clause and with reference to delivery at site.

(vii) The Stage payment will be made, only when the Engineer or his authorized
representative certifies that the said quantity of steel is received at site and entered in
the register and that in his opinion the steel is actually required in accordance with the
contract.

(viii) No Stage payment is permitted for steel required for temporary and enabling works.

[Link] (i) 60% payment shall be released after fabrication and receiving fabricated
component at ROB site.
(ii) 20% payment shall be released after assembling the fabricated components as per
drawing at ROB site.
(iii) 20% payment shall be released after erection and completion of item.

[Link] Any Stage payment found to be made against the materials brought to the site in
excess over the actual materials consumed in work shall be recovered from the
contractor dues.

2.4.6 OTHERS:

[Link] Reinforcement steel and structural steel, shall be stored in such a way so as to avoid
distortion and to prevent deterioration by corrosion. All steel used should be free
from loose Mill scale, loose rust, paints and oil covering / coating etc.
234
[Link] Steel material, for which stage payment has been availed by the Contractor, shall be
property of M.C. (BMC) and will be issued to contractor by Engineer whenever
required for the work. Contractor will be solely responsible for guarding against
theft / misuse of the consignment due to any cause what so ever. The stage payment
will be made, only when the Engineer certifies that in his opinion that the materials
are actually required in accordance with the contract. It is the responsibility of the
agency to ensure that steel as per the requirement is brought to site as per approved
drawings / requirements.

[Link] The contractor shall be bound to store the materials at site of work earmarked for
the purpose by the Engineer and shall not remove from the site nor use for any other
purposes than exclusively for execution of the work for which the materials are
intended for. Safe guarding of the materials is the responsibility of the contractor
even if the material is deemed to be owned by the M.C. (BMC) and insurance etc.,
have been arranged by the contractor.

[Link] Contractor shall remove from site any steel materials rejected by the Engineer
within reasonable time as specified by him.

[Link] Before the test pieces are selected, the Contractor shall furnish copies of the mill
records of the reinforcement steel giving number of coils in each cast with sizes and
identity marks to enable identification of the material with the bill produced.

2.5 GENERAL GUIDELINES AND SPECIFICATIONS FOR FABRICATION &

ERECTION OF COMPOSITE GIRDER AND SPECIAL CONDITIONS

2.5.1 GENERAL:

This chapter covers the supply of material, fabrication, assembly and erection of
Composite/BOW string/Open Web Girders and bearings.

The composite girder shall be fabricated / erected as per approved GAD/ Design and
launching scheme provided.

The following are the brief specifications and general guidelines for fabricating and
erecting the girders but not limited to.

For detailed technical specifications for fabrication and erection of girders, refer
special condition and specification for “Schedule-E”, added to supersede by
Additional Specifications if any, appended to or as modified from time to time and
Indian Railway Specification for Fabrication and Erection of Steel Girder Bridges and
Locomotive Turn-Tables (Serial No B1-2001) shall be followed.

The superstructure of these ROBs in Railway portion is composite girder.

Composite girder is a combination of plate girders/ Bow string/ Open Web Girders
and deck slab. These girders involve the use of shear connector also. The Width of
bridge is as per approved GAD and approved design. The superstructure includes
two RCC crash barriers and two RCC railings as per MORTH design. The wearing
235
coat is made of plain concrete. The wearing coat is 75 mm thick or as per GAD and
design. The cross drainage slope of 1 : 40 is in the deck slab to drain the water. 100
mm dia GI/PVC pipe shall be used as drainage spouts.

The RCC deck slab has been designed with design Mix Concrete with grade of
Concrete M35. The environmental exposure condition of this area where these
ROBs are being constructed is moderate. As per moderate condition, minimum
grade of concrete required as per Addendum and Corrigendum slip no 12 of
Concrete Bridge Code - 1997 is M30. Minimum grade of concrete requirement is
for durability of the structure. Hence, M35 satisfies the codal provisions of Concrete
Bridge Code.

The bearings used in these girders are Elastomeric / POT cum PTFE Bearing as per
approved GADs & design. The contractor has to purchase the bearings from the
approved manufacturers of Railways/RDSO/State Government as may be applicable
or relevant, as per approved drawing. The decision of M.C. (BMC) shall be final
and binding to the contractor.

Bearing design shall be done by bearing manufacture are as per load/forces on

bearing given in the drawing and design/ drawing of bearing shall be got approved
from Consultant. The cost of design of bearing shall be borne by the contractor. The
decision of the M.C. (BMC) shall be final and binding two the contractor.

Pin and Metallic Guide bearing have also been shown in the drawings of
superstructure of RDSO composite girders. But these are used in Seismic Zone IV
and V. For this work, these bearings are not applicable.

The 18m, 22m, 24m, 30m, 36m, 48m and 62m etc as per GADs s. Composite plate
girder/ Bow string girder/ Open Web Girders are to be fabricated as per Indian
Railway Specification for Fabrication and Erection of Steel Girder.

Bridges and Locomotive Turn-Tables (Serial No B1-2001).

High Strength Friction Grip Bolts (HSFGB) shall be used as per drawings of RDSO.
Notes for use of HSFGB are given in drawing no. RDSO/B-11760/R.

For skew ROBs, please refer drawing no. RDSO/B-11759/R.

Protection screen is to be provided as per RDSO Drawing No RDSO/ETI/0068 in

each ROB.

The protective coating is to be given to the composite girder by metalizing with

sprayed aluminium as recommended in RDSO drawings.

The Contractor will be required to develop jigs & Masters for each components of
composite Girder and same will be approved by M.C. (BMC) authorized inspecting
officials. Masters templates should be stored & handled carefully and should be used
only for checking the correctness of the jigs from time to time.

236
 After successful inspection of the fabricated components, appropriate surface
treatment i.e. metalizing shall be rendered & components transported to bridge sites.

Contractor will be responsible for making material dumping and girder erection yard
as per the requirement for which no extra payment will be made by the M.C. (BMC)
to the Contractor.

2.5.2 Site Inspection

Tenderers are requested to inspect the site and carry out careful examination to
satisfy them as to the nature of work involved and facilities available at the site.
They should note carefully all the existing structures and those under construction
through other agencies. They should also study the suitability of utilizing the
different equipments and the machinery that they intend to use for the execution of
the work. The tenderers should also select suitable sites for the purpose of locating
their store yard, laboratory, staff quarters etc., and satisfy themselves with regard to
the feasibility of transporting the plate girders from the yard to the final site of
placement etc.

2.5.3 Brief Design Data

The composite girders has been designed as per relevant IRS / IRC / RDSO codes and
other guidelines.

2.5.4 Codes and Specifications:

The materials as well as execution of works shall be confirming to the following

specifications and codes of practice (Latest Revision of the Specification /Codes & upto
date correction slips to be referred).

[Link] Indian Railway Standard Codes and Specifications:

(i) IR Specification for Fabrication of steel girder bridge & Locomotives turn tables
(fabrication specification) – SERIAL NO. B1-2001 issued by RDSO, Reprint -
2008 incorporating A & C slip upto 4 (upto date).
(ii) IRS : Welded Bridge Code (1989)
(iii) IRS : Steel Bridge Code (2003 )
(iv) IRS: M-28 Specifications for electrodes.
(v) IRS: M-39 Specification for wire flux for SAW.

[Link] Indian Standard Specification:

(i) IS: 2062-2011 Specification for structural steel.

(ii) IS: 813-1986 Scheme of symbols for welding.
(iii) IS: 800-2007.
(iv) IS: 9595-1996 Manual for metal arc welding.
(v) IS: 818-1968 Code of Practice for safety and Health requirements in electric and
gas welding operations.
(vi) IS: 5666-1970 Etch (Pre-treatment) Primer
237
 (vii) IS: 104-1979 Specification for Ready mixed paint, brushing, zinc chrome,
Priming
(viii) IS : 2339-1963 : Aluminium paint
(ix) IS: 2004-1991 Carbon steel forgings for general engineering purposes.
(x) IS: 1852-1985 Rolling and cutting tolerances for hot-rolled steel products.
(xi) IS: 1148-2009 Rivet bars for structural purposes.
(xii) IS: 4353-1995 Recommendations of Sub-merged Arc welding of mild steel and
low alloy steel.
(xiii) IS: 3935-1966 (shear connector)

2.5.5 Materials

[Link] Steel (Plates and Rolled sections) should conform to IS: 2062-2011. It shall have
Sub quality ‘BR’ & Grade E250 (Fe 410 W) as mentioned in the tender schedule
and the requirements of IRS B1-2001 shall be fulfilled for all components for all s.s.
12 mm thick & above plates are fully killed and fully normalized / controlled cooled
as mentioned in the tender schedule. BR sub quality indicate the requirement of
impact test at room temperature and should conform to Charpy Impact Test at room
temperature in accordance with relevant I.S. Code.

Material supplied by the manufacturers shall be ultrasonically tested as per codal

provisions at the manufacturer’s premises before dispatch. The contractor on receipt
of supply in his factory premises/fabrication workshop may have to carry out
random USFD testing as per standards laid down in various codes and verify them
with the list received from manufacturers, if instructed by the inspection agency/
Site Engineer. Only tested steel shall be used for fabrication. The steel shall comply
in all respects with the requirements of approved drawings and relevant codes and
specifications and it may be noted that quality of steel used for fabrication shall be
the essence of the contract & shall be rigidly followed.

[Link] Structural Steel shall be procured as per specification mentioned in BIS’s

documents – IS : 2062-2011. Independent tests shall be conducted, wherever
required, to ensure that the materials procured conform to the Specifications.

These steel shall be procured only from those firms, which are Established,
Reliable, Indigenous & Primary Producers of Steel, having Integrated Steel Plants
(ISP), using iron ore as the basic raw material and having in – house iron rolling
facilities, followed by production of liquid steel and crude steel, as per Ministry of
Steel's (Government of India) guidelines.

However, only certain isolated sections of structural steel, not being rolled by ISPs,
can be procured from the authorized re-rollers of ISPs or authorized licensee of BIS
having traceability system and who use billets produced by ISPs with the approval
of Engineer.

2.5.6 Test Certificates & Testing

All materials for the work shall pass Mechanical test, Charpy test, Chemical
Analysis, etc. prescribed by the relevant IS specifications or such other equivalent
specifications.

238
 For all materials including HSFG bolts, the contractor shall furnish copies of test
certificates from the manufacturers including proof sheets, mill test certificates, etc.
showing that the materials have been tested in accordance with the requirements of
various specifications and codal provisions.

If any further testing of materials is required by Engineer in respect of these and

other items, it shall be arranged for by the contractor at a reputed
laboratory/National test house as approved by Engineer. For this, nothing extra shall
be payable and accepted rates in the schedule of items shall be deemed to include
this.

Even satisfactory outcome of such tests or analysis shall in no way limit, dilute or
interfere with the absolute right of the Engineer to reject the whole or part of such
materials supplied, which in the judgement of the inspecting authority does not
comply with the conditions of the contract. The decision of the Engineer in this
regard shall be final, binding and conclusive for all purposes.

The Engineer shall be empowered, at his/her discretion to make or have made under
the supervision, any of the tests specified in the specifications mentioned herein in
addition to such other tests as he/she may consider necessary, at any time up to the
completion of the contract and to such an extent as he/she may think necessary to
determine the quality of all materials used therein. In doing so, he/she shall be at
liberty under any reasonable procedure, he/she may think fit to select, identify, have
cut-off and take possession of test pieces from the material either before, during or
after its being worked up into the finished product.

The Engineer shall also be empowered to call for a duly authenticated series of
mechanical tests to be obtained from the maker for this materials used in the work
and to accept the same in lieu of other tests to the extent he/she deems fit. The
Contractor shall supply the material required for the test pieces and shall also
prepare the test pieces necessary.

The test shall be carried out by the Contractor, for which Contractor shall provide
all facilities including supply of labour and plant. Engineer may at his/her discretion
direct the Contractor to despatch such tests pieces as he/she may require to the
National Test House or elsewhere as he/she may think fit for such testing purposes.

The Engineer may at his/her discretion, check test results obtained at Contractor's
work by independent tests at National Test House.

The Engineer shall at all times be empowered to examine and check the working of
the Contractor's plant before and after using it. Should the Contractor's plant be
found, in the Engineer's opinion, unreliable, he/she is empowered to cancel any tests
already carried out in this contract and have these tests carried out at any National
Test House or elsewhere, as he/she may think fit.

2.5.7 Packing

All projecting plates or bars shall be kept in shape by timber or angle bars spiked or
bolted to them and the ends of chord lengths, end posts etc at their shipping joints

239
 shall be protected and stiffened so as to prevent damage or distortion in transit as the
Engineer may direct.

All threaded ends and machined surfaces are to be efficiently protected against
damage in transit. The parts shall be transported in convenient lengths.

All straight bars and plates except small pieces are to be transported in convenient
bundles temporarily riveted or bolted together or bound with wrought iron or
suitable wire as the Engineer may direct. All bolts, nuts, washers, plates under
300mm square and small articles generally are to be packed separately for each s. in
cases each weighing when full not more than 350 kg or in strong petroleum casks,
or barrels as approved by Engineer. If not entirely filled by the contents the space
left shall be closely packed with wood shaving or other suitable material. HSFG &
other temporary Bolts of different sizes shall be separately packed in bags, each bag
having a label indicating its contents. A list of contents shall be placed on top of
each case or cask.

2.5.8 Stacking Materials:

(a) The materials, on receipt at site, shall be carefully unloaded, examined for
defects, checked, sorted and stacked securely on a level bed out of danger from
flood and out of contact with water or ground moisture. All materials shall be
available for inspection by the Engineer.

(b) The materials shall be verified with the marking shown on the marking plan of
part list, which shall be supplied by the manufacturers or the Engineer.

(c) Any materials found damaged during transit or while unloading should be stacked
separately and damaged portions shall be indicated by paint with distinctive
colour. All such materials shall be dealt with under the orders of the Engineer
without delay. If any component after receipt at site, has in the opinion of the
Engineer or Purchaser, been damaged in transit, such component shall be
replaced or repaired to the satisfaction of the Engineer or Purchaser free of cost.

(d) All such damaged material shall be dealt with as per the orders of the Engineer.
Badly damaged portions may require replacement. Slightly distorted parts may be
straightened by gradual pressure without heat or annealing. Badly distorted or
broken parts must be dealt with as the case demands and as directed by the
Engineer.

(e) Where the work has been passed in the manufacturer’s works as strictly
interchangeable, all members bearing the same marks can be stacked together
without reference to any particular s..

(f) The tenderer shall unload the material promptly on delivery; otherwise the
tenderer shall be responsible for demurrage charges.

(g) On receipt of rolled steel at workshop or fabrication yard, they shall be carefully
unloaded and stacked properly to avoid bending, twisting, corrosion etc.

240
2.5.9 Manufacturing – The whole work shall be representative of the highest class of
workmanship. The greatest accuracy shall be observed in the design, manufacture
and erection of every part of the work to ensure that all parts will fit accurately
together on erection and similar parts shall be strictly inter changeable as explained
interchange ability paragraph. The contractor shall state which of the following
alternative methods of manufacture, he intends to adopt.

(i) The whole of work to be erected complete and pieces marked to place.

(ii) All s.s to be made strictly interchangeable as specified below

.
2.5.10 Interchange ability :

(i) Every s. is to be temporarily erected complete in Contractor's works. and all

parts as marked to their place, unless the whole of the work is made
completely interchangeable by the use of steel jigs and hard steel bushes
controlled by master gauges, in which case the first s. must be completely
erected to test the accuracy of the templates. Further s.s or part s. assemblies
built from parts selected at random by the Engineer shall be erected from time
to time to check the accuracy of the work as the Engineer may require.

(ii) If the work is considered interchangeable by the Engineer a simplified scheme

of marking will be permitted, i.e. all pieces which are identical shall bear one
distinguishing mark irrespective of the s. to which they belong. Should the
interchange ability not to the satisfaction of the Engineer, the whole of the s.s
must be erected complete and all parts marked to their place without additional
charge. The tenderers must state in their tenders whether they intend to adopt
complete interchange ability or not.

(iii) Under special arrangement with the Engineer, it shall be permissible for
approved portions of the work to be despatched before complete erection of
the first s., provided the Contractor satisfies the Engineer that such portions of
the work are strictly interchangeable and will assemble correctly and
accurately in the complete structure.

2.5.11 The tenderer may fabricate the steel work at his workshop or at the site of the work
as is convenient to him. If the fabrication is done in his own workshop, the
transportation of the fabricated materials may be done by Road or Rail transport at
his own cost. The tenderer must inspect the approach roads right from the workshop
and should ensure that it would be possible for him to transport the materials by
Road.

2.5.12 If the tenderer propose to fabricate the steel at site, land / site would be given to the
tenderer to make temporary workshop free of cost, if available, but on completion of
work, the site would be restored to normal condition.

2.5.13 HSFG bolts shall be provided as per RDSO drawing.

241
2.5.14 The responsibility of custody of the materials, in Tenderer’s workshop or site will
remain with tenderer till the completion of work and then handed over to the M.C.
(BMC).

2.5.15 All welding consumables (electrodes, wire, flux etc.) shall be procured only from
the manufacturers approved by RDSO subject to final approval by Engineer.

2.5.16 Removal of Unused Materials etc:

(a) The contractor shall take steps as desired by the Engineer to ensure that rejected
work is not resubmitted for inspection.

(b) On the completion of the work, the tenderer shall remove all his unused and
surplus materials, plant, stagings and refuse, or other materials produced by his
operations and shall leave the site in a clean and tidy condition.

2.5.17 Fabrication

[Link] General
The fabrication of the girders and its accessories shall be carried out by the contractor
in his factory premises or in a well-established fabrication workshop to be set up by
the contractor at bridge site or any other location as approved by the Engineer. The
workshop staff shall have requisite experience, proven skill and experience in the
technique of fabricating large components. Accuracy of fabrication shall be realized
through controlled high precision jigs, fixtures and templates, which shall be
inspected and passed by Engineer specifically approved in prior by GM/ROB/ CPM,
M.C. (BMC). The fabrication shall be preceded by Quality Assurance plans to be
submitted by the contractor and every activity shall be documented in detail. The
Quality Assurance Plans shall clearly indicate how individual processes such as
cutting of raw steel, making, drilling, assembly bolting, welding, painting, handling
etc. shall be monitored for quality. The quality parameters for monitoring shall be
identified. These identified quality parameters shall also be specified in these quality
plans .The contractor shall get these quality plans approved from Engineer before start
of fabrication work. The Engineer shall be empowered to check the manufacturing
process from time to time to ensure that the work is executed as per approved quality
plans. The quality records shall be submitted to Engineer for record, after completion
of fabrication work.

The works of fabrication in contractor’s fabrication shop will at all times be open for
inspection by Engineer / agency as nominated by Engineer. Before dispatch of
fabricated steel work from the shops, the same will be inspected in the contractor’s
fabrication workshop by Engineer who will thereafter issue inspection certificate.

Any defect noticed during inspection in the execution of work shall be rectified or
replaced by the contractor at his own cost. The decision of Engineer or any other
agency nominated for inspection as to be rectified or replaced, shall be final and
conclusive.

[Link] Fabrication Drawings

242
 The contractor shall prepare detailed shop drawings including drawing office dispatch
lists (DODL’s) on the basis of design drawings supplied by Engineer in such size and
in such details as may be specified by Engineer. The shop drawings shall be submitted
to Engineer in triplicate. No work of fabrication will be started without such approval
being obtained. Contractor has to arrange the proof checking of the working
fabrication drawings from the nominated Institution / Consultant. The cost will be
borne by the contractor. Nomination of the Institution/Consultant for proof checking
works will be decided by concerned M.C. (BMC). Engineer will make all efforts to
approve the drawings submitted by the contractor within reasonable time but no claim
from contractor for any delay on this account shall be entertained by Engineer.

For Engineer’s use and record, the contractor shall supply free of charge, four sets of
prints on string paper and one set of neatly executed tracings of all approved detailed
drawings and fabrication drawings, soon after communication of approval for use at
site.

[Link] Maintenance of records by Fabricators

The records of fabrication shall be maintained in the registers such as Jigs register,
HSFG bolt checking register, Material offering and inspection register, RDSO
inspection notes and compliance register, Welding procedure data register,
Radiographic inspection register and Statement of material test certificates, etc. The
formats are given in Appendix I of IRS B1 – 2001.

[Link] Tolerance in Fabrication

Basically, composite girders are plate girders. Fabrication tolerance for plate girders
shall be as stipulated in Appendix II of IRS–B1– 2001.

All members of the girder and joints are to be either welded or bolted as shown in the
approved structural drawings. No welding except where approved by the Engineer is
to be carried out at site. All welding and bolting are to be carried out as per relevant
IRS Specifications.

2.5.18 Steel Tape

The Contractor shall maintain a master steel tape of approved make for which he/she
has obtained a certificate of accuracy from any National Test House or Government
recognised institutions competent to do so.

2.5.19 Flattening and Straightening

[Link] All steel materials, plates, bars and structural shall have straight edges, flat surfaces
and be free from twist. If necessary, they shall be cold straightened or flattened by
pressure before being worked or assembled unless they are required to be of
curvilinear form. Pressure applied for straightening or flattening shall be such as it
would not injure the material and adjacent surfaces or edges shall be in close contact
or at uniform distance throughout.

[Link] Flattening and straightening under hot condition shall not be carried out unless
authorized and approved by the Engineer.
243
2.5.20 Planing and Shearing

[Link] Except where otherwise indicated, cutting of all plates and sections shall be affected
by shearing or sawing. All edges shall be clean, reasonably square and true.
Wherever possible the edges shall be cut in a shearing machine, which will take the
whole length of the plate in one cut.

[Link] Should the inspection find it necessary, the cut edges shall be ground afterwards.

[Link] Planning or machining of the edges or surface shall be carried out when so specified
in the contract drawings or where specifically ordered by the Engineer. Where
machining is specified, the plates or all sections shall be cut in the first instance to
such a size so as to permit not less than 3mm of metal being removed from each
sheared edge or end, in the case of plates or sections of 12mm or less in thickness
and not less than 6mm of metal being removed in the case of plates and sections
exceeding 12mm in thickness.

[Link] The butting ends of all booms and struts where spliced shall be faced in an end
milling machine after members have been completely fabricated. In the case of
compression members the face shall be machined so that the faces are at right angle
to the axis of the members and the joint when made, will be in close contact
throughout. At the discretion of the Engineer, a tolerance of 0.4mm may be
permitted at isolated places on the butting line.

2.5.21 Flame Cutting

[Link] Flame cutting by mechanically controlled torch/torches shall be accepted both in the
case of mild steel and high tensile steelwork. Provided the edge as given by the
torch is reasonably clean and straight, plates may be cut to shape and beams and
other sections cut to length with a gas cutting torch, preferably oxyacetylene gas
should be used.

[Link] All flame cut edges shall be ground to obtain reasonably clean square and true
edges. Draglines produced by flame cut should be removed.

[Link] Unless machining has been specifically provided for, special care is to be taken to
ensure that ends of all plates and members are reasonably in close contact and the
faces are at right angles to the axis of the members and joints, when made, are also
reasonably in close contact.

[Link] Use of multi-head flame cutting machine having multiple oxy acetylene torches is
desirable for higher productivity and reducing the distortion due to cutting
operation. Plasma-arc cutting method can also be employed. This process offers less
heat input causing less distortion.

2.5.22 Method of fabrication

Considering the length and height of s., jigs and fixtures shall be used to guide and
support drilling of holes and fixtures during entire fabrication work.

244
 Jigs after manufacture shall be checked and approved by Engineer or any other
Inspecting agency as nominated by M.C. (BMC). Only approved and stamped jigs
shall be used for fabrication.
[Link] Tack Assembly

Tack assembly is the next step in fabrication which assembles the components to get
the form of component or girder. This activity is to be done carefully so that the
final components/ girders are fabricated to correct geometric shape and the size is
within the tolerance specified.

For tack assembly, the components shall be kept on a firm hard bed and shall be
held in position using suitable fixtures so that once the measurements are taken to
set a component at proper location, these shall not move till the final tack assembly
is done. The entire work shall be done in area where arrangements for manipulating
the member such turning over, shifting etc can be conveniently done using EOT or
other type of cranes and suitable covered shelter for sufficient protection against the
weather is available.

Quality of tack Welds: as per clause 24 of Welded Bridge Code,

(i) Tack welds shall be not less than the throat thickness or leg length of the root run
to be used in the joint.

(ii) Length of the tack weld shall not be less than four times the thickness of the
thicker part or 50mm whichever is the smaller.

(iii) Where tack weld is incorporated in a welded joint, the shape, size and quality
shall be suitable for incorporation in the finished weld and it shall be free from
all cracks and other welding defects. Tack welds, which have poor quality and
can crack, shall be cut out, ground and re-welded.

(iv)Tack welds shall not be made at extreme ends of joints.

(v) Tack welds are equally important in the overall quality and performance of the
girder and these shall also be made by qualified welders.

(vi) After the tack assembly is complete, the girder./ component shall be checked for
dimensional accuracy as per clause 13 of IRS B1. Drilling Jig and tacked
members shall be clamped to a fixture to avoid shifting of jig during handling
and drilling.

Tack welding may be permitted only at ends or locations, which will eventually be
cut and removed. No active part of the component shall be tack welded as this
would initiate crack formation in service.

2.5.23 Template

The contractor shall supply and provide templates at his own cost. No separate
payment shall be made for this and accepted rates shall be deemed to include
this aspect. The templates throughout the work shall be of steel of similar category.
The templates shall be used for marking of cutting materials and as well as for
245
 profile machining for girders. Templates shall be used for marking of drilling holes
in steel structure. In case where actual materials from a bridge have been used as
templates for drilling similar pieces the Engineer will decide whether these are fit to
be used as part of finished structure.

2.5.24 Template Shop

Fully covered template shop consisting of uninterrupted steel or concrete floor as

approved having true and correct level covering adequate area shall be provided by
the contractor.

2.5.25 Drilling and Sub punching

All holes shall be drilled but the Contractor may, if he/she so prefers sub-punch
them to a diameter 6mm less than that of finished holes, e.g. a punched hole which
is to be drilled out to 25mm in diameter shall not exceed 19mm in diameter at the
die end. When the bolt holes are to be sub-punched, they shall be marked with a
centre punch and made with a nipple punch or preferably, shall be punched in a
machine in which the position of the hole is automatically regulated. The punching
shall be so accurate that when the work has been put together before drilling, a
gauge 1.5mm less in diameter than the size of the punched holes can be passed
easily through all the holes.

Holes for turned bolts, should be 1mm under drilled in shop and should be reamed
at site to suit the diameter of turned bolt.

The steel bushes shall be case hardened by an approved process and checked for
diameter after the heat-treatment. The bores of bushes shall initially have a tolerance
of -0mm, 0.1mm. The tolerance shall be checked from time to time and when the
bores exceed a tolerance of, -0mm, +0.4mm, the bushes shall be rejected. For this
purpose, go and no-go gauges are to be used. Tolerances for checking jigs from
master plates shall be +0mm-0.13mm.

The work shall be taken apart after drilling and all burrs left by the drill and the
sharp edges of all the bolt holes completely removed.

Drifting to enlarge unfaired holes is prohibited. The holes required to be enlarged

shall be reamed provided the Engineer permits such reaming after satisfying himself
about the extent of inaccuracy and the effect of reaming on the soundness of the
structure. The Engineer reserves the right to reject all steel work if the holes are not
properly matched.

On completion of drilling of holes in each component and before shifting the jig, it
shall be ensured that all holes are drilled to their correct diameter to reconfirm
quality of work.

2.5.26 Temporary Bolts, Nuts & Washers:

Refer Cl.28.1 to CI.28.8 of IR Fabrication specification Serial No. IRS-B1-2001

issued by RDSO.
246
2.5.27 Alterations in the Work:

The Contractor shall not in any case or in any circumstances have authority to make
any alterations in, modifications of, substitution for, addition to, or omission of
work or any method or system of construction, unless an alteration order in writing
directing such alteration, modification, substitution, addition, omission or change
shall have been given by the M.C. (BMC) prior to the commencement of the work
or part of work nor shall the Contractor be entitled to any payment for or in respect
of any such alteration, modification, substitution, addition, omission or change may
have been actually made and executed and no course of conduct shall be taken to be
a waiver of the obligation and conditions hereby imposed.

All altered, modified, substituted, additional and changed work, labour and
materials and all omitted work shall be valued by the Purchaser on the basis of the
rates specified in the schedule.

2.5.28 Welding

Welded construction work shall be carried out generally in accordance with the
provisions of Indian Railway Standard Welded Bridge Code and subject to further
specifications given in the following paragraphs.

All welds should be done by submerged-arc welding process either fully automatic
or semi-automatic. Carbon di oxide welding or manual metal-arc welding may be
done only for welds of very short runs or of minor importance or where access of
the locations of weld do not permit automatic or semi-automatic welding.

Except for special types of edge preparation, such as single and double 'U' single
and double 'J' the fusion edges of all the plates which are to be joined by welding
may be prepared by using mechanically controlled automatic flame cutting
equipment and then ground to a smooth finish. Special edge preparation should be
made by machining or gouging.

Site welding should not be undertaken except in special circumstances with the
approval of the M.C. (BMC)/Agency/Officers nominated by M.C. (BMC). Site
welding should be confined to connections having low stresses, secondary
members, bracings etc.

Manual metal arc welding may be done taking adequate precautions as per IS: 9595
and under strict supervision.

2.5.29 Welding Procedure

The welding procedure shall be such as to avoid distortion and minimize residual
shrinkage stresses. Properly designed jigs should be used for assembly. The welding
techniques and sequences, quality, size of electrodes, voltage and current required
shall be as prescribed by manufacturers of the material and welding equipment. The
contractor should submit full details of welding procedure in proforma given at
Appendix-V of IRS B1-2001.
247
2.5.30 Sequence of welding and welding pass

For fabrication of welded composite girders, channel shear connectors shall be

welded on top flange plate prior to assembly of I-section. This facilitates correction
of any distortion of flange plate developed during the welding of channel shear
connectors.

In making a typical I-section four fillet welds are to be made. The welding sequence
to be followed is indicated by number 1 to 4 as shown in the Fig. 3 of IR Fabrication
specification Serial No. IRS-B1-2001 issued by RDSO.

Whenever a square butt weld in a 10 or 12mm thick plate is required to be made, the
sequence to be adopted is shown in Fig. 3 of IR Fabrication specification Serial No.
IRS-B1-2001 issued by RDSO.

2.5.31 Procedure Trials for welding and cutting

Where required by the Engineer, welding and flame cutting trials as per following
shall be carried out and completed before fabrication on representative samples of
materials to be used in the work, as follows.

(i) The samples of material shall be selected and marked by the ENGINEER when
the materials for the work are inspected at the mills.

(ii) The trials of flame cutting shall be carried out in material representative of all
thicknesses to be used in the work.

(i) The welding & flame cutting trials shall be commensurate to the satisfaction of
Engineer and the procedures to be adopted in the fabrication of work which shall
include:

(a) Welding procedure in accordance with IRS Welded Bridge Code

supplemented by IS 813 and IS 1980.

(b)Heat control techniques required to ensure that the flame cut surface of steel
are suitable for inclusion in welds.

(ii) The trials shall include specimen weld details from the actual construction which
shall be welded in a manner simulating the most unfavourable instances of fit-up
and preparation. After welding the specimens shall be held as long as possible at
room temperature but in any case not less than 72 hours, and then shall be
sectioned and examined for cracking. Six representative samples of each weld
joint similar to joint used in fabrication of all components shall be prepared by
qualified and certified welding operators.

(v) Procedure trials: Testing shall be to relevant IS code or if approved to BS 709.

The following groups of tests shall be carried out with the type of welds.

248
 (a) Butt welds: Transverse tensile test, transverse & longitudinal bend test with
the root of weld in tension and compression respectively, charpy V-notch
impact test.

(b) Fillet welds: Fillet weld fracture test.

(c) Track welds: Inspection for cracking.

(d) All welds: Macro examination.

Additional tests may also be carried out as per requirement and instruction of
Engineer, the cost of which shall be borne by the contractor.

Shop welded joints will be radio graphically examined for 100 %.

Following tests are normally performed on welds.

(a) Non Destructive Tests (NDT):

- Visual inspection/profile gauge for dimensional check of size and throat
thickness of weld.
- Etching test for penetration of joint.
- Magnetic particle or Ultra Sonic Pulse Velocity (USPV)
- Gamma Radiography & x-ray (only for butt welds)
- Dye penetration of all welds joints.

(b) Destructive Test :

-Tensile test
- Bend test
- Impact test
- Load test.

Once samples representing the weld joint used in fabrication of all components
are tested and test results are found satisfactory, then approval shall be taken from
the Engineer for the welding of built up components by approved welding
operators. Welding Procedure Qualification Records (WPQR’S) shall include
joint details, welding consumables (i.e. electrode/wire & flux combination), weld
parameters (i.e. welding current, wire feed speed), welding position, welding
equipment carriage speed (for SAW process), are Length, arc voltage etc.

2.5.32 Preparation of Faces

Preparation of joint face: Except for special types of edge preparation such as single
or double ‘U’ & ‘J’ joints, the fusion edges of all plates which are to be joined by
welding shall be prepared by using mechanically controlled automatic flame cutting
equipment with the cutting allowance.

It shall be ensured by Non-destructive tests that the fusion face and adjacent surface
are free from cracks, notches or other irregularities that are likely to cause defects
during service or interfere with deposition of the weld.

249
 Fusion faces and the surrounding surface up to 50 mm shall be free from mill scale,
moisture, oil, paint dirt or any other substance which may affect the quality of the
weld, and same shall be removed by grinding or flame cleaning/grit blasting.

Details of joint, fusion faces, root face and gap shall be as per details given in
fabrication drawing or as stipulated in IS: 9595.

2.5.33 Welding Operation

Parts to be welded shall be assembled such that the joints to be welded are
accessible and visible to the operator. Assembly jig and fixture shall be used for
accuracy.

Manipulators should preferably be used to execute the sequence of welding without

disturbance, in the most suitable position. Fixture shall maintain the alignment with
minimum restraint in order to reduce the possibility of locked up stresses.

Run in and run out plate shall be provided for fabrication of built up members or
truss to ensure that weld will start on run in plate and weld will stop on run out plate
and thus avoid crater defects on the components.

The size and length of weld shall not be less than those specified in the drawing nor
shall they be in excess of the requirement without prior approval of the Inspecting
Officer. The location of weld shall not be changed without prior approval o the
Engineer.

During design and detailing of component lengths, care is to be taken to avoid butt
weld in built up members of truss. Therefore it is essential to use only nearest size
and length or rolled sections that have been procured to scheduled sizes and lengths
by proper planning. No butt weld shall be carried out without approval of Engineer.

Fabrication of components subject to dynamic loading in the structure need careful

inspection during fabrication by qualified, experienced and certified Engineer from
contractor’s side and final approval by Inspecting Officer. This inspection shall be
carried out as stipulated in Indian Railway Welded Bridge Code before, during and
after welding.

2.5.34 Precautions during welding

The Contractor shall submit list of weld joints of different combined thickness for
approval of welding procedure for all members.

The welding of built up component shall be carried out only by approved welding
operators and in accordance with Welding Procedure Qualification Records.
WPQR’s shall be prepared in advance and approved by the Engineer. Proper
welding sequence shall be followed to avoid distortion and minimize residual
shrinkage stress, and surface defects, within acceptable tolerance limits.

To ensure sound and defect free welding of built up members, record of welding
adopted as per approved qualifying procedure shall be maintained in Performa
prescribed in guidelines for welded fabrication issued by TPIA (Third Party
250
 Inspecting Agency) specifically approved in prior by M.C. (BMC) OR authorised
representative of M.C. (BMC).

Any change during welding for fabrication of built up member, such as welding
sequence, welding process, positioning, wire and flux combination joint details,
increase or decrease in combined thickness of joint by 5 mm etc. shall be carried out
only after representative samples test and procedure qualification, is accepted. In no
case deviation from WPQR’s without approval of Engineer shall be adopted.

2.5.35 Additional Precautions during Welding

Following precautions shall further be observed during fabrication.

(i) All equipment’s shall be provided with calibrated gauges to observe limits of
variation for parameters prescribed in WPQR’S for welding current, arc voltage,
speed of travel of equipment etc.

(ii) Covered shed for environmental control (particularly against dust, moisture and
water) shall be provided to avoid entrapment of hydrogen which is likely to cause
crack initiation in weld or under bed of weld (i.e. Heat Affected Zone HAZ). Also
baking of flux use for submerged arc welding in oven for an hour at 200 degree C
shall be carried out o ensure that no moisture is contained in flux during welding.

(iii) All tack welds shall be carried out by qualified and approved welder only. As
tack weld will become part of the final weld, it shall be free from all cracks and
other welding defects.

(iv) If multiple runs are used for fabrication of built up member, inter run cleaning
shall be carried out and subsequent weld bed made only after approval of
inspecting officer or his authorized representative. This is to check free defects in
the weld. Also visible defects such as cracks, cavities, if any, shall be removed by
grinding. It shall be ensure during welding that craters are avoided.

(v) Stray arcing of components, which cause local hard spots or cracking of parent
metal, shall be avoided.

(vi) Flux of approved quality will be permitted for use.

(vii)The Auto melt grade wire spools of wires for Submerged Arc Welding and
Carbon Dioxide (CO2) consumables of only the approved quality will be
permitted.

(viii) Pre Heat Treatment will be given to the consumables to remove the moisture if
any.

(ix) No violation of welding procedure will be permitted on any account.

2.5.36 Technical Organisation/tools, equipments and plants

(A) Contractor should have qualified and trained manpower suitable to do the work in
terms of technical specifications and contract conditions.
251
 (B) Contractor should have suitable and adequate plants, machinery and equipment’s
required to execute the work like:

(i) Cutting machine

(ii) Radial drilling machine.
(iii) Edge milling machine, end milling machines.
(iv) Plate/structural steel straightening machine.
(v) Pneumatic grinding machine, drilling machines, chipping machines and
wrenches etc.
(vi) Sand blasting equipment and metalizing equipment’s.
(vii) Welding machines.
(a). SAW
(b). MIG/MAG
(viii) Welding transformers3+
(ix) Cranes of adequate capacity.
(x) Suitable Jigs and fixtures.
(xi) To test the raw material and girders to conform to relevant specification,
testing facilities, for the following should be available either in house or
through outsourcing.
(a). Elcometer for measurement of thickness of paints.
(b). Steel measuring taps duly calibrated.
(c). Ultrasonic flow detection testing facilities for checking internal flaws.
(xii) Suitable Welding manipulator.
(xiii) Macro etching/DP or MP testing facilities.
(xiv) Tongue tester for measuring current and voltage.
(xv) Gauges for checking weld size throat thickness and edge preparation etc..
(xvi) All equipment’s must meet the requirements of corresponding IS, IRS or
other international specifications.

(C) Manpower: Adequate No. of trained qualified welders shall be available with
the contractor. The welder must be trained in accordance with the provision of IS:
817. They must be trained either from recognized welding institutes or by in house
training, where proper training facilities exist. The welder must be tested as per
requirements of IS: 7310 and proper records maintained.

List of equipment’s mentioned above is only indicated and not exhaustive. The firm
shall be required to deploy all other machineries, tools & plants etc. required for
successful completion of the work of fabrication, assembly and launching of the
girders.

2.5.37 General: Bolting & Welding

Qualified trained, and experienced supervision is essential at all times during

fabrication, and for maintenance of records.

After welding of welded components, they shall be finished finally by grinding or

matching with the help of a profile template. All the butting ends of components
shall be faced in milling machine after members haven completely fabricated. In the
case of compression members, the face shall be machined so that the faces are of
proper angle as shown in drawing and the joint when made will be in close contact
252
 throughout within a gap tolerance of less than 0.15 mm. The Engineer may permit a
tolerance of (-) 0.4 mm at isolated points in butting line.

2.5.38 PAINTING

Specification for metalizing and painting will be done as per Clause no 39.2.1 of
Indian Railway Specification for Fabrication and Erection of Steel Girder Bridges and
Locomotive Turn-Tables (Serial No B1-2001).

[Link] Surface Preparation

This is the most important factor in ensuring good performance of the steel girder.
The surface should be clean, dry and free from contaminants and it should be rough
enough to ensure adhesion of the paint film. However it should not be so rough that
the film cannot cover the surface peaks.

The cleaning of the surface shall be done initially with the use of emery paper, wire
brushes, scrapers etc. for spot cleaning to remove rust, scale etc. Subsequently, sand
blasting of the surface shall be done to remove rust, mill scale along with some of
the base metal. This will be achieved by high velocity impact of abrasive material
against the surface in accordance with the provisions of IS: 6586, which will also
create a base for good adhesion. The abrasive material once used for cleaning
heavily contaminated surface should not be reused even though re-screened.
Washed salt free angular silica sand of mesh size 12 to 30 with a minimum of 40%
retained on a 20 mesh screen shall be used for blasting. The material specifications
and other requirements shall be as provided in Indian Railways Bridge Manual,
1998.

All site bolts, nuts and washers shall be thoroughly cleaned and dipped in boiled
linseed oil. All machined surfaces are to be well coated with a mixture of white lead
conforming to IS: 34 and Mutton tallow conforming to IS: 887 as per specifications
before despatch to site. Nothing extra shall be payable to contractor on this account.

All the components in the floor and deck system in open web girders and all
members in plate & composite girders shall be metalized as IRS specifications.

[Link] Metal Spraying

The metal spraying shall be carried out as soon as possible after surface preparation
but in any case within such period that the surface is still completely clean, dry and
without visible oxidation. If deterioration in the surface to be coated is observed by
comparison with a freshly prepared metal surface of similar quality which has
undergone the same preparation, the preparation treatment should be repeated on the
surface to be coated

The wire method shall be used for the purpose of metallising the diameter of the
wire being 3mm or 5mm. Specified thickness of coating shall be applied in multiple
layers and in no case less than 2 passes of the metal spraying unit shall be made
over every part of the surface. At least one layer of the coating must be applied
within 4 hours of blasting and the surface must be completely coated to the
specified thickness within 8 hours of blasting.
253
[Link].1 Purity of Aluminium

The chemical composition of aluminium to be sprayed shall be 99.5% aluminium

conforming to IS: 2590.

[Link].2 Appearance of the Coating

The surface of the sprayed coating shall be of uniform texture and free from lumps,
coarse areas and loosely adherent particles.

[Link].3 Thickness of the Coating

The nominal thickness of the coating shall be 150 μ(microns).The minimum local
thickness, determined in accordance with procedure given in clause [Link] below,
shall be not less than 110 μ(microns).

[Link] Shop Painting

Any oil, grease or other contamination should be removed by thorough washing with
a suitable thinner until no visible traces exist and the surfaces should be allowed to
dry thoroughly before application of paint. The coatings may be applied by brush or
spray. If sprayed, pressure type spray guns must be used. One coat of wash primer to
IS:5666 shall be applied first. After 4 to 6 hours of the application of the wash primer,
one coat of Zinc chrome primer to IS:104 with the additional proviso that zinc chrome
to be used in the manufacture of primer shall conform to type 2 of IS:51 shall be
applied. After hard drying of zinc chrome primer, one coat of Aluminium paint to
IS:2339 (brushing or spraying as required) shall be applied.

[Link] Site Painting

After the steel work is erected at site a second cover coat of Aluminium paint to IS:
2339 (brushing or spraying as required) shall be applied after touching up the primer
and the cover coat given in the shop if damaged in transit

[Link] Method for the Determination of Local Thickness

[Link].1 Equipment

Any magnetic or electro-magnetic thickness meter that will measure local thickness of
a known standard with an accuracy of ± 10 percent.

[Link].2 Calibration of Instrument

Calibrate and check the meter on one of the following standards (as appropriate):

(i) (Applicable to magnetic and electro-magnetic meters other than the pull-off
type) A soft brass shim , free from burrs, in contact with the grit-blasted surface
of the base metal prior to its being sprayed. The thickness of the shim shall be
measured by micro meter and shall be approximately the same as the thickness
of the coating.
254
 (ii) A sprayed metal coating of uniform known thickness approximately the same as
the thickness of the sprayed coating to be tested, applied to a base of similar
composition and thickness to the article being sprayed, grit-blasted in
accordance with Clause [Link].

[Link].3 Procedure

For each measurement of local thickness, make an appropriate number of

determinations, according to the type of instrument used.

With instrument measuring the average thickness over an area of not less than 0.645
sq cm, the local thickness shall be the result of the one reading.

With instruments having one or more pointed or rounded probes, the local thickness
shall be the mean of three readings within a circle of 0.645 cm2 area.

With meters having two such probes, each reading shall be the average of two
determinations with the probes reversed position.

[Link] Method of Test For Adhesion

Using a straight edge and hardened steel scriber which has been ground to a sharp
30 degree point, scribe two parallel lines at a distance apart equal to approximately
10 times the average coating thickness. In scribing the two lines, apply enough
pressure on each occasion to cut through the coating to the base metal in a single
stroke.

[Link] Inspection

[Link].1 Determination of Local Thickness

The minimum local thickness shall be determined by the method described above.

[Link].2 Adhesion

The sprayed metal coating shall be subjected to an adhesion test using the method
described above. If any part of the coating between the lines breaks away from the
base metal, it shall be deemed to have failed the test Articles, which have been
rejected shall have the defective sections blasted clean of all sprayed metal prior to
re-spraying. Where the rejection has been solely due to too thin a coating, sprayed
metal of the same quality may be added provided that the surface has been kept dry
and is free from visible contamination.

2.5.39 Paints: Source & Quality

Paint and other accessories including those for metallizing work will be supplied by
the contractor. Paints manufactured by the following firms (or more) may be used
subject to their being in the approved list of RDSO and final approval by the
Engineer.

255
 M/s. Jenson Nicholson. Paints
M/s. British / Barger paints.
M/s. Shalimar Paints
M/s. I.C.I. paints
M/s. Nerolac. Paints

The contractor shall furnish to the Engineer, the date of manufacture of paint as
certified by the manufacturers with the necessary container marking and test
certificate for paint conforming to relevant IS code. In addition to this, he shall also
submit the necessary vouchers in respect of paint purchased by him.

The Engineer reserves the right to get the paint tested at contractor’s expenses as
considered necessary by the Engineer. It the test results do not conform to relevant
IS specifications fully, then the lost of paint shall be rejected and got removed from
the contractor(s) storage. If the paint has already been applied it shall be removed.

In addition to above, the following tests are required to be carried out in the field.
-Weight per litre
- Consistency test
- Scratch test.
- Flexibility and adhesive test.

The Engineer reserves the right to reject the lot of paint even on the basis of field
results.

2.5.40 Painting - General Instructions

Painting shall not be commenced till the surface preparation has been approved by
the Engineer or his representative.

Sealed containers of paint of approved brand shall be used. The paint drums must be
rolled, turned upside down and shaken before opening. The paint must be stirred
well before use. Over stirring which results in invisible air bubbles etc, shall be
avoided.

Where brush painting is accepted, the paint must be applied by means of flat
brushes not more than 75 mm in width having soft flexible bristles conforming to
IS: 384.

Round and oval brushes of approved quality conforming IS: 487 may also be used
as per the instructions of the Engineer or his representative or inspecting officer.

All new brushes should be soaked in raw linseed oil conforming to IS: 77 for at
least 24 hours before use.

The date of painting shall be marked with paint on the member.

2.5.41 Care during Painting

Paint should be mixed in small quantities sufficient to be consumed within one hour
in the case of red lead paint.
256
 The applied coat of paint shall be uniform, and free from brush marks, sack marks,
blemishes, scratching, non-uniform thickness, holes, log marks, fuel staining,
cracking, scaling, and other defects.
Paint shall be applied only on dry and clean surface free from moisture or dust
(including scrapping dust).

Paint should be used within the prescribed life from the date of manufacture.

[Link] Each coat of paint shall be left dry till it sufficiently hardens before the subsequent
coat is applied. Each coat of paint shall be inspected by the Engineer and certified as
satisfactory before applying subsequent coat.

2.5.42 ASSEMBLEY & ERECTION

[Link] General

The contractor shall provide at his own cost all tools, machinery, equipment and
erection material, including all temporary works and shall assemble all components
in every respect as stipulated in the contract and in accordance with approved
drawings and specifications.

Before starting the work the contractor shall seek the Engineer’s approval as to the
method he proposes to follow and the type and suitability of equipment he proposes
to use for assembly of girder components and launching of girder. The approval of
the Engineer shall however not in any way relieve the contractor of the
responsibility for the adequacy and safety of methods and/or equipments he
proposes to use for carrying our work in full accordance with drawings and
specifications.

All temporary work shall be properly designed and substantially constructed for the
loads, which it will be called upon to support. Adequate allowance and provision of
a lateral forces and wind loads shall be made according to local conditions and
ensure that support shall not settle during erection.

When chains are used for lashing care must be taken to protect the edges of
members from twisting and distortion, damage to paint and similar effects.

Temporary bracing shall be provided to take care of stresses caused by erection

equipment or other incidental loads during erection.

The method use for lifting and slinging flexible members shall be brought to the
notice of the Engineer and shall be subject to his approval.

The contractor shall observe sufficient accuracy in the assembly of every part of the
work to ensure that all parts fit accurately together.

[Link] Procedure for Assembly in Workshop & Site

The contractor is required to undertake test assembly of the girders in his fabrication
workshop to prove accuracy of templates and Jigs. This assembly can be done in
257
 horizontal position. In case the fabrication workshop is set up by the contractor at
bridge site itself the test assembly may be done at assembly platform and after
testing of accuracy of jigs, fixtures & templates and the same assembly can be
launched after bolting.

The test assembly shall be certified by Inspecting agency of the Engineer.

Launching of girders: once sufficient number of girders are assembled and the sub
structure has been certified to be ready, launching of girders shall be taken up. The
scheme for launching shall be submitted by contractor and approved beforehand by
/ Railway / or Agency approved by M.C. (BMC) and any statutory clearances such
as CRS sanction must be obtained. The decision of M.C. (BMC) shall be final and
binding to the contractor. Launching can be done by any of the various methods
such as using single crane, using multiple cranes, end launching or using derricks.
The payment of same shall be borne by Contractor.

2.5.43 Care during Assembly at Workshop

[Link] Drilling & Drifting of Holes

Drilling of joints shall be avoided as far as possible and when necessary should be
done with great care and under expert supervision. Hammers not exceeding 1kg (2
lb) in weight may be used with turned barrel drifts and a number of holes drifted
simultaneously, the effect of drifting shall be checked by observation of adjacent
unfilled hole.

Any apparent error in shop work which prevents the assembling and fitting of the
mating parts by the proper use of drifts shall be investigated immediately.

As all work is rigidly inspected at the fabrication shop before dispatch, these
difficulties should not arise and the cause could possibly be due to the use of
incorrect components. It is usually important that parts be correctly handed. Should
errors still persist, the matter shall be immediately reported to the Engineer who will
decide what action is to be taken.

[Link] Inspection, Testing & Marking

All components shall be offered for inspection prior to painting. All approved
components shall be stamped defect free, painted as per specifications prior to
dispatch to bridge site.

On final finishing of each component, it shall be marked distinctly with paint with
shipping mark for guidance, during assembly of component.

[Link] Stud shear connectors shall be subjected to the following tests:

The appearance test and test to check the fixing of shear studs shall be as per
approved/RDSO drawings.
258
2.5.44 Transports from Workshop & Stacking at Site

All items fabricated in the workshop shall be marked and packaged with
accompying package list. The items after fabrication shall be transported by
contractor to site by Rail/Road in a manner as to cause no damage to the
components. Contractor shall be liable for all losses and damages in transit for the
materials consigned by him till materials are erected and work completed and taken
over by the Engineer. Insurance against loss or damage in transit, if any, shall be the
responsibility of the contractor.

After identification & correct marking, all components of each girder shall be
dismantled & similar components shall be grouped together & labelled; bolts and
plates of each size shall be packed separately, after approval by the Engineer.

The packages shall be of such size by length & weight that they are safely
transportable by Rail/Road. The components shall be provided with necessary
packing to avoid damage to painting & members in transit.

Dimensions for transport shall be as per standard schedules.

2.5.45 Assembly at site

[Link] Holes

After drilling holes in temporary tack assembled components, the components shall
be taken apart after match marking and all burrs left by drill and sharp edges of all
holes shall be removed by spot grinding to ensure full contact when assembled.

Assembly fixture shall be used to build components for turned bolt connection.
These connections will help realize correct position of member and matching of
coaxial holes in opposite members besides true alignment and level.

After assembly, all blank holes shall be checked with plug gauge of diameter 0.8mm
less than hole diameter, to check fair matching of holes before riveting / bolting.

[Link] Drifts
Drifts as per IRS specifications may be used for drawing light members into
position, but their use on heavy members should be restricted to securing them in
their correct position. In no case shall drifting be allowed to such an extent that
holes are distorted. Drifting to enlarge unpaired holes is prohibited.

[Link] Making of joints

Cleaning of permanent contact surfaces:- Surfaces which will have permanent

contact shall be removed of paints and mill scale down to bare metal, clean and
dried and immediately a coating of zinc chrome red oxide priming to IS:2074 shall
be applied. Care shall be taken to see that all burrs are removed and no surface
defects exist before the parts are assembled.

[Link].1 Reaming
259
 No reaming shall be undertaken without the written authority of Engineer or his
authorized representative except for under drilled holes meant for turned bolts. The
contractor shall supply special bolts to fill reamed hole, where reaming is approved.
Record of all such variations shall be kept. However, these provisions should not
apply for under drilled holes meant for turned bolts. Copies of all correspondence
pertaining to the recourse of reaming and the use of oversize bolts shall be sent by
the contractor for information to Engineer.

[Link].2 Service Bolts & Drifts

Joints shall normally be made by filling not less than 50% of the holes with service
bolts and barrel drifts in the ratio of four to one. The service bolts are to be fully
tightened up as soon as the joint is assembled.

[Link].3 In cases where the joints have to withstand stresses arising from special methods of
erection, provision is to be made to take the whole stress that will or may occur.
Cylindrical drifts and turned bolts shall be used to withstand such stresses and no
reliance is to be placed on service bolts for this purpose. Up to a maximum of 40
percent of the holes of each member of the joint are to be filled with drifts and
balance of strength required is to be attained with turned bolts. The position and
number of the drifts and bolts will be decided by Engineer.

[Link] Painting of Joints

All surfaces, which are in permanent contact, shall be thoroughly cleaned down to
the bare metal, to remove mill scale, grease etc. They shall be painted immediately
before assembly with one coat of suitable primer and raw linseed oil freshly ground
and the surface prepared for painting as per painting specification at Clause 2.5.38.

2.5.46 Assembly and Launching

The launching of girders shall be done as per approved drawings. For this purpose,
the contractor shall submit in triplicate, detailed launching schemes of all the girders
including design calculations, safety procedures and method statement with such
plans, sketches and other details as may be necessary to determine the suitability
and adequacy of the schemes proposed. The scheme will be checked by M.C.
(BMC)/Railway/or Agency nominated by the M.C. (BMC). The Payment for the
launching scheme of girders shall be born by contractor. The agency shall
provide/arrange all works and full support to obtain CRS sanction. Contractor will
be responsible to co-ordinate with Divisional Railway/WR HQ officials to gate CRS
sanction. The methods adopted shall not, under any circumstances, cause the
stresses in various members of girder s.s to exceed permissible and safe limits at any
stage of launching. One copy duly approved by the Engineer shall be returned to the
contractor.

For the Engineer’s use and record, the contractor shall supply free of charge, four
sets of prints of approved detailed drawings of assembly and launching schemes on
strong paper with back of linen for use at site and one set of neatly executed
tracings.

260
 The launching system & procedure shown on enclosed drawings are purely
indicative of the method proposed for launching for which the permanent members
of the girders are designed. The contractor shall provide full structural details of the
temporary members and their connections to the girder, along with necessary design
calculations not only justifying member’s sizes but also for the entire launching
system adopted. Contractor will be responsible for getting approval of launching
scheme submitted by him from the Engineer.

In order to ensure perfect fit of the temporary components, holes may be carefully
drilled for the connecting members in between the girders in situ and T & F High
tension grip bolts used.

The launching system shall be test tried if directed by the Engineer and no separate
payment for this shall be made.

Nothing extra will be paid to the contractor for adopting any scheme for launching.
All temporary members shall be removed after launching and may be taken back by
the contractor. Erection gussets provided for connecting the members may be cut
and edges ground as required by the Engineer.

2.5.47 Field Bolts, Nuts and Service Accessories

[Link] The work is to include supply of all units, bolts, nuts, washers etc. required to
complete erection at site with an allowance for wastage etc. 12.5% of the net
number of field bolts and washers required subject to a minimum number of five in
each item.

[Link] The Contractor shall be responsible for supplying site rivets/bolts of approved
length. The length of such bolts shall be verified by snapping a few bolts of each
length in the presence of the Engineer.

[Link] Black hexagonal bolts (Service bolts) with nuts and ordinary platter’s washers and
drifts for use in the erection of the work shall also be supplied at 60% (45% bolts
and 15% drifts) of the number of field bolts per s. in each size (this includes
wastage).

2.5.48 Temporary Strengthening

The launching arrangement may include fabrication of launching nose or restraining

girders, sway restraining devices such as sway ropes, restraining cables etc. the
supply and fixing of members for temporary strengthening of girder members to
take care of erection stresses and strains and other relevant components for
satisfactory and successful completion of the defined scope of work. Erection
stresses must be kept within safe and permissible limits at every stage of erection.

The contractor has to make arrangements at his own cost for the steel for
temporary arrangements including sway restraining devices for launching and
temporary strengthening of girder, as may be required for the launching
operations. The rate quoted should take into account these factors as nothing
extra shall be paid.

261
2.5.49 Inspection and Rectification

During erection of girders, the contractor shall provide all facilities and permit the
Engineer to inspect the field assembly, site bolting and erection of s.s.

After inspection by the Engineer, the contractor shall identify cause of any defect,
imperfection and/or fault noticed during such inspection and initiate corrective
action as per the direction of the Engineer. All defects, imperfections of faults for
which the contractor is liable under the contract, shall be made good by the
contractor to Engineer’ satisfaction and the cost of identifying and rectifying such
defects, imperfection or faults shall be borne by the contractor.

A neat casting bearing the name of the contractor, the place and date of
manufacture, the contact number and the standard of loading to be specified by the
Engineer shall be bolted conspicuously on all girders. The drawing of the name
plate shall be approved by the Engineer.

2.5.50 Erection & Equipment:

[Link] The Contractor shall provide at his/her own cost all tools, machinery, equipment
and erection material necessary for the expeditious execution of the work and shall
erect the structural steel and iron work, in every respect as covered by the contract
and in accordance with the drawings and specifications.

[Link] If any labour, material, plant staging haulage and storage facilities are to be
provided by the Engineer, details of such items and the conditions under which
these are to be supplied shall be clearly specified in the contract agreements. In the
absence of any such provisions in the agreement, the Contractor shall make his/her
own arrangement for such items.

[Link] Before starting the work, the Contractor shall advise the Engineer fully as to the
method he/she proposes to follow and the amount and character of equipment
he/she proposes to use, which shall be subjected to the approval of the Engineer.
The approval of the Engineer shall not be considered as relieving the Contractor of
the responsibility for the safety of his/her method or equipment or from carrying the
work in full accordance with the drawings and specifications.

[Link] All temporary work shall be properly designed and substantially constructed for the
loads, which it will be called upon to support. Adequate allowance and provision of
a lateral forces and wind loads shall be made according to local conditions and
ensure that support shall not settle during erection.

[Link] Careful and periodical inspection of plants shall be made by the Contractor to ensure
that all tackle, ropes, chains and other important lifting gear and machinery are in
good order and fit for service and well up to the capacity for which they are
required.

[Link] When chains are used for lashing, care must be taken to protect the edges of
members to avoid the marking and distortion otherwise caused.

262
[Link] S. erected upon staging shall be supported upon suitable blocks, which shall ensure
that the girders shall be at the correct elevation and alignment when completed. If
other methods of erection be adopted where staging in situ is not employed, special
means shall be used to ensure this.

[Link] The method used for lifting and slinging flexible members shall be brought to the
notice of the Engineer and shall be subject to his/her approval.

[Link] Temporary bracing shall be provided to take care of stresses from erection
equipment or other loads carried during erection.

2.5.51 ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS:

[Link] Land:

M.C. (BMC) will at its discretion, and, if available, arrange land free for use for
contractor’s office at sites, field workshop, stores, assembly and erection yard. Land
required by the contractor for labour or staff colony or other purpose will have to be
arranged by him at his own cost.

[Link] Further Drawing and Instructions:

(i) M.C. (BMC) shall have full power to make and issue further drawings or
instructions or direction from time to time as may appear necessary and proper to
the contractor for efficient construction, completion and maintenance of the works
. The contractor shall be bound by the same as fully as be if they had been
mentioned or referred to in the contract, and the contractor shall not be entitled to
any extra payment in respect of any work or materials shown or directed to be
done supplied by such further drawings or instructions required for completion of
unless the M.C. (BMC) have given an extra order for the same in writing.
(ii) The tenderer’s rate should provide for cutting M. S. Plates for making out M. S.
Flats from plates, in case M. S. Flats are not available, No extra payment for such
cutting and grinding that may be necessary for converting M. S. Plates to Flats
will be admissible.

(iii) If the works are required to be done in Railway Yards and Tracks are to be
crossed, the tenderer shall inspect the site and make himself thoroughly
acquainted with site condition and quote rate considering these aspects.

(iv) The work shall have to be done in such a manner that the normal working of the
Railway within the railway yard does not get disturbed. No material/temporary
structures should be kept adjacent to the running track which may infringe rail
traffic. The contractor shall take necessary precaution to prevent/cause damage to
the Railway property & staff during the execution of the work.

[Link] Commencement of the Erection Work at site:

The contractor shall commence the erection work when and as soon as, but not
until, he receives instructions from Engineer to do so. On such order being given,
possession of site/authority shall be given to the contractor of such portion or
portions of the site as the Engineer may determine.
263
[Link] Contractor to Study Drawing & Specification etc. and His Liability:

The contractor shall be responsible for close scrutiny of the approved drawings
supplied by the M.C. (BMC), For any discrepancies, error or omission in the
drawings or other particulars indicated therein, the contractor shall approach the
M.C. (BMC) immediately for rectification of indicated therein, the contractor shall
approach the M.C. (BMC) immediately for rectification of such discrepancies,
errors and omission. If any dimension/figure/features etc. on approved drawings or
plans differ from those drawings or plans issued to the contractors at the time of
calling the tender, the dimensions as figured upon the approved drawings or plans
shall be taken as correct.

[Link] Contractor to Submit His Time Table:

The contractor shall submit a monthly progress of work done during the month by
the 4th day of the following month. He will also give the programme of coming
month by 25th of each month. The programme will be subject to alteration at the
discretion of the M.C. (BMC) officials.

[Link] Any Doubted Points to be referred to the M.C. (BMC):

Should there be any doubt or obscurity as to anything to be done or not to be done

by the contractor or as to these instructions or as to any matter or thing, the
contractor must set forth such doubt or obscurity in writing and submit the same to,
M.C. (BMC). Only such reply as the said M.C. (BMC) may be in writing given
shall be taken as the authoritative interpretation of the point in doubt or obscurity.

[Link] Contractor’(s) Liability:

Any fitting, accessory or apparatus which may not have been mentioned in this
specification or the drawings, but which are usual or necessary in the execution of
such work, are to be provided by the Contractor without extra payment. The whole
work must be completed in all details, whether mentioned in this specification or
not, with the exception of such work as has been specified in the schedule of items
to be separately provided for in the Contract.

Notwithstanding the specifications and conditions stated in the contract, the

contractor shall keep the Engineer/ Employer authority fully indemnified and free
from all liabilities and risks consequential to any lapse on his part in respect of
material quality, standard of workmanship, accuracy of fabrication and the like. He
shall provide all labour and material required for execution of the work as per all
standards and specifications.

[Link] M.C. (BMC) desires that successful contractor should establish (at his own cost) the
fabrication workshop near the site only for close monitoring of all the quality
aspects of this contract work. Contractor’s request for establishing workshop/using
workshop proposed/located away from the bridge site shall require prior approval.

[Link] Contractor shall establish fully equipped laboratory for all the tests required on
materials/processes/products as per provisions of the contract, Specifications and
264
 the direction/approval of the Engineer. Costs of these are deemed to be included in
the quoted rates. Prior approval of the engineer shall be obtained for non installation
of such testing equipment which cannot be installed in normal course due to any
reason. However, engineer’s decision (for installation and non-installation) in this
regard shall be final binding and conclusive.

[Link] Site Facilities by the Contractor:

Contractor shall provide office / site facilities at the bridge site / other locations for
ensuring smooth and efficient communication and work execution. Cost of these
facilities deemed to be included in the quoted rates and nothing extra shall be paid
for this item.

(i) Contractor shall supply round the clock electricity in site offices of M.C. (BMC)
located at the bridge during the entire contract work. Contractor shall also
maintain the electric fittings/wirings/plants of both the offices in the good
condition.

(ii) To provide proper communication the contractor shall (at his own cost) establish
inter office communication system between M.C. (BMC) office, fabrication
workshops and contractor’s offices at site. Adequate number of intercom /
telephone/ mobile sets or are similar suitable equipments as decided/approved by
Engineer fully communicable shall be established in each of the above fabrication
shops & at site of bridge work. The entire expenditure incidental to running and
maintenance of above shall be borne by the contractor within quoted rates.
(iii) Contractor shall (at his own cost) depute / nominate safety officers(s) for
supervising safety aspects of all works/process including enabling arrangements
for execution and inspection of the work. Safety systems/arrangements should be
made for each activity of fabrication/erection and its inspection and same should
be certified by nominated safety officer. Special care/arrangements are required
to be made for supervising the erection/launching process of such high girders
and concreting in road deck: arrangements should facilitate satisfactory and
fearless inspection of each activity of launching / erection.

[Link] Declaration of designed fabrication/assembly yard as a part of site:

M.C. (BMC) may issue necessary declaration on specific request of the contractor
subject in the condition that the workshop area are earmarked exclusively for
fabrication of girder components for this bridge with separate entry/exit
arrangements. This is with further stipulation that such an arrangement should be
acceptable to excise department by way of a no objection certificate. Necessary
follow up with Excise Department will be solely the contractor’s responsibility. In
the event of excise department not agreeing to such an arrangement , the contractor
shall not have any claims whatsoever, and shall pay excise tax and other extant
taxes as per extant rules within quoted rates and nothing extra would be payable to
them on this account.

2.5.53 METHOD OF MEASUREMENT FOR PAYMENT

[Link] Measurement

265
For the purpose of payment, quoted rates apply to the weights of structural steel
work calculated from final working drawings based on theoretical weights given in
the producer’s hand books / IRUSS (W &M),2010-Volume-I and using minimum
square overall dimensions, no deductions being made for skew cuts, holes or
notches. Each gusset shall be measured as equivalent to the dimension of the
smallest enclosing rectangle. The rates items quoted by the tenderer shall include all
wastage. The wastage of steel in the form of skew cuts etc. shall be the property
of the contractor.

Payment shall be made on the weight to be calculated in the accordance with the
nominal weight of the sections as specified on the drawings. No deduction for holes
and no addition for rivets/bolts/welds etc. shall be made.

The drawing office dispatch lists ([Link]) when prepared according to procedure
shall be submitted by the contractor to the Engineer for approval.

The payment for steel work as per item in the schedule of items shall be released in
stages of accepted item rates for quantities executed, as mentioned in the tender
schedule. The payment after receipt of material in fabrication shop shall be made on
the basis of measurements contained in the supplier’s vouchers, if required, these
measurements shall be further verified by the representative of Engineer in charge
by measuring dimensions/sizes of the sections and multiplying the same by standard
weight. Sampling for actual weight of the sections shall also be done by him as per
procedure and frequency prescribed by Engineer.

The payment for complete metallizing / painting of all components of girders

including all accessories, painting of contact surface etc including all labour and
material, tools and plants, machinery required for all operations of work is included
in the accepted rates of item in the schedule. Nothing extra shall be paid.

In the event of a dispute arising as to a portion of steel work, weightment shall be

made in the presence of the engineer.

No separate payment shall be made for the field bolts, nuts and service accessories
for temporary works.

The cost of temporary erection and testing at the Contractor’s workshop, marking,
packing and delivery at the site of work is to be included in the price quoted on the
tender.

Rate include fabrication of all the types of battens, bracings, ties, stiffeners, packing,
diaphragms, shop bolts / welding, T&F bolts, drifts, shop welds, templates, jigs,
fixtures, back up supports, accessories, transporting various components from
fabrication shop to site including loading, unloading, lift and taxes complete
including assembly of girders .

Rate of girder item includes assembling of temporary support for side slewing,
raising of girders to the bed block level, providing sliding arrangements and slewing
the girder in position and lowering of girder on bearings.

266
 Grouting of holes with epoxy based compounds in the bed block for fixing of HD
bolts/anchor pins of bed plates as directed by Engineer are included in the bearing
rates.

Rate of girder item includes the Assembling, bolting with contractor’s own material,
erection, launching, lowering, aligning and placing at exact position as per approved
scheme of steel plate girder for required s. in proper level and alignment, grip bolts
and with all necessary works like making holes.

The rate of girder item will inclusive of supplying /erection and dismantling of
staging, scaffolding and other temporary arrangement required for assembling,
erection, launching and lowering of the girder.

The rate shall be also inclusive of cold straightening of deformed bent girder parts
before the assembling including contractor’s all labour, materials T & P, testing etc.
complete.

2.5.54 BEARING

POT cum PTFE bearings/Elastomeric bearings as per approved drawing shall be

utilized under the girder as per approve GAD/ Design and its special conditions and
specification.

2.5.55 DEFLECTION TEST:

The deflection test shall be carried out as per additional specifications. Load testing
will be paid separately as per relevant item.

267
 PART – III (A)
ADDITIONAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS-I
3.1 STUD SHEAR CONNECTOR
3.1.1 Material:-
The stud shear connector and ceramic ferrules shall conform to type SD1/UF as per BS EN
ISO 13918-2008. The diameter of ceramic ferrule D 7 as per Figure 13/Table 18 of BS EN
ISO 13918 shall be 26. Mechanical properties of stud shear connectors shall be as per ISO
6892/BS EN ISO 13918–2008. Shape of tip of stud shear connectors may be chosen by
manufacturer. The stud tip shall be supplied with flux in the form of press fitted aluminium
ball or Aluminium spray coating.

3.1.2 Welding:-

The welding of stud shear connectors shall be done by “Drawn arc stud welding with
ceramic ferrule” Technique. The stud and the surface to which studs are welded shall be
free from scale, moisture, rust and other foreign material. The stud base shall not be
painted, galvanized or cadmium plated prior to welding. Welding shall not be carried out
when temperature is below 10 degrees Celsius or surface is wet or during periods of strong
winds unless the work and the welder are adequately protected. The welds shall be visually
free from cracks and shall be capable of developing at least the nominal ultimate strength of
studs. The procedural trial for welding the stud shall be carried out when specified by the
Engineer

3.1.3 Testing:-

(a) Appearance test

1. The weld to a stud shear connector should form a complete collar around the shank
and free from cracks, excessive splashes of weld material, free from injurious laps
fins, seams, twist, bends or other injurious defects.
2. Weld material should have a `Steel Blue’ appearance.
(b) Test to check the fixing of shear studs
All studs need to be checked by a ring test.

1. Ring Test : Involves striking the side of the head of the stud with a 2 kg
hammer. A Ringing tone achieved after striking indicates good fusion whereas dull
tone indicates a lack of fusion (BS 5400 – 6).
2. Bend Test : Test requires the head of a stud to be displaced laterally by
approximate 25% of its height using a 6 kg hammer.
- The weld should then be checked for signs of cracking or lack of fusion
- Stud should not be bent back as this is likely to damage the weld.
- The testing rate should be 1 in 50 (BG 5400 – 6).
3.1.4 Measurements:- The work shall be enumerated. It's unit is "each".

3.1.5 Rates: - The rate shall include the cost of material, labour, equipments, tools and plants,
etc. complete required for all operations described above.

3.4 NON-DESTRUCTIVE INTEGRITY TESTING OF PILE

3.4.1 SCOPE
 This specifications covers the methods on non-destructive testing as per IS: 14893 of all types
of concrete piles covered in IS 2911 (Part I/Sections 1, 2, 3 and 4).

3.4.2 SITE INFORMATION REQUIRED FOR THE TESTS

The following information is generally required to carry out integrity tests:

(a) Location of site
(b) Pile types including size, material and reinforcement
(c) Layout of piles
(d) Details of pile installation (including construction and driving sequence and rest
periods)
(e) Number of piles to be tested;
(f) Subsurface profile/driving d e t a i l s of the piles
(More if variations are noted)
(g) Depth of water table and soil investigation report, if any
(h) Density of concrete; Strength of concrete
(i) Abnormal conditions noted while driving/boring or concreting of piles. The normal
daily report produced by the piling site should contain this information. In addition,
any other information concerning planning and conducting the tests including relevant
past experiences covering similar test(s) in the area, and
(j) Details of test piles(s), if any.

3.4.3 TYPES OF TESTS

Various methods are available for checking the integrity of concrete piles after
installation. In the most widely used method, impulses or vibrations are applied to the pile
and measurements made of timings and attenuation of reflected signals.

The commonly used sonic methods, vibration methods, sonic logging techniques, etc, have
been tried within the last 15-20 years in different parts of the world. However, the methods
based on One Dimensional Stress Wave approach known a s Sonic Integrity Testing, a
Low Strain Integrity testing or Sonic Echo Testing have been used successfully in various
parts of the world. The method is simple and quick enabling dozens of piles to be examined
in a single working day without much interference in site activities.

The work carried out on sonic integrity testing of pile in the country has shown its efficiency;
in assessing the structural quality of piles and therefore it is appropriate to frame in
this code the salient features of this method.

[Link] The Low Strain Integrity T e s t i n g

This is a system of assessing the integrity of piles by the use of low stress wave imparted
to the pile shaft and is also known as Sonic Integrity or Sonic Echo Test..A small
metal/hard rubber hammer is used to produce a light tap on top of the pile. The shock
travelling down the length of the pile is reflected back from the toe of the pile and recorded
through a suitable transducer/accelerometer (also held on top of the pile close to the point of
impact) in a computer disk or diskette for subsequent analysis..

The primary shock wave which travels down the length of the shaft is reflected from the toe by
the change in density between the concrete and sub-strata. However, if the pile has any
imperfections o r discontinuities within its length these will set up secondary reflections which
will be added to the return signal. (See Fig.).
 By a careful analysis of the captured signal and knowledge of the conditions of the
ground, age of concrete, etc, a picture of the locations of such problems can be built up. The
reflected stress wave can be monitored using either processing t e c h n i q u e ; the observed
signals are amplified and converted into digital display as velocity versus length or
frequency versus mobility records, providing information o n structural integrity of piles.

The stress wave velocity and approximate pile lengths are provided as input for the integrity
testing. The stress wave velocity is dependent o n the Young's modulus and mass density
of pile concrete. This value generally lies between 3000-4000 meter per second
depending o n the grade of concrete used (M15-M25).

[Link] Normally more than one recording of signals is done until repeatability of signals is
achieved. If necessary, averaging of signals is also done to achieve more informative signals.
In a suspected pile the test should be repeated at more than one location on top of the pile.

[Link] The tests shall be conducted on piles whose length is correctly recorded or on test piles
where available, to determine the value of stress wave velocity and characteristic or reference
signal for comparing the signals for testing subsequent piles.

[Link] The method of testing involves high skill and use of computerized equipment. Therefore,
the tests should be performed and interpreted b y trained and experienced personnel.

3.4.4 Data and Reporting

(i) The assessment of structural integrity is based on two equally important aspects:
 a) Quality of signals, and

b) Accurate analysis and interpretation of signal.

(ii) Piles requiring remedial measures s h o u l d be so marked immediately on completion

of the field integrity testing, and rectification, measures selected.

(iii) The final report should include signals of each integrity test and reflect on the
structural condition of piles.

3.4.5 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS OF THE TESTS

(i) Piles shall be trimmed to cut off level or sound concrete level before the test with all
laitance removed. No pile cap blind age work should be undertaken prior to the test.

(ii) The area surrounding the pile should be free from standing water and kept
dewatered during the tests.

(iii) The pile head should be accessible.

(iv) Testing should be free o f work likely to cause disturbance.

(v) The cast-in-situ piles should not be tested normally before 14 days of casting.

(vi) The test piles, if available at site, can be used to determine t h e pulse velocity and
characteristic or reference signal generated. Where no test pile is available
information can be obtained from cast piles whose length is accurately recorded.

3.4.6 LIMITATIONS OF NDT METHODS

(i) Non-Destructive Testing of piles does not provide the load carrying capacity of
piles.

(ii) It does not provide information regarding verticality or displacement in position of

piles.

(iii) Minor deficiencies like local loss of cover, small intrusions or type of conditions
of materials at the base of piles are undetectable. Integrity testing may not
identify all imperfections, but it can be useful tool in identifying major defects within
the effective lengths. The test may identify minor impedance variations that may not
affect the bearing capacity of piles. In such cases, the engineer should use
judgment as to the acceptability of these piles considering other factors such as
load redistribution to adjacent pile, load transfer to the soil above the defect, applied
safety factors and structural load requirements.

(iv) Based on the latest information available, the limitations relating to the depths
up to which the integrity tests can be carried on piles depends on the surrounding
strata and damping within the concrete.

(v) The present experience of Non-Destructive Testing of piles is up to a diameter of

1500 mm.

(vi) Soil stiffness or founding on rock of similar density as the pile will attenuate the
signals such that there will be little or no toe reflection.
 (vii) The low strain integrity method is applicable to cast – in – situ concrete bored and
driven piles. Conclusive results are rarely obtained in case of segmented precast
reinforced concrete driven piles or precast piles in pre bored holes.

3.4.7 METHOD OF MEASUREMENTS: It will be measured in number.

3.4.8 PAYMENTS: The rate includes cost of all materials, labour, equipments & operations
required to do this test.

*****
 PART – II (B)
ADDITIONAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS-II
4.1. Special condition for contractor’s Vehicle plying near Railway track.
4.1.1 The contractor shall not allow any road vehicle belonging to him or his suppliers etc. to
ply in railway land next to the running line. If for execution of certain works viz.
earthwork for parallel railway line and supply of ballast for new or existing rail line gauge
conversation etc. road vehicle are necessary to be used in railway land next to the
Railway line, the contractor shall apply to the engineer-in-charge for permission giving
the type and number of individual vehicles, names and license particulars of the drive,
location, duration and timings for such work / movement. The engineer in charge or his
authorized representative will personally counsel, examine and certify, the road vehicle
drivers, contractor’s flagmen and supervisor and will give written permission giving
names of road vehicles drivers, contractor’s flagmen and supervisor to be deployed on the
work, location, period and timing of the work. This permission will be subject to the
following obligatory conditions:

4.1.2 Road vehicles can ply along the track after suitable cordoning of track with minimum
distance of 6 m from the centre of the nearest track. For plying of road vehicles during nig
hours, adequate measures to be communicated in writing along with a site sketch to the
contractor / contractor’s representative and controlling engineers / supervisors in charge
of the work including officers and the in charge of the section.

4.1.3 Nominated vehicles and drivers will be utilized for the work in the presence of at least
one flagman and one supervisor certified for suck work.

4.1.4 The vehicles shall ply 6m clear of track. Any movement / work at less than 6 m and up to
minimum 3.5 m clear track centre shall be done only in the presence of railway employee
authorized by the engineer-in-charge. No part of the road vehicle will be allowed at less
than 3.5 m from track centre. Cost of such railway employee shall be born by the railway.

4.1.5 The contractor shall remain fully responsible for ensuring safety and in case of any
accident, shall bear cost of all damages to this equipment and men and also damages to
Railway and its passengers.

4.1.6 Engineer-in-charge may impose other condition necessary for a particular work or site.

4.1.7 The staff engaged by the contractor at site should be competent enough for the job. They
should possess the certificate of competency certificate, necessary training will be
arranged by the contractor at his cost by an expert to enable officer nominated by
sectional MUNICIPAL COMMISSIONER, BMC / Engineer-in-charge to accord
permission for the job. Without a suitable competency certificate, the contractor’s
supervisors shall not be allowed to carry out concreting and earthwork.
4.2. Issue of Identity Cards by Contractors:
4.2.1. The contractor is bound to issue identity card to each and every person employed by him and
deployed for execution of contract work as per the prescribed format provided in the tender at
his cost. Failure on part of the contractor to issue of identity cards to their employees will be
treated as breach of contract conditions.
It is mandatory on part of every employee, deployed by the contractor to keep in his
possession the identity card, issued by the contractor throughout the execution of the work.
Failure to possess such identity card will be treated as unauthorized presence in the railway
premises and such person shall be liable for prosecution as per law. It is mandatory for the
 contractor to submit the list of the employee issued with the identity cards and deployed for
the particular contract, to Railway/THE MUNICIPAL COMMISSIONER, BMC Engineer at
site before commencement of the work and also for any changes made during the execution
of the work.
No claims whatsoever arising out of implementation of special conditions pertaining to issue
of identity cards shall be admissible.

4.3. Site Lab

4.3.1. The contractor shall be set up a site lab with minimum equipment listed below;
1. IS sieve sets for sieve analysis.
2. 15 X 15 X15 cms cubes minimum 15 nos.
3. Cubes for cement test of 7.09 X 7.09 X cm
4. Vicate apparatus.
5. Cube testing machine of minimum 100 T capacities.
6. Measuring cylinder.
In case they have not brought the aforesaid articles or have not set up the lab, THE
MUNICIPAL COMMISSIONER, BMC shall set up the same and actual cost plus 10% shall
be recovered from the bills.
4.4. Disaster management
4.4.1. “All the available vehicles and equipment of the contractor can be drafted by the
DFC/Railway Administration in case of accidents/natural calamities involving human lives.
The payment for such drafting shall be made according to the rates as shall be fixed by the
Engineer. However, if the contractor is not satisfied with the decision of the Engineer in this
respect he may appeal to the THE MUNICIPAL COMMISSIONER, BMC /Chief Engineer
within 30 Days of getting the decision of the Engineer, supported by analysis of the rates
claimed. The CPM-THE MUNICIPAL COMMISSIONER, BMC /Chief Engineer’s decision
after hearing both the parties in the matter would be final and binding on the contractor and
the Railway.”
(1) Non- employment of labourers below the age of 15:- the contractor shall not employ
children below the age of 15 as labourers directly or through petty contractors or sub-
contractors for the execution of work.

(2) (2) Medical certificate of fitness for Labour:- It is agreed that the contractor shall not
employ a person above 15 and below 19 years of age for the purpose of execution of
work under this contract unless a medical certificate of fitness in the prescribed form
(proforma at annexure II) granted to him by a certifying surgeon certifying that he is
fit to work as an adult is obtained and kept in the custody of the contractor or a person
nominated by him, in this behalf and he person carries with him, while at work, a
token giving a reference to such certificate. It is further agreed that the responsibility
for having the adolescent examined medically at the time of appointment or
periodically till he attains the age of 19 years shall devolve on the contractor and all
the expenses to be incurred on this account shall be borne by him, and no fee shall be
changed from the adolescent or his parent for such medical examination.

(3) Period of validity of Medical fitness certificate: - A certificate of fitness granted or

renewed for the above said purposes shall be valid only for a period of one year at a
time. The certifying surgeon shall revoke a certificate granted or renewal if in his
opinion the holder of it is, no longer for work in the capacity stated therein. Where a
certifying surgeon refuses to grant or renew a certificate or revoke a certificate, he
shall, if so required by the person concerned state his reasons in writing for doing so.

(4) Medical Re-examination of Labourer:- Where any official appointed in this behalf by
the Ministry of Labour is of the opinion that any person employed in connection with
 the execution of any work under this contract in the age group 16-19 years is without
a certificate of fitness or is having a certificate of fitness but no longer fit to work in
the capacity stated in the certificate, he may serve on the contractor or the person
nominated by him in this regard, a notice requiring that such person shall be examined
by a certifying surgeon and such person shall not, if the concerned official so directs,
be employed or permitted to do any work under this contract unless he has been
medically examined and certified that he has been granted a certificate of fitness or a
fresh, as the case may be.
4.5. Submission of Photographs and Videos:
4.5.1. The contractor shall arrange to submit three sets of minimum 200 Nos. of photographs of size
5”x7” showing various operations and stages of different activities of the project. The
photograph shall be taken for every important activity during execution of work as decided
by the Engineer for display and record purpose. In addition, the contractor will submit 3 sets
of 2 laminated photographs of size 20”x30”. If the photograph as listed above are not
submitted then recovery of Rs.75,000/- shall be made from the contractor’s bill.
4.5.2. The successful tenderer will be required to prepare video film (on CDROM) recording of
entire construction and edit the same with proper commentary. The same shall cover the
whole work in duration of about 2 hours. This film shall pictorially represent the entire work
of Linking, Various Execution Stages, CRS Inspection and final completion stages. Two
copies of video films (On CDROM) shall be handed over to be Railway along with necessary
details, instructions, literature etc. The rate includes cost of such filming. Nothing shall be
paid on this account. If the contractor fails to submit the Video Film on CDROM then Rs.
1,00,000/- shall be recovered from bill.
5. Special Conditions for working of Road Cranes:
5.1. No machine shall be selected to do any lifting on a specific job until its size and
characteristics are considered against the weights, dimensions and lift radii of the heaviest
and largest loads.
5.2. The contractor shall ensure that a valid Certificate of Fitness is available before use of Road
Cranes.
5.3. Contractor can utilise the services of any competent person as defined in Factories Act, 1948
and approve by Chief Inspector of Factories.
5.4. The laminated photocopies of fitness certificate issued by competent person, the operator’s
photo, manufacturer’s load chart and competency certificate shall always be either kept in the
operator cabin or pasted on the visible surface of the lifting appliances.
5.5. All lifting appliances including all parts and gears thereof, whether fixed or movable shall be
thoroughly tested and examined by a competent person once at least in every six months or
after it has undergone any alterations or repairs liable to affect its strength or stability.
5.6. In addition, it is also advised that for all the works being executed by the Road Cranes, the
above stipulations should be checked. These instructions should be strictly observed.
 ITEM WISE SPECIFICATION-1

NAME OF WORK: Construction of Box Culvert across Maleshree River and New Junction
Development at Adhewada, Bhavnagar, Gujarat.

The specifications in general for this bridge are as per MORT&H fifth revision. In case of any ambiguity or
discrepancy MORT&H specification shall govern.

Item Specification as
Item Description
No. per MORT&H

BOX CULVERT
1 Clearing and grubbing road land including uprooting rank vegetation grass Cl. No. 201,
bushes, shrubs, sapling and trees girth up to 300 mm removal of stumps of Pg. No. 37
trees cut earlier and disposal of unserviceable materials (C) By mechanical
means in area of light jungle.

2 Demarkation of road alignment including marking out road line by providing Cl. No. 109,
and fixing wooden pegs or steel rod of required size at every 25 M to 50 M. Pg. No. 11
including excavating trenches ion both sodes of 0.30 m. x 0.30M. including
supplying of labours and all materials for every work etc. complete.

3 Dismentaling the existing structure including removing and stacking the Cl. No. 202,
dismentalled materials as and where directed - RCC work & Rubble Masonary Pg. no. 39

(A) RCC Work

(B) Rubble Masonary

(C) Structural Steel

(D)Dismentaling the rigid / Flexible pavement including removing and stacking

the dismentalled materials as and where directed

4 Providing and installing barricades including supplying, painting with Cl. No. 1900
fluorescents paint / white paint and fixing CGI sheet 24 SWG of 3.0 mt. height Pg. no. 585
and M.S angle of 40x40x5 mm at 2.5 m c/c and dismantling the same after
completion of the work and allowing for movement of traffic as per drawing
and as per instruction from engineer in charge.
5 Excavation for pile caps, foundation of columns, Pile cap beam, trial pit for Cl. No. 304,
investigation of existing utility line, Staircase etc. in all categories of soils, such Pg. no. 59
as sand, clay, murrum, gravel, pebble, boulder, cobble, soft rock etc. as per
specification for depth below ground level as mention including leading &
lifting, shoring, strutting, timbering and buttressing with sand / clay bags and
all such measure necessary to retain in position the sides of foundation pit and
including refilling with approved excavated soil, clearing and carting of excess
earth for any lead as directed. The rate is inclusive of contractor's own
machinery and equipment, labour, taxes, temporary works, disposal of
excavated material with all leads & lifts, consumables. The rate is also
inclusive of dewatering by manual or mechanical means, if required.
6 Providing and laying in positions machine mixed Plain Cement Concrete M15 Cl. No. 1700
grade for leveling course below foundation or below pile cap, at other places Pg. no. 535
as directed by Engineer-in-charge with graded broken stone aggregate from 6
mm to 40 mm including tamping, vibrating, leveling and curing complete with
all formwork, dewatering wherever required including all materials, labours,
plants, machineries & tools, all leads and lifts, etc. complete as per
specification.
7 Providing and laying in-situ machine mixed RCC M-35 grade Controlled Cement Cl. No. 1700
Concrete in foundations of piers, abutments, return wall,box return, pile caps Pg. no. 535
[Link] any depth including centering, shuttering, mixing in mechanised batch
mix plant, compaction, curing and dewatering if necessary, excluding
reinforcement as per specification and as directed by Engineer.

8 Providing & fixing in position (Thermo mechanically treated bars) TMT Fe500D Cl 1600 Pg. no. 527
steel bars of various diameters for all RCC works in Piles, Piles Caps and
foundations as per detailed design & drawings and schedule including cutting,
bending, hooking the bars, binding with 18 SWG GI wires or tack welding (only
for piles) and supporting as required with all lifts and leads etc. complete
including cost of all labour, materials, tools, plants, equipments etc. all
complete as directed by Engineer and as per specification.

Box Culvert (4Nos -3x3x3)

Retaining Wall A1/A2 Side

9 Providing and laying weep holes in abutments and returns by using PVC pipe of Cl. No. 2706
110mm including laying in proper grade and joint in complate as per detailed Pg. no. 755
specification.

10 Providing and laying filter media 600mm thick directed at the retaining wall as Cl. No. 2504.2.2
per detailed specification. Pg. no. 709

11 Providing and filling sand behind abutments and between returns in layers as As per Technical
directed Specification
12 Providing and casting RCC in M-40 controlled concrete Crash Barriers and Cl 811, 2703
Central Verge as per detailed drawings including necessary scaffolding,
centering, formwork, mixing in machine, transporting, placing, compacting,
finishing, curing, etc. complete including providing and fixing of inserts if any
with all leads and lifts as per drawing & specification and as directed by
Engineer, excluding reinforcement.
13 Providing and casting insitu controlled cement concrete M-35 in RCC Approach Cl. No. 1700
Slab including formwork, curing and finishing complete. Pg. no. 535

14 Providing and fixing in position (Thermo mechnically Treated bars) TMT Fe500 Cl 1600 Pg. no. 527
D reinforcing bars of various diameters for the above all RCC works as per
detailed designs and drawings and schedule including cutting, bending,
hooking the bars, binding with 18 SWG GI wires with cost of all labour,
materials, tools, plants, equipments, supporting as required with all lifts and
leads etc. all complete as per specification and as directed by Engineer.
15 Providing and laying Double Walled corrugated Pipes (DWC) of Polyethylene Cl. No. 2700
(conforming to IS:14930-II) of 250mm O.D. with fittings and necessary Pg. no. 751
connecting accessories of same material at required depth for laying cable
below footpath slab etc. complete as per specification and as directed by
Engineer.
16 Providing and fixing 100 mm dia. G.I. Drainage spouts, as per MOST Drg. No. Cl. No. 2700
SD/303 including grating with suitable clean out fixtures including all leads and Pg. no. 751
lifts etc. complete as per specification, design & drawings and as directed by
Engineer.

17 Mastic Asphalt (Providing and laying 25 mm thick mastic asphalt wearing As per Technical
course with paving grade bitumen meeting the requirements given in table Specification
500-39, prepared by using mastic cooker and laid to required level and slope
after cleaning the surface, including providing antiskid surface with bitumen
precoated fine-grained hard stone chipping of 13.2 mm nominal size at the
rate of 0.005cum per 10 sqm and at an approximate spacing of 10 cm center to
center in both directions, pressed into surface when the temperature of
surfaces not less than 1000C, protruding 1 mm to 4 mm over mastic surface,
all complete as per clause 516.)
18 Road marking with hot applied with thermoplastic paints with reflectorising Cl. No. 803.4,
glass beads on bitumen surface providing and laying a hot applied Pg. No. 338
thermoplastic compound 2.5 mm thick including reflectorising glass beads @
250 gms/ sqm area thickness of 2.5 mm is excluding of surface applied glass
beads as per IRC: 35-2015. the finished surface to be level uniform and free
from streaks and [Link] patta / Bump patta lane / centre line / Edge line /
Cut Patta the white color / letters and arrows marking should provide
liminance coeficent on cement road shall be min 130 mcd/m^2/ lux and
Asphalt road shall be min 100 mcd/m^2/ [Link] the service life during the
day time. the marking should meet the performance criteria for night time
reflectivity, wet reflectivity,and skid resistance. as mentioned in the section -15
of IRC 35-2015. warrenty for retroriflectivity shall be 2 years.

19 Cat eye/ Road Stud/ RPM: Supplying Raised Pavement Markers made of Cl. No. 800,
polycarbonate and ABS moulded body and reflective panels with Micro Pg. No. 325
prismatic lens (No Glass bead lens) capable of providing total internal reflecton
of the light entering in the lanes face and shall support a load of 13635 kgs.
Tested in accordance to ASTMD4280 TYPE H and complying to specification of
category A of MORTH Circular No. RW/NH/33023/10-97-DO III Dt.11.06.1997.
The height/width shall not exceed 20 mm 130mm and 130 mm and with
minimum reflective area of 13 [Link] on each side and the slope to the base
shall be 35+/-5 degree. The body of the marker should having single grip of
easy and accuratre placement and applications with epoxy,bituminous
adhesive recommended by manufacturer of the marker. The color of the
marker should be as per IRC 35-2015 as directed by engineer-in-charge.

20 Providing and applying anti carbonation, anti fading,mold resistant, heat As per Technical
insulating, and 100% acrylicbreathable decorative external waterproof coating Specification
ofapproved shade having Viscosity @ Room Temperatureby Ford cup No. B-4
(dilute 2 parts of product with I partof water) 18 to 30 sec. pH of 7.00 to 10.00
and [Link] @ Room Temperature 1.30+0.1, tested forcarbon dioxide
diffusion resistance properties for coatingmaterials and coating systems for
exterior masonry andconcrete as per DIN EN 1062-6 (2002-2010) by a
NBAGrade "A" accredited institution.
21 Painting Two Coats on New Concrete Surfaces (Painting two coats after filling Cl. No. 1906
the surface with synthetic enamel paint in all shades on new plastered Pg. no. 614
concrete surfaces) - For inner face of crash barrier
22 Metal Beam Crash Barrier (Providing and erecting a "W" metal beam crash Section -811, 2703
barrier comprising of 3 mm thick corrugated sheet metal beam rail, 70 cm
above road/ground level, fixed on ISMC series channel vertical post, 150 x 75 x
5 mm spaced 2 m centre to centre, 1.8 m high, 1.1 m below ground/road level,
all steel parts and fitments to be galvanised by hot dip process, all fittings to
conform to IS:1367 and IS:1364, metal beam rail to be fixed on the vertical
post with a spacer of channel section 150 x 75 x 5 mm, 330 mm long complete
as per clause 811)
23 Construction of precast RCC railing of M30 Grade, aggregate size not exceeding Cl. No. 1700
12 mm, true to line and grade, tolurence of vertical RCC post not to exceed 1 Pg. no. 535
in 500, centre to centre spacing between vertical post not to exceed 2000
mm, leaving adequate space between vertical post for expansion, complete
as per approved drawings and technical specifications.

24 Providing and fixing pre-cast Rubber Dye / steel Dye inter locking concrete As per Technical
block 60 to 65mm thick with grade of concrete M400 pnumatic compressed / Specification
vibrated mechanically and as per approved design Confirming to IS 15658 :
2006 including 35 mm Sand layer for levelling and filling the joint with sand in
proper line and level as per guidlines of IRC : SP 63-2018 etc. Complete.
25 Providing and fixing in position Pre-Moulded Asphalt joint Filler 20mm size as As per Technical
directed by Engineer. Specification

26 Providing and laying rubble for appron (each stone weighting not less than Clause 304.
40Kg.) including and packing and filing in the interestices with quarry-spalls

27 Providing and laying Pitching on slopes laid over prepared filter media Clause 305 & 2504.
including boulder apron laid dry in front of toe of embankment complete as
per drawing and Technical specifications.

28 By Mix in Place Method (Construction of granular sub-base by providing close Cl. No. 3100
graded material, spreading in uniform layers with motor grader on prepared Pg. no. 801
surface, mixing by mix in place method with rotavator at OMC, and compacting
with vibratory roller to achieve the desired density, complete as per clause
401)- for grading- I Material

29 Curtain wall complete as per drawing and Technical specification - M20 grade As per Technical
concrete Specification

30 Providing fusion bonded Epoxy coating not less than 175 micron thickness and As per Technical
up to 300 micron to reinforcement bars as per IS-13620-1993/ASTM-775 M Specification
including testing of coating at plant and all taxes

31 Diversion of water course, providing cofferdam and bund or island as may be As per Technical
necessary for foundation and maintaining the same for the period as may be Specification
necessary.
(B) Diversion by cofferdam/Island (F)
(including returns / wing walls)

ROAD

1 Clearing and Grubbing road land including uprooting rank vegetation grass Cl. No. 201,
bushes,shrubs,sapling and trees girth up to 300 mm removal of stumps of Pg. No. 37
trees cut earlier and disposal of unserviceable materials (C) By mechanical
means in area of light jungle.

2 Demarkation of road alignment including marking out road line by providing Cl. No. 109,
and fixing wooden pegs or steel rod of required size at every 25 M to 50 M. Pg. No. 11
including excavating trenches ion both sodes of 0.30 m. x 0.30M. including
 supplying of labours and all materials for every work etc. complete.

3 Box cutting the road surface to proper slope and camber for making a base for Cl. No. 301
road work including removing the excavated stuff and depositing on the road
side slope.

4 Earthwork for embankment including breaking clods, dressing with all lead and Cl. No. 300
lift and including watering rolling and consolidation of subgrade in layers at Pg. no. 45
O.M.C. to required dry density including filling the depressionwhich occur
during the process using power roller 8T to 10T.(A)From Borrow area within
lead as instructed by Engineer-In-Charge

5 Construction of granular sub-base 200 mm thick by providing close graded Cl. No. 400
Material, mixing in a mechanical mix plant at OMC, carriage of mixed Material Pg. no. 109
to work site, spreading in uniform layers with motor grader on prepared
surface and compacting with vibratory power roller to achieve the desired
density, complete as per clause 401 (Grade-I)

6 Providing and laying Wet Mix Macadam with paver finisher in specified Cl. No. 406
thickness, each layer not exceeding 250/200 mm Compacted thickness Pg. no. 131
including premixing in WMM plant with well graded crushed stone aggregate,
with watering and spreading by mechanical means to required profile and
compacting by vibratory roller of minimum 80-100 kN static weight to achieve
desired density of 98% of MDD including all material, labour, machinery with
all leads and lifts etc.

7 (A)Supplying & machine crushed stone aggregate chipping etc. of hard stone As per Technical
40 mm to 63 mm nominal size free ofdisintegrated pieces. deleterious and Specification
organic matterincluding filling the boxes with all lead and lift [Link] on
site of the work forbituminous surfacedressing filling the boxes with all lead
and lift [Link] on site of the work for bituminous surfacedressing etc. as
per L.R.C. code.

(B) Surface dressing with paving bitumen udsing 15 kg. of bitumen per 10 sq.m.
with 0.15 cu.m. of stone chipping10 mm. nominal size per 10 sq.m. of road
surface.

(C)Tackcoat using Bitumen VG 30 (60/70) at the rate of 5.0kg/ 10sqmt on B.T.

including heating & transport

(D)Supplying and stacking of Quarry Spauls materials at site including filling

boxes with all lead and lift.

8 Providing and applying PRIMER COAT with cationic bitumen VG 40 grade Cl. No. 1906
conforming to IS:8887 on prepared surface of wet mix macadam including Pg. no. 614
clearing of Wet mix macadam surface with air compressor to remove all loose
material other foreign material. The primer shall be sprayed uniformly at the
rate of 0.70-1.0 kg/sqm.
9 Supplying and applying VG 40 bitumen confirming to IS 8887, for application of Cl. No. 503
Tack coat before application of wearing course at the rate of 0.25 kg. per Sq. Pg. no. 168
Meter area.

10 Providing and laying 80 mm D.B.M. with B.T. Aggregate as per MORT&H Cl. No. 505
specification with Bitumen VG 40 for tack coat @ 2.5 Kg./10 smt. With Pg. no. 174
Mechanical Sprayer & Bitumen VG-40 Grade for mixing @ 45.00 Kg./MT. ie.
4.5 % by total weight of mix heating and mixing the aggregate & asphalt in
continuous drum mix and transporting to site and spreading the same by paver
finisher & consolidation with vibratory roller including providing all materials
equipments, tools & plant, fire wood, oil, kerosene, labour charges etc.
complete using contractor's own machinery drum mix & paver finisher etc.
complete

11 Providing and laying 40mm thick compacted BITUMINOUS CONCRETE (BC) Cl. No. 507
using aggregates as per gradation and percentage of bitumen for mixing shall Pg. no. 188
be as arrived from mix design, provided in no case bitumen percentage shall
be less than 5.2% for Grade I and 5.4% for Grade II by Wt. of total mix as
binder by drum mix type and laying by paver finisher including consolidation
by rollers as specified including providing and operating plant, paver and
machinery, cost of fuel, oil, lubricant and labour charges, tests requied to be
carriedout including cost of aggregate and filler (if found required as per mix
design) etc. complete (including cost of providing bitumen )

12 Road marking with hot applied with thermoplastic paints with reflectorising Cl. No. 803.4
glass beads on bitumen surface providing and laying a hot applied Pg. no. 338
thermoplastic compound 2.5 mm thick including reflectorising glass beads @
250 gms/ sqm area thickness of 2.5 mm is excluding of surface applied glass
beads as per IRC: 35-2015. the finished surface to be level uniform and free
from streaks and [Link] patta / Bump patta lane / centre line / Edge line /
Cut Patta the white color / letters and arrows marking should provide
liminance coeficent on cement road shall be min 130 mcd/m^2/ lux and
Asphalt road shall be min 100 mcd/m^2/ [Link] the service life during the
day time. the marking should meet the performance criteria for night time
reflectivity, wet reflectivity,and skid resistance. as mentioned in the section -15
of IRC 35-2015. warrenty for retroriflectivity shall be 2 years.

13 Cat eye/ Road Stud/ RPM: Supplying Raised Pavement Markers made of Cl. No. 800
polycarbonate and ABS moulded body and reflective panels with Micro Pg. no. 325
prismatic lens (No Glass bead lens) capable of providing total internal reflecton
of the light entering in the lanes face and shall support a load of 13635 kgs.
Tested in accordance to ASTMD4280 TYPE H and complying to specification of
category A of MORTH Circular No. RW/NH/33023/10-97-DO III Dt.11.06.1997.
The height/width shall not exceed 20 mm 130mm and 130 mm and with
minimum reflective area of 13 [Link] on each side and the slope to the base
shall be 35+/-5 degree. The body of the marker should having single grip of
easy and accuratre placement and applications with epoxy,bituminous
adhesive recommended by manufacturer of the marker. The color of the
 marker should be as per IRC 35-2015 as directed by engineer-in-charge.

14 Providing and fixing pre-cast concrete kerb stone of gray cement based Cl. No. 1700
concrete block 30cm length,85cm height and 20cm thick of M250 grade Pg. no. 535
concret as per approved design and including excavation for fixing in proper
line and level,filling the joint with C:M 1:3 (1cement:3fine sand) etc complete.

15 Cautionary Warning Sign :-Providing and fixing singboards made out of 2mm Cl. No. 800
aluminium sheet; size 90 x 90 x 90 cms. equilateral triangle as per design of Pg. no. 325
IRC- 67-1977. Pre treated with phospheting process & acid etching; coated
with one coat of epoxy primer and two coats of best quality epoxy paint
;reflectorised with retro refiectivesheeting as per latest [Link];
3.1m long stand postand frame fabricated from suitable sizeiron angle of 35 x
35 x 3mm, 75 x 75 x 6mm as required; painted with bestquality epoxy coatings
in black andwhite bends. The details of symbol foreach board shall be as per
theinstruction of engineer in charge. The fixing at site shall be in 1:2:4 CC
blockof size 45 x 45 x 60 Cms. for each [Link] excavation, curing
[Link] under the supervision of engineer in charge.(B) High Intensity
Grade..................

16 Informatory Signs :-Providing and fixing sign boards made out of 2mm Cl. No. 800
aluminium sheet; size 80 x 60cms. rectangle as per the design of IRC-67-1977 Pg. no. 325
pre treated with phospheting process & acid teching; coated with one coat of
epoxyprimer and two coats of best qualityepoxy paint; reflectorised with retro
refiective sheeting as per latest M.O.S.T. Specifications; 3.1m long stand
postand frame fabricated from suitable sizeiron angle of 35 x 35 x
3mm75x75x6mm as required; painted with best qualityepoxy coatings in black
and whitebends. the details of symbol for eachboard shall details of symbol for
eachboard shall be as per the instruction ofengineer in charge. The fixing at
site shall be in 1:2:4 CC block of size 45 x45 x 60cms. for each leg. including
excavation curing tec. complete under the supervision of engineer in
charge.(B) High Intensity Grade..................

17 Regulatory/Mandatory signs :Providing and fixing sing boards made out of Cl. No. 800
2mm aluminium sheet; size 60cms. diameter circle as per the design of IRC-67- Pg. no. 325
1977 pre treated with phospheting process & acid eteching; coated with one
coat of epoxy primer and two coats of best quality epoxy paint; reflectorised
with retro refiective sheeting as per latest M.O.S.T. Specifications; 3.1m long
stand post and frame fabricated from suitable size iron angle of 35 x 35 x 3mm
75x75x6mm as required; painted with best quality epoxy coatings in black and
white bends. the details of symbol for each board shall be as per the
instruction of engineer in charge. The fixing at site shall be in 1:2:4 CC block of
size 45 x 45 x 60cms. for each leg. including excavation curing etc. complete
under the supervision of engineer in charge.(B)High Intensity Grade
.....................
18 Direction sign (Junction board):-Providing and fixing sing boards made out of Cl. No. 800
2mm aluminium sheet; size 244 x 122cms. rectangle as as per the design of Pg. no. 325
IRC-67- 1977 pre treated with phospheting process & acid etching; coated with
one coat of epoxy primer and two coats of best quality epoxy paint;
reflectorised with retro refiective sheeting as per latest M.O.S.T. Specifications;
Letters and numerals should be as per IRC-30-1968, 3.1m long (2 nos) stand
post and frame fabricated from suitable size iron angle of 50 x 50 x 5mm
75x75x6mm as required; painted with best quality epoxy coatings in black and
white bends. the details of symbol or inscription / numerals for each board
shall be as per the instruction of engineer in charge. The fixing at site shall be
in 1:2:4 CC block of size 45 x 45 x 60cms. for each leg. including excavation
curing etc. complete under the supervision of engineer in charge.(B)High
Intensity Grade .....................

19 Place Identification Sign :-Providing and fixing sign boards made out of 2mm Cl. No. 800
aluminium sheet / 4mm ACP (Aluminum composite Panel); size 150x90 cms. Pg. no. 325
rectangular as per design of IRC-67-2012. Pre treated with phospheting
process & acid etching; coated with one coat of epoxy primer and two coats of
best quality epoxy paint ; reflectorised with High Intensity Prismatic Grade
retro refiectivesheeting of Type-4 as per ASTM D-4956 and latest
[Link]; 4.0mtr (2Nos.) long stand post of Iron Angle 75 x 75 x
6mm / 65NB Circular MS Pipe as required and frame fabricated from suitable
size iron angle of 35 x 35 x 3mm; painted with bestquality epoxy coatings in
black and white bends. The details of symbol for each board shall be as per the
instruction of engineer in charge. The fixing at site shall be in 1:2:4 CC blockof
size 45 x 45 x 60 Cms. for each leg including excavation, curing [Link]
under the supervision of engineer in charge. A warranty for 7 years for the
Retro reflective sheeting from original manufacturer & a certified copy of 3
year outdoor exposure test report from third party test lab for the product
offered shall be submitted by contractor. (B)Class-B Type-4 Retro Reflective
sheeting

20 Village name/ Bump Ahed sign :-Providing and fixing sign boards made out of Cl. No. 800
2mm aluminium sheet; size 90 x 60cms. rectangle as as per the design of IRC- Pg. no. 325
67-1977 pre treated with phospheting process & acid etching; coated with one
coat of epoxy primer and two coats of best quality epoxy paint; reflectorised
with retro reflective sheeting as per latest M.O.S.T. Specifications; Letters and
numerals should be as per IRC-30-1968, 3.1m long (2 nos) stand post and
frame fabricated from suitable size iron angle of 50 x 50 x 5mm painted with
best quality epoxy coatings in black and white bends. the details of symbol or
inscription / numerals for each board shall be as per the instruction of
engineer in charge. The fixing at site shall be in 1:2:4 CC block of size 45 x 45 x
60cms. for each leg. including excavation curing etc. complete under the
supervision of engineer in charge.(A) Engineer Grade(VR)...

21 Diversion sign board :-Providing & Fixing sign boards made out of 2mm Cl. No. 800
aluminium sheet, size 180 x 60 cms. rectangle as per the attached drawing pre Pg. no. 325
 treated with phospheting process & acid etching. coated with one coat of
epoxy primer and two coats of best quality epoxy paint reflectorised with retro
reflective sheeting as per latest M.O.S.T. Specifications; Letters and numerals
should be as per IRC-30-1968,3.1m long (2nos) stand post and frame
fabricated from iron angle of 35x35x3mm, 50x50x5mm painted with best
quality epoxy coatings in black and white bends. The fixing at site shall be in
1:2:4 CC block of size 45 x 45x 60cms for each leg, including excavation curing
etc. complete under the supervision of engineer in charge.(A) Engineer
Grade(VR)...

22 Chevron sign :-Providing and fixing sign boards made out of 1.5mm aluminium Cl. No. 800
sheet / 3mm ACP (Aluminum composite Panel); size 60x50cm rectangular as Pg. no. 325
per design of IRC-67-2012. Pre treated with phospheting process & acid
etching; coated with one coat of epoxy primer and two coats of best quality
epoxy paint ; reflectorised with High Intensity Prismatic Grade retro reflective
sheeting of Type-4 as per ASTM D-4956 and latest [Link]; 3.3
mtr long stand post of Iron Angle 75 x 75 x 6mm / 65NB Circular MS Pipe as
required and frame fabricated from suitable size iron angle of35x35x3mm;
painted with best quality epoxy coatings in black and white bends. the details
of symbol or inscription / numerals for each board shall be as per the
instruction of engineer in charge. The fixing at site shall be in 1:2:4 CC blockof
size 45 x 45 x 60 Cms. for each leg including excavation, curing [Link]
under the supervision of engineer in charge. A warranty for 7 years for the
Retro reflective sheeting from original manufacturer & a certified copy of 3
year outdoor exposure test report from third party test lab for the product
offered shall be submitted by contractor. (A) Class-B Type-4 Retro Reflective
sheeting

23 Renovation of manhole by increasing the height at top including cost of As per Technical
excavation, refitting of C. L. manhole frame and cover curing etc. complete Specification
incl. all carting and providing of materials which is required for the purpose
(except manhole frame and cover)
For all type manhole by providing RCC 1:2:4 Partition walls with required
reinforcement 25 cm thick and circular opening with 500mm clear die and 0.40
mt. av.
ht.

24 Restoration of Infrastructures Like Kharkuwa, Electrical line, Electrical line, As per Technical
Water Supply Line, Telephone cables all type, Gas Line, Septic Tank etc Specification
Existiong domastic connection sewer pipe [Link] directed by EIC and approved
drawing

0 m to 1.5m depth

1.5m to 3.0m depth

25 Supplying and fixing reinforced concrete heavy dutynon-pressure pipes with As per Technical
collars for culverts includingsetting and joining the pipes in C.M. 1:2 watering Specification
andlaying (To level of slops of I.S. 458 / 1971 Class NP4 offollowing internal
 diameter. (iii) 600 mm dia.

26 Constructing brick masonry chamber for undergroundC.I. Inspection chamber As per Technical
and bends with bricks havingcrushing strength not less than 35Kg/Cm2 in C.M. Specification
1:5C.I. cover with frame (Light duty) 455mm x 610mmintenal dimensions total
weight of cover with frame to benot less than 38Kg. (Wt. of cover 23 Kg.) and
Wt. offrame 15Kg. ) (R.C.C. top slabe with 1:2:4 mix (1-cement:2- coarse sand
:4-graded stone aggregate 20mm size)foundation concrete 1:5:10 inside
plaster 15mm thickwith cement mortar 1:3 finished smooth with a floatingcoat
of neat cement on walls and bed concrete [Link].(ii) Inside dimensions
500mm x 700 mm and450mm deep for pipe line with one or two inlets.

Extra over items 24.44 for every additional depth of

0.1M. of part thereof beyond 450mm depth for Brick
masonry chamber.(i) for 455mm x 610mm size. (extra 300mm depth take)

For Junction

1 Clearing and Grubbing road land including uprooting rank vegetation grass
bushes, shrubs, sapling and trees girth up to 300 mm removal of stumps of trees Cl. No. 201,
cut earlier and disposal of unserviceable materials (C) By mechanical means in Pg. No. 37
area of light jungle.

2 Demarkation of road alignment including marking out road line by providing and
fixing wooden pegs or steel rod of required size at every 25 M to 50 M. including Cl. No. 109,
excavating trenches ion both sides of 0.30 m. x 0.30M. including supplying of Pg. No. 11
labours and all materials for every work etc. complete.

3 Excavation for foundation in sand, gravel, clay soft soils and murrum etc.
including shoring, strutting dewatering as necessary and disposing of the Cl. No. 304,
excavated stuff as directed. Pg. no. 59

4 Providing and filling in foundation with ordinary cement concrete M15 mix and
providing necessary vertical pin headers including formwork, vibrating, ramming Cl. No. 1700
Pg. no. 535
and curing complete for retaining wall
5 Providing and casting in situ- controlled cement concrete M35 for R.C.C. work in Cl. No. 1700
Retaining wall as per drawing including centering, shuttering, scaffolding where Pg. no. 535
necessary laying vibrating curing and finishing complete
6 Providing and laying in position FE 500D TMT bar reinforcement including Cl. No. 1600
cutting, bending, hooking and tying complete as per detailed drawings for the Pg. no. 527
following. ( A ) Retaining Wall

7 Box cutting the road surface to proper slope and camber for making a base for
Cl. No. 408.4,
road work including removing the excavated stuff and depositing on the road
Pg. No. 140
side slope.
8 Earthwork for embankment including breaking clods, dressing with all lead and
lift and including watering rolling and consolidation of subgrade in layers at
O.M.C. to required dry density including filling the depression which occur during Cl. No. 300,
the process using power roller 8T to 10T.(A)From Borrow area within lead as Pg. No. 45
instructed by Engineer-In-Charge

9 Construction of granular sub-base 200 mm thick by providing close graded

Material, mixing in a mechanical mix plant at OMC, carriage of mixed Material to
work site, spreading in uniform layers with motor grader on prepared surface Cl. No. 400,
and compacting with vibratory power roller to achieve the desired density, Pg. No. 109
complete as per clause 401 (Grade-I)

10 Dry Lean Cement Concrete Sub- base (Construction of dry lean cement concrete
Sub- base over a prepared sub-grade with coarse and fine aggregate conforming
to IS: 383, the size of coarse aggregate not exceeding 25mm, aggregate cement
ratio not to exceed 15:1, aggregate gradation after blending to be as per
table600-1, cement content not to be less than 150 kg/ cum, optimum moisture As per Technical
content to be determined during trial length construction, concrete strength not Specification
to be less than 10 Mpa at 7days, mixed in a batching plant, transported to site,
laid with apaver with electronic sensor, compacting with 8-10 tonnes vibratory
roller, finishing and curing.)
11 Providing and casting in situ-controlled cement concreteM-200 for average 75
mm thick wearing coat laid as directed including tamping, vibrating, finishing, Cl. No. 1700
curing and filling in joints with bitumen complete Pg. no. 535

12 Providing and fixing in position FE 500D TMT reinforcement including cutting,

bending and tying complete as per detailed drawings. (A) R.C.C. Kerb. (B)R.C.C. Cl. No. 1600
Footpath(C) R.C.C. Approch slab.(D) Wearing Coat. Pg. no. 527

13 Separation Membrane of impermeable plastic sheeting 125 micron thick As per Technical
Specification
14 Road marking with hot applied with thermoplastic paints with reflectorising glass
beads on bitumen surface providing and laying a hot applied thermoplastic
compound 2.5 mm thick including reflectorising glass beads @ 250 gms/ sqm
area thickness of 2.5 mm is excluding of surface applied glass beads as per IRC:
35-2015. the finished surface to be level uniform and free from streaks and
[Link] patta / Bump patta lane / centre line / Edge line / Cut Patta the
white color / letters and arrows marking should provide liminance coeficent on
cement road shall be min 130 mcd/m^2/ lux and Asphalt road shall be min 100
mcd/m^2/ [Link] the service life during the day time. the marking should Cl. No. 803.4,
meet the performance criteria for night time reflectivity, wet reflectivity,and skid Pg. No. 338
resistance. as mentioned in the section -15 of IRC 35-2015. warrenty for
retroriflectivity shall be 2 years.
15 Cat eye/ Road Stud/ RPM: Supplying Raised Pavement Markers made of
polycarbonate and ABS moulded body and reflective panels with Micro prismatic
lens (No Glass bead lens) capable of providing total internal reflecton of the light
entering in the lanes face and shall support a load of 13635 kgs. Tested in
accordance to ASTMD4280 TYPE H and complying to specification of category A
of MORTH Circular No. RW/NH/33023/10-97-DO III Dt.11.06.1997. The Cl. No. 800,
height/width shall not exceed 20 mm 130mm and 130 mm and with minimum Pg. No. 325
reflective area of 13 [Link] on each side and the slope to the base shall be 35+/-5
degree. The body of the marker should having single grip of easy and accuratre
placement and applications with epoxy,bituminous adhesive recommended by
manufacturer of the marker. The color of the marker should be as per IRC 35-
2015 as directed by engineer-in-charge.

16 Carting of excavated material such as murrum, earth, kapachi, gravel, brickbats,

Cl. No. 304
kankar, debris, sand, dismantled material, including loading, unloading, stacking
Pg. no. 59
etc. complete shifting at non objectional place as directed by engineer in charge.
Lead (up to 10 Km)
17 Providing and fixing pre-cast concrete kerb stone of gray cement based concrete
block 30cm length,85cm height and 20cm thick of M250 grade concret as per
approved design and including excavation for fixing in proper line and level,filling Cl. No. 1700
Pg. no. 535
the joint with C:M 1:3 (1cement:3fine sand) etc complete.

18 Providing and filling in foundation with ordinary Cement concrete M-100 mix and
As per Technical
providing necessary vertical pin headers including formwork, vibrating, ramming
Specification
andcuring complete.
19 Providing and fixing pre-cast Rubber Dye / steel Dyeinter locking concrete block
60mm thick with grade of concrete M300 pnumatic compressed / vibrated
mechanically and as per approved design Confirming toIS 15658 : 2006 including As per Technical
35 mm Sand layer for levelling and filling the joint with sand in proper line and Specification
level as per guidlines of IRC : SP 63-2018 etc. Complete.

20 Painting Two Coats on New Concrete Surfaces (Painting two coats after filling the
surface with synthetic enamel paint in all shades on new plastered concrete Cl. No. 1906
Pg. no. 614
surfaces)
21 Cautionary Warning Sign :-Providing and fixing singboards made out of 2mm Cl. No. 800,
aluminium sheet; size 90 x 90 x 90 cms. equilateral triangle as per design of IRC- Pg. No. 325
67-1977. Pre treated with phospheting process & acid etching; coated with one
coat of epoxy primer and two coats of best quality epoxy paint ;reflectorised
with retro refiectivesheeting as per latest [Link]; 3.1m long
stand postand frame fabricated from suitable sizeiron angle of 35 x 35 x 3mm, 75
x 75 x 6mm as required; painted with bestquality epoxy coatings in black
andwhite bends. The details of symbol foreach board shall be as per
theinstruction of engineer in charge. The fixing at site shall be in 1:2:4 CC blockof
size 45 x 45 x 60 Cms. for each [Link] excavation, curing [Link]
under the supervision of engineer in charge.(B) High Intensity Grade..................
22 Informatory Signs :-Providing and fixing sign boards made out of 2mm aluminium Cl. No. 800,
sheet; size 80 x 60cms. rectangle as per the design of IRC-67-1977 pre treated Pg. No. 325
with phospheting process & acid teching; coated with one coat of epoxyprimer
and two coats of best qualityepoxy paint; reflectorised with retro refiective
sheeting as per latest M.O.S.T. Specifications; 3.1m long stand postand frame
fabricated from suitable sizeiron angle of 35 x 35 x 3mm75x75x6mm as
required; painted with best qualityepoxy coatings in black and whitebends. the
details of symbol for eachboard shall details of symbol for eachboard shall be as
per the instruction ofengineer in charge. The fixing at site shall be in 1:2:4 CC
block of size 45 x45 x 60cms. for each leg. including excavation curing tec.
complete under the supervision of engineer in charge.(B) High Intensity
Grade..................

23 Regulatory/Mandatory signs :Providing and fixing sing boards made out of 2mm Cl. No. 800,
aluminium sheet; size 60cms. diameter circle as per the design of IRC-67- 1977 Pg. No. 325
pre treated with phospheting process & acid eteching; coated with one coat of
epoxy primer and two coats of best quality epoxy paint; reflectorised with retro
refiective sheeting as per latest M.O.S.T. Specifications; 3.1m long stand post and
frame fabricated from suitable size iron angle of 35 x 35 x 3mm 75x75x6mm as
required; painted with best quality epoxy coatings in black and white bends. the
details of symbol for each board shall be as per the instruction of engineer in
charge. The fixing at site shall be in 1:2:4 CC block of size 45 x 45 x 60cms. for
each leg. including excavation curing etc. complete under the supervision of
engineer in charge.(B)High Intensity Grade .....................
24 Direction sign (Junction board):-Providing and fixing sing boards made out of Cl. No. 800,
2mm aluminium sheet; size 244 x 122cms. rectangle as as per the design of IRC- Pg. No. 325
67- 1977 pre treated with phospheting process & acid etching; coated with one
coat of epoxy primer and two coats of best quality epoxy paint; reflectorised
with retro refiective sheeting as per latest M.O.S.T. Specifications; Letters and
numerals should be as per IRC-30-1968, 3.1m long (2 nos) stand post and frame
fabricated from suitable size iron angle of 50 x 50 x 5mm 75x75x6mm as
required; painted with best quality epoxy coatings in black and white bends. the
details of symbol or inscription / numerals for each board shall be as per the
instruction of engineer in charge. The fixing at site shall be in 1:2:4 CC block of
size 45 x 45 x 60cms. for each leg. including excavation curing etc. complete
under the supervision of engineer in charge.(B)High Intensity Grade .....................
25 Place Identification Sign :-Providing and fixing sign boards made out of 2mm Cl. No. 800,
aluminium sheet / 4mm ACP (Aluminum composite Panel); size 150x90 cms. Pg. No. 325
rectangular as per design of IRC-67-2012. Pre treated with phospheting process
& acid etching; coated with one coat of epoxy primer and two coats of best
quality epoxy paint ; reflectorised with High Intensity Prismatic Grade retro
refiectivesheeting of Type-4 as per ASTM D-4956 and latest
[Link]; 4.0mtr (2Nos.) long stand post of Iron Angle 75 x 75 x
6mm / 65NB Circular MS Pipe as required and frame fabricated from suitable size
iron angle of 35 x 35 x 3mm; painted with bestquality epoxy coatings in black and
white bends. The details of symbol for each board shall be as per the instruction
of engineer in charge. The fixing at site shall be in 1:2:4 CC blockof size 45 x 45 x
60 Cms. for each leg including excavation, curing [Link] under the
supervision of engineer in charge. A warranty for 7 years for the Retro reflective
sheeting from original manufacturer & a certified copy of 3 year outdoor
exposure test report from third party test lab for the product offered shall be
submitted by contractor. (B)Class-B Type-4 Retro Reflective sheeting
26 Village name/ Bump Ahed sign :-Providing and fixing sign boards made out of Cl. No. 800,
2mm aluminium sheet; size 90 x 60cms. rectangle as as per the design of IRC-67- Pg. No. 325
1977 pre treated with phospheting process & acid etching; coated with one coat
of epoxy primer and two coats of best quality epoxy paint; reflectorised with
retro reflective sheeting as per latest M.O.S.T. Specifications; Letters and
numerals should be as per IRC-30-1968, 3.1m long (2 nos) stand post and frame
fabricated from suitable size iron angle of 50 x 50 x 5mm painted with best
quality epoxy coatings in black and white bends. the details of symbol or
inscription / numerals for each board shall be as per the instruction of engineer
in charge. The fixing at site shall be in 1:2:4 CC block of size 45 x 45 x 60cms. for
each leg. including excavation curing etc. complete under the supervision of
engineer in charge.(A) Engineer Grade(VR)...

27 Diversion sign board :-Providing & Fixing sign boards made out of 2mm Cl. No. 800,
aluminium sheet, size 180 x 60 cms. rectangle as per the attached drawing pre Pg. No. 325
treated with phospheting process & acid etching. coated with one coat of epoxy
primer and two coats of best quality epoxy paint reflectorised with retro
reflective sheeting as per latest M.O.S.T. Specifications; Letters and numerals
should be as per IRC-30-1968,3.1m long (2nos) stand post and frame fabricated
from iron angle of 35x35x3mm, 50x50x5mm painted with best quality epoxy
coatings in black and white bends. The fixing at site shall be in 1:2:4 CC block of
size 45 x 45x 60cms for each leg, including excavation curing etc. complete under
the supervision of engineer in charge.(A) Engineer Grade(VR)...
28 Chevron sign :-Providing and fixing sign boards made out of 1.5mm aluminium Cl. No. 800,
sheet / 3mm ACP (Aluminum composite Panel); size 60x50cm rectangular as per Pg. No. 325
design of IRC-67-2012. Pre treated with phospheting process & acid etching;
coated with one coat of epoxy primer and two coats of best quality epoxy paint ;
reflectorised with High Intensity Prismatic Grade retro reflective sheeting of
Type-4 as per ASTM D-4956 and latest [Link]; 3.3 mtr long stand
post of Iron Angle 75 x 75 x 6mm / 65NB Circular MS Pipe as required and frame
fabricated from suitable size iron angle of35x35x3mm; painted with best quality
epoxy coatings in black and white bends. the details of symbol or inscription /
numerals for each board shall be as per the instruction of engineer in charge. The
fixing at site shall be in 1:2:4 CC blockof size 45 x 45 x 60 Cms. for each leg
including excavation, curing [Link] under the supervision of engineer in
charge. A warranty for 7 years for the Retro reflective sheeting from original
manufacturer & a certified copy of 3 year outdoor exposure test report from
third party test lab for the product offered shall be submitted by contractor. (A)
Class-B Type-4 Retro Reflective sheeting

29 Spreading of Sludge Farm Yard Manure or/and good Earth (Spreading of sludge
As per Technical
farm yard manure or/ and good earth in required thickness (cost of sludge, farm-
Specification
yard manure or/and good earth to be paid for separately))
30 Grassing with ' Doobs' Grass (Grassing with 'Doobs' grass including watering and
maintenance of the lawn for 30 days or more till the grass forms a thick lawn free As per Technical
from weeds and fit for moving including supplying good earth if needed) Specification